Home

HPD-TA 6.3, 6.4 - X-ray Micro-Imaging at SPring-8

Contents

1. Read only property pfControlAvail Integer Returns a value which specifies whether the object can be controlled by the client programmer This is dependent on the pfVisible and pfEnabled properties and those of its parent Read only property pfEnabled Integer Returns a value which specifies whether the object is enabled Read only property pfVisibleQ Integer Returns a value which specifies whether the object is visible Read only property psName Q String Returns the name of the object Read write property psCaption String Sets or returns the text which is used to label the associated control Sub pRegEvent ByVal Should not be used by clients Registers an event to the sEvent As String error handler ByVal fBasicEvent As Integer HTab Event ChangeEnabled Event which is raised when the pfEnabled property changes Event ChangeNoEntries Event which is raised when the piNoEntries property changes Event ChangeTab Event which is raised when the piTab property changes Event ChangeTabEnable Event which is raised when the pfTabEnabled property d ByVal iTab As changes Integer Event ChangeTabVisible Event which is raised when the pfTabVisible property ByVal iTab As changes Integer Event ChangeVisible Returns a value which specifies whether the object is visible Read only property pcParent Object Returns a reference to the parent object of this object If this
2. Event DoCommand ByV Event which is raised to execute an asynchronous al sCommand As command String ByVal vParam0 As Variant ByVal vParam1 As Variant ByVal vParam 2 As Variant ByVal vParam3 As Variant ByVal vParam4 As Variant Read only property pfAsyncCommand Integer Returns a value which defines whether an acync Active command is currently running Another async command will not start is such case Read only property psActiveAsyncCo String Returns a string indication the currently active async mmand command if an async command is actice HMsgBox Event MsgBox ByVal Event which is raised in remote control mode when the iID As Integer pfNoDialogs property is set to true instead of showing a ByVal sPrompt As messagebox This event can be use for the client program String ByVal to react on such messages sTitle As String ByVal Style As Integer ByVal Buttons As Integer ByRef default As Integer Read write property pfNoDialogs Integer Sets or returns a value which defines whether a visible MessageBox should be explizitly supressed HError Read only property psErrorFile String Sets or returns a string defining the filename to which the erro report is written in case of an error Sub pErrRegEvent By Registers an event to the error handler Val sName As String ByVal fBasicEvent As Integer Sub pEventError ByVa Starts the event handler when an error has been
3. Event ChangeRadioEnabled B Event which is raised when the pfRadioEnabled property changes yVal iRadio As Integer Event ChangeRadioVisible B Event which is raised when the pfRadioVisible property changes yVal iRadio As Integer Removed pfDlgHasUserlIF pfEndUserIFEvent pfStartUserIFEvent HRadios4Array Modified Event ChangeEnabled ByVal Event which is raised when the pfEnabled property changes Index As Integer Event ChangeNoEntries By V Event which is raised when the piNoEntries property changes al Index As Integer Event ChangeRadio ByVal Index As Integer Event ChangeRadioEnabled B Event which is raised when the pfRadioEnabled property changes yVal iIndex As Integer ByVal Index As Integer Event ChangeRadioVisible B Event which is raised when the pfRadioVisible property changes yVal iIndex As Integer ByVal Index As Integer Event ChangeVisible ByVal Event which is raised when the pfVisible property changes Index As Integer HTap Modified Event ChangeTabEnabled By Event which is raised when the pffabEnabled property changes Val iTab As Integer Event ChangeTabVisible ByV Event which is raised when the pfTabVisible property changes al iTab As Integer Removed pfDlgHasUserlIF pfEndUserIFEvent pfStartUserIFEvent HLut Modified Event AutoLUT ByRef Event which is raised when the user presses the AutoLUT key Cancel As Integer Event CursorsChanged ByVal Event which is raised when
4. Read only property pHDisTrigSetPluginTy HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object associated with the peQ Trigger Setup dialogs Plugin Type display area Read only property pHDisTrigSetResetByG HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object associated with the PIBO Trigger Setup dialogs Reset by GPIB display area Read only property pHDisTrigSetStreakCa HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object associated with the meraGPIB Trigger Setup dialogs Streak camera GPIB display area Read only property pHDisTrigSetTrigInQ HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object associated with the Trigger Setup dialogs Trigger In display area Read only property pHDisTrigSetVMonitor HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object associated with the Out Trigger Setup dialogs V Monitor Out display area Read only property pHDisTrigSetVResetIn HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object associated with the Trigger Setup dialogs V Reset In display area Read only property pHDisTrigSetVTrigIn HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object associated with the Trigger Setup dialogs V Trigger In display area Read only property pHEdnTrigSetPostTrig HEditNumb Returns an object reference to the HEditNumber object associated with gerTime er the Trigger setup dialogs Post Trigger Time editbox Read only property pHEdnTrigSetResetDel HEditNumb_ Returns an objec
5. Read only property psCaption String Sets or returns the text which is used to label the associated control Read only property psNameQ String Returns the name of the object Read only property psSetKeyValue By String Returns the key value of a specified Tab index Not Val iTab As necessarily the current one Integer Read write property piTab Optional Integer Sets or returns the index of the currently selected Tab DoEvent As Variant Optional IgnoreDisable As Variant Optional NoError As Integer Read write property piValue Optional Integer Returns the value which is associated with the currently DoEvent As selected Tab Variant Optional IgnoreDisable As Variant Optional NoError As Integer Read write property psKeyValue Optio String Sets or returns the key value of the object When this nal DoEvent As value is set the Tab with the specified key value is Variant Optional selected IgnoreDisable As Variant Optional NoError As Integer Sub pRegEvent ByVal Should not be used by clients Registers an event to the sEvent As String error handler ByVal fBasicEvent As Integer HWindow Event ActivateWindow Event which is raised when the associated window is activated Event BeforeWindowVis Event which is raised before the associated Window is ibleQ shown on the screen Event ChangeEnabled Event which is raised when the pfEnabled property changes Event ChangeUserlF Event which is raised when the
6. Function pilnit ByVal sConfigFile As String ByVal iGRB As Integer ByVal iGrabberSysNo As Integer ByVal iAmMod As Integer ByVal iComPort As Integer ByRef sError As String ByRef HError As HError ByVal iModelNr As Long lHandle As Long Integer Initializes the frame grabber Function plAcqAmDigStart Line ByRef areACQixX As Integer ByRef areACQiY As Integer ByRef areACQiDX As Integer ByRef areACQiDY As Integer ByVal IpvBufferArea As Long ByRef iBufferBytesPerPi xel As Integer ByRef ftTimeForReadout As Single ByRef ftFrameTime As Single ByVal ftTimeoutFromCa mera As Single ByRef LastLine As Long Long Calculates the starting line or byte counter used for the CatCo strategy Function plCurrenLine ByV al iDY As Integer Long Returns the current line or byte counter 173 Function pPassVBQ Integer Passes the next vertical blank Function pRSeqDoABSeque nce ByVal areGRBScaniX As Integer ByVal areGRBScaniY As Integer ByVal areGRBScaniDX As Integer ByVal areGRBScaniDY As Integer ByVal iBytesPerPixel As Integer ByVal fWrap As Integer IRSeqPtrQ Long ByRef sISeqTim e As String ByRef dbRSeqSt artTime AS Double ByRef HEdnSeq CurrentSa mple As HEditNu mber ByVal fEnableSt opinSeque nce As Integer ByVal INrSampl es As Long ByRef THCall2A cqControl AS THCall2A cqControl ByVal ftTimeout A
7. Function pHEEE488_SendBinary Long Low Level IEEE 488 function Sends GB IB data binary ByVal IDeviceHandle As Long IpData As Byte ByVal iCount As Long ByVal fEOI As Long Function plIEEE488_SendString Long Low Level IEEE 488 function Sends GB IB data as string ByVal IDeviceHandle As Long ByVal IpszString As String Function pIEEE488_SerialPoll Long Low Level IEEE 488 function Executes serial poll ByVal IDeviceHandle As Long ByVal IpszPollStatus As String Function plIIEEE488_SetGotoLo Long Low Level IEEE 488 function Sends Goto Local command cal ByVal IDeviceHandle As Long Function plIEEE488_SetRemote Long Low Level IEEE 488 function Sends Set remote enable command Enable ByVal iBoardNo As Long Function pHEEE488_TA_IdentG Long Returns the board handle in the case the HPDTA has already opened a PIBBoard GB IB session Sub pTA_HandleSRQs Gives the device DLLs the opportunity to handle SRQs if any The HExternalDevice object The HExternalDevice object has several properties indicating the current device condition The properties psDeviceName and psPluginName return the devices and its plugin name The psDevType property returns a string describing the device type The properties piNoOfOptions piOptionInstalled index and psOptionName index Index can be in the range of 0 to piNoOfOptions 1 The properties pfControlAvaileable and pfStatusAvaileable tells the clie
8. New event in HAcq and HSequence CameralsStarted This event defines the time when the camera has started to collect light New interface objects in the HC474295 main object dealing with temperature control New interface objects in the HAcq mian object dealing with defect pixel correction Some properties of the I F objects have now optional parameters to facilitate the handling of these properties The optional parameters are Optional DoEvent As Variant Optional IgnoreDisable As Variant Optional NoError As Integer The DoEvent Parameter can have the three values DoEventOnChange 0 Default DoEventAlways 1 DoEventNever 2 If DoEventOnChange is specified the event is raised when the value changes If DoEventAlways is specified the event is always raised when the value is set If DoEventNever is specified the event is not raised If IgnoreDisable TRUE the value is changed even if the I F object is disabled Be careful with this option normally there is a reason why the I F object is disabled If IgnoreDisable FALSE Default is specified the value is only changed when the I F object is available If NoError TRUE is specified then the no error is raised even if an error occurs If NoError FALSE Default then an error is raised if the I F object is not available or if the a wrong value is specified You have to handle such error otherwise your program will abort New property piAutoOption in the HLut I F object If prAutoO
9. Read only property piDatTypeForPCO Integer Returns the data type in Photon Counting mode Read only property psCameraName String Returns the camera name Read write property pfRestoreWindow Integer Sets or returns a value which defines whether the Pos window position its size and window state is restored when the window is displayed again after it has been closed Read write property pfStreakOperate Integer A value that tells the camera object whether vertical streak operation is switched on Don t modify this entry otherwise streak trigger handshake may not longer work Read write property pfStreakOperateD Integer A value that tells the camera object whether horizontal TBEQ streak operation is switched on Don t modify this entry otherwise streak trigger handshake may not longer work Read write property pfStreakUseDTBE Integer Tells the camera object that a Dual time base extender is O currently used for trigger handshake Read write property pfUserIFQ Integer Sets or returns a value which defines whether the associated window should be shown on screen A window is only displayed under the following condition pfUserIF TRUE pfVisible TRUE pfHideForm FALSE Read write property piStreakTriggerMe Integer Tells the camera or acquisition sequence object the thod streak trigger method Don t modify this entry otherwise Steak trigger handshake may no longer work Function pGetStreakRelated Returns streak trigger relate
10. Sub pGetMinAndMax ByVal iLower As Integer ByVal iUpper As Integer ByRef ftMin As Single ByRef ftMax As Single Returns minimum and maximum values Sub pGetSingleMinMa xPos ByVal iFirst As Integer ByVal iLast As Integer ByRef iMinPos As Integer ByRef iMaxPos As Integer get the minimum and maximum positions Sub pProfileLocationT oValue ByVal ftLocation As Single ByRef iIndex As Integer ByRef ftIndex As Single ByRef ftValue As Single ByVal fDisplayScaled As Integer Returns the Value at a specified location 200 Sample programs The following samples are instructive programs to show how the HiPic HPD TA remote control can be operated in principle One intention of these sample programs was to provide a running client program performing some demonstrating tasks from the beginning When creating these samples there was no intention to solve any individual tasks optimal The client programmer is encouraged to improve the functions according to his needs Many of the functions do not function under all conditions The samples are not intended to replace the full functionality of the standalone products Any client program made for a real application may add smaller or larger portions of code and modify existing functions It may be recommendable after using the client program to learn how to program the component to start a new project and writing every line newly The samples ar
11. returns a reference to the object where this object is embedded As it is not known at compile time which object type will be the parent object the definition of pcParent is As Object The topmost object in the object hierarchy is the dialog window In such case the pcParent propery is Nothing Important Do not confuse the pcParent property with the p HWndParent property of the HWindow object Even if the dialog window is a set to be a child window of another window with the p HWndParent property the pcParent property of the dialog is still Nothing The reason of this is that a dialog can be placed as a child window to every other window where the window handle is know even if there is no HWindow object associated with this window This is generally the case for windows the client program has created A client program cannot create a HWindow object The psName property is the name under which the object is created in the HiPic HPDTA It is generally identical to the public name under which it is known to the client program with the exception that the first letter of the name is m whereas the first letter of the public object is p The HMenu object to save an image has the psName property mHMenMainSaveAs but it is known as HAppHPDTA pHMenMainSaveAs in the HPD TA The HCommand object has one read write property the psCaption property This property is used to label the associated pushbutton see the screenshot below The HiPic HPD TA
12. HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object nd associated with the camera setup dialogs OK pushbutton Read only property pHDi4CamAbove HDisp4Ar Returns an object reference to the HDisp4Array object Threshold ray associated with the camera dialogs Above Threshold display area Read only property pHDi4CamMessag HDisp4Ar Returns an object reference to the HDisp4Array object e ray associated with the camera dialogs Message display area Read only property pHDi4CamStreakT HDisp4Ar Returns an object reference to the HDisp4Array object rigger ray associated with the camera dialogs Streak Trigger display area 127 Read only property pHDisSetupCamer HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object alnfo associated with the camera setup dialogs Camera Info display area Read only property pHDisSetupScanA HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object rea associated with the camera setup dialogs Scan Area display area Read only property pHEd4CamNrExp HEditNu_ Returns an object reference to the HEditNumber4Array osures mber4Arr object associated with the camera dialogs Number of ay Exposures editbox Read only property pHEd4CamNrTrig HEditNu Returns an object reference to the HEditNumber4Array ger mber4Arr object associated with the camera dialogs Number of ay Streak Trigg
13. HWindow Returns an object reference to the HWindow object associated with the init dialogs logo picture box Read only property piApplicationType Integer Returns the application type Possible values are defined O in the enumeration ApplicationType Read only property piStartStatus Integer Returns the current start status of the component StartStatusNone newly started StartStatusInit init dialog is shown StartStatusRunning running Read only property psAppDate Integer Returns the applications date Read only property psApplicationDire String Returns the application directory ctory Read only property psAppTitleQ String Returns the title of the application Read only property psAppTitleLong String Returns the long version of the title of the application Read only property psIniFile String Sets or returns the name of the ini file used for storage of permanent parameters Read only property psSoftwareVersion String Returns the software version O Read only property pStartHAppHiPic HAppHiP Returns an object reference to the HAppHiPic object if 1C piStartStatus StartStatusRunning 86 Read only property pStartHInitHi HInitHi Returns an object reference to the HInitHi object if piStartStatus StartStatusInit Read only property psWindowsDirecto String Returns the Windows directory of the computer where ryO the component runs Functi
14. MCP Gain Trig mode Cont he piDevParType PARENTRY piDevPartype PARINTEGER piDevPartype PARREAL Using the main objects in HiPic and HPD TA This part of the documentation explains how to use the main objects in the HiPic HPD TA Every main object has one or more dialog for the communication with the user Every dialog contains interface objects for the communication with the user As these interface objects already have been described in detail in the previous chapter they will not be described here This chapter will only describe properties methods and events not related to the interface objects Basically these features will give the client programmer extended possibilities compared to the user of the standalone program Startup HInitHi and HInitTa The only object which can be created by a client program is the start object HInitHi for the HiPic and HInitTa for the HPD TA The start is done in two steps Showing the Intro screen and starting the program In detail the following things have to be done 1 Creating an instance of HInitHi or HInitTa The HInitHi or HInitTa has a multi use property this means that several instances of the object can be created within the same instance of the component By using this feature one can get access to an instance of the HiPic which is already running The property piStartStatus gives information about the status of the program There are three possibilities piStartStatus StartStatusNo
15. Modified Event Message By Val sMessage As String Event which is raised to inform the user of ongoing operations Function pfGetFromTextFile By Val sTextFile As String Optional sError As Variant Integer Executes the Get Form Text File function specifiying a file name for the text file HSequence New Function pfLoadSequence Optio nal sFileOpt As Variant Optional iSeqModeOpt As Variant Integer Loads a sequence Function pfSaveSequence Option al sFile As Variant Optional sAreDefault As Variant Optional fSaveROI As Variant Integer Saves a sequence 61 Modified Event SeqSingleAcqEnded B Event which is raised when a single acquisition within a sequence has yVal iIndex As Integer been ended Event Message By Val Event which is raised to inform the user of ongoing operations sMessage As String Removed StartStreakTrigger pLoadSequence pSaveSequence Hitter Event Message By Val Event which is raised to inform the user of ongoing operations sMessage As String HACam New Read write property pfStreakOperate Integer A value that tells the camera object whether vertical streak operation is switched on Don t modify this entry otherwise streak trigger handshake may not longer work Read write property pfStreakOperateDTBE
16. Returns an object reference to the HCheck object nd associated with the options dialogs Cancel checkbox Read only property pHComOptOK HComma Returns an object reference to the HCheck object nd associated with the options dialogs OK checkbox Read only property pHDisRoiAreaSize HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object 109 0 associated with the ROI interface dialogs Area Size display area Read only property pHDisRoiDiagonal HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object 0 associated with the ROI interface dialogs Diagonal display area Read only property pHDisRoiIntensity HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object 0 associated with the ROI interface dialogs Intensity display area Read only property pHDisRoiSlope HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object associated with the ROI interface dialogs Slope display area Read only property pHDisRoiXUnit HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object associated with the ROI interface dialogs X Unit display area Read only property pHDisRoiYUnit HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object associated with the ROI interface dialogs Y Unit display area Read only property pHEdnOptFWHM HEditNu_ Returns an object reference to the HEditNumber object NoOfDigits mber associated with options dialogs FWHM No
17. Returns an object reference to the HCheck object eLUT associated with the options dialogs Auto Live LUT checkbox Read only property pHChkOptAutoLU HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object TO associated with the options dialogs Auto LUT checkbox Read only property pHChkOptAutoLut HCheck InROIQ Read only property pHChkOptDisplay HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object FWHM associated with the options dialogs Display FWHM checkbox Read only property pHChkOptFixedIT HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object EXHeader associated with the options dialogs Fixed ITEX header checkbox Read only property pHChkOptROIUse HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object MinAsZero associated with the options dialogs Use Minimum as zero for ROT checkbox Read only property pHChkOptWarnU HCheck _ Returns an object reference to the HCheck object nsaved associated with the options dialogs Warn Whne Unsaved Images Are Closed checkbox Read only property pHChkOptZeroLo HCheck wer Read only property pHChkRoiCalibrat HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object ed associated with the ROI Interface dialogs Calibrated checkbox Read only property pHComFWHMCol HComma Returns an object reference to the HCheck object or nd associated with the options dialogs FWHM color checkbox Read only property pHComOptCancel HComma
18. UpdateCameraPar ms Informs the HAcq object about the current camera parameters relevant for acquisition THCall2Exttrig Sub DoExtExposure B yVal ftExpTime As Single Executes an extrenal exposure Sub EndTrigQ Ends a trigger Sub SetupExtTrig ByV al iMode As Integer ByVal fPolarityPositiv As Integer ByVal ftInterval As Single Setup external triggering Sub StartTrig Starts an extrnal trigger THCall2Licence Function fLicenceForAcquis itionQ Integer Returns a flag which defines whether a licence for acquisiton is present Function fLicenceForSave Integer Returns a flag which defines whether a licence for Save is present THCall2UserFunc Sub UserFunction ByV al index As Integer ByVal fAppendOutString As Integer ByVal fGetMemoryPrope rties As Integer Optional fStop As Variant Optional sOutBack As Variant Executes user function IHCall2LUT Control Sub GetLUTSizeAndC olor ByRef iLutSize As Integer ByRef iLutColor As Integer Returns the LUT size and color Sub GetLUTValues By Ref Lower As Long ByRef lUpper As Long ByRef IMult As Long Returns the LUT values Sub SetAuto Executes Auto LUT Sub SetHistogram ByR ef IHistogram Long ByVal iHistogra mSize As Integer ByVal iHistogra mBinsize AS Sets the histogram 194 Integer ByVal iHis
19. pHFr4CamPhoton HFrame4 Returns an object reference to the HFrame4Array object Counting Array associated with the camera dialogs Photon Counting frame Read only property pHFr4CamRTBSQ HFrame4 Returns an object reference to the HFrame4Array object Array associated with the camera dialogs Real Time Backsub frame Read only property pHFr4CamStreakT HFrame4 Returns an object reference to the HFrame4Array object rigger Array associated with the camera dialogs Streak Trigger frame Read only property pHFraSetupScanM HFrame Returns an object reference to the HFrame object ode associated with the camera setup dialogs Scan Mode frame Read only property pHPr4CamPercent HProgress Returns an object reference to the HProgress4Array O 4Array object associated with the camera dialogs Percent progress bar Read only property pHRa4CamPcMod HRadios4 Returns an object reference to the HRadios4Array object e Array associated with the camera dialogs Photon Counting Mode radiobutton group Read only property pHRadSetupScan HRadios Returns an object reference to the HRadios object Mode associated with the camera setup dialogs Scan Mode radiobutton group Read only property pHRadSetupTimin HRadios Returns an object reference to the HRadios object gMode associated with the camera setup dialogs Timing Mode radiobutton group Read only property pHRadSetupTrigge HRadios Returns an object reference to t
20. pHMenScalEditEx HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object itO associated with the scaling editor dialogs Exit menu entry Read only property pHMenScalEditFil HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object e associated with the scaling editor dialogs File menu Read only property pHMenScalEditFu HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object nctions associated with the scaling editor dialogs Functions 118 menu Read only property pHMenScalEditInt HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object egralDisplay associated with the scaling editor dialogs Integral Display menu entry Read only property pHMenScalEditInt HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object Polynomial associated with the scaling editor dialogs Create Integral Polynomial menu entry Read only property pHMenScalEditLo HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object ad associated with the scaling editor dialogs Load menu entry Read only property pHMenScalEditM HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object ultiplyO associated with the scaling editor dialogs Multiply menu entry Read only property pHMenScalEditOp HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object tions associated with the scaling editor dialogs Options menu entry Read only property pHMenScalEditPri HMenu Retur
21. 147 nd associated with the camera dialogs Up pushbutton Small up arrow Read only property pHComSetupCanc HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object el nd associated with the camera setup dialogs Cancel pushbutton Read only property pHComSetupOK HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object nd associated with the camera setup dialogs OK pushbutton Read only property pHDi4CamAbove HDisp4Ar Returns an object reference to the HDisp4Array object ThresholdQ ray associated with the camera dialogs Above Threshold display area Read only property pHDi4CamMessag HDisp4Ar Returns an object reference to the HDisp4Array object e ray associated with the camera dialogs Message display area Read only property pHDisSetupCamer HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object alnfo associated with the camera setup dialogs Camera Info display area Read only property pHDisSetupScanA HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object rea associated with the camera setup dialogs Scan Area display area Read only property pHEd4CamNrExp HEditNu_ Returns an object reference to the HEditNumber4Array osures mber4Arr object associated with the camera dialogs Number of ay Exposures editbox Read only property pHEd4CamNrTrig HEditNu Returns an object reference to the HEditNumber4Array ger
22. Amp Gain frame Read only property pHFr4CamExposu HFrame4 Returns an object reference to the HFrame4Array object reTime Array associated with the camera dialogs Exposure Time frame Read only property pHFr4CamIntegrat HFrame4 Returns an object reference to the HFrame4Array object ion Array associated with the camera dialogs Integration frame Read only property pHFr4CamPhoton HFrame4 Returns an object reference to the HFrame4Array object Counting Array associated with the camera dialogs Photon Counting frame Read only property pHFr4CamRTBSQ HFrame4 Returns an object reference to the HFrame4Array object Array associated with the camera dialogs Real Time Backsub frame Read only property pHFr4CamScanM HFrame4 Returns an object reference to the HFrame4Array object ode Array associated with the camera dialogs Scan Mode frame Read only property pHFr4CamSpecial HFrame4 Returns an object reference to the HFrame4Array object Array associated with the camera dialogs Special frame Read only property pHFr4CamStreakT HFrame4 Returns an object reference to the HFrame4Array object rigger Array associated with the camera dialogs Streak Trigger frame Read only property pHFraSetupCamer HFrame Returns an object reference to the HFrame4Array object alnfo associated with the camera setup dialogs Camera Info frame Read only property pHFraSetupContra HFrame Returns an object reference to
23. As Integer ByVal fApplUserIF As Integer ByVal fNoDialogs As Integer Sub pAsyncStartProg Starts the program asynchronously Sub pGetLicenceKeys Returns information about all licence keys which could ByRef be found fApplicationKeyFo und ByRef fLicenceAcquire ByRef fLicenceFitting ByRef fLicenceRCOnly ByRef fLicenceSave ByRef fLicenceSequence ByRef fLicenceTransAbs 96 Sub pMode ByVal s As String ByVal ft As Single HAppHPDTA Event Message ByVal s Event which is raised to inform the user of ongoing As String operations Read only property pfCommPortOpen Integer Returns a value which defines whether the communication port could be opened succesfully for camera control Read only property pHACam HACam Returns an object reference to the Analog Camera object HACam If this camera is not used NOTHING is returned Read only property pHAcq Q HAcq Returns an object reference to the Acquisition object HAcq Read only property pHAsyncComman HAsyncC Returns an object reference to the Asynchronous dQ ommand Command object HAsyncCommand Read only property pHC474295 HC47429 Returns an object reference to the C4742 95 Camera 5 object HC474295 If this camera is not used NOTHING is returned Read only property pHC474298 HC47429 Returns an object reference to the C474298 Camera 8 object
24. Frame Grabber group HAppHPDTA New Read only property pfCommPortOpen Integer Returns a value which defines whether the communication port could be opened succesfully for camera control 58 Read only property pHC4880800 HC488080 Returns an object reference to the C4880 80 Camera object HC488080 If this camera is not used NOTHING is returned Read only property pHComMainFreeze HCommand_ Returns an object reference to the HCommand object associated with the main dialogs Freeze pushbutton Read only property pHMenMainShowDela HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object associated with the y2StatusControl main dialogs Show Delay2 Status Control menu entry Read only property pHMenMainTriggerSet HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object associated with the upO main dialogs Trigger Setup menu entry Read only property psWindowsDirectory String Returns the Windows directory of the computer where the component runs Read write property pfOptionLUTTool Integer Sets or returns a value which defines whether the LUT tool should be shown on the main window Read write property pfOptionRestoreWindo Integer Sets or returns a value which defines whether window positions should wPos be restored or not when the window is reactivated Read write property pfOptionUserFunctions Integer Sets or returns a value w
25. HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object orRecall3 nd associated with the Curvature Correction Setup dialogs Recall Horizontal Point 3 pushbutton Read only property pHComCurvcorrL HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object oad nd associated with the Curvature Correction Setup dialogs Load pushbutton Read only property pHComCurvcorrSa HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object ve nd associated with the Curvature Correction Setup dialogs Save pushbutton Read only property pHComCurvcorrSe HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object tO nd associated with the Curvature Correction Setup dialogs Set pushbutton Read only property pHComCurvcorrV HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object erPointl nd associated with the Curvature Correction Setup dialogs Define Vertical Point 1 pushbutton Read only property pHComCurvcorrV HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object erPoint2 nd associated with the Curvature Correction Setup dialogs Define Vertical Point 2 pushbutton Read only property pHComCurvcorrV HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object erPoint3 nd associated with the Curvature Correction Setup dialogs Define Vertical Point 3 pushbutton Read only property pHComCurvcorrV HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object erRecall1 O nd associated with the Curvature Co
26. Integer Returns the maximum number of entries Functions to get a pixel index as a function of the scaled value Function pftProfileLocationFT f Single Returns the profile location floating point Scaled As Integer ft As Single Sub pLocationToIndex ftL Returns the index corresponding to the given location ocation As Single ftIndex As Single fDisplayScaled As Integer Functions so set scaling Function pfSetLinearData ftSca Integer Sets linear scaling le As Single sUnit As String Optional sError As Variant Function pfSetTableData ftTabl Single Sets table scaling e iEntries As Integer sUnit As String Optional sError As Variant Optional varCheckFro mChannel As Variant As Integer Function pfCreateDiffPoynomia Single Create differential polynomial 1GOrder As Integer iNrValidCha ftCoeff nnels As Integer sUnit As String Optional sError As Variant As Integer Function pfCreateIntegPoynomi Single Create integral polynomial al iOrder As Integer iNrValidCha ftCoeff nnels As Integer sUnit As String Optional sError As Variant As Integer Function pfReadScalingTable s Integer Reads a scaling table from file FileName As String sOffset As String fCheck As Integer sUnit As String Optional sError As Variant Optional varCheckFromChanne 1 As Variant Function pfSetScaling psd As Sets the scaling data of this object identical to the data of the specified HProfileScalingData object Optional sErro
27. Integer Sets or returns a value which defines whether DPC files CFileQ should be written during photon counting Read write property pfRestoreWindow Integer Sets or returns a value which defines whether the Pos window position its size and window state is restored when the window is displayed again after it has been closed Read write property pfStartImagesIndiv Integer iduallyQ Read write property pfUserIFQ Integer Sets or returns a value which defines whether the associated window should be shown on screen A window is only displayed under the following condition pfUserIF TRUE pfVisible TRUE pfHideForm FALSE Read write property piOptionAdditiona Integer Sets or returns the value for additional timeout 1Timeout Read write property psOptionDefectPix String elFileQ Function piValidAcqMode _ Integer Returns a flag which defines whether the specified ByVal iAcqMode AcqMode is valid As Integer Function psGetStatus String Returns the current acquisition status string Sub pAsyncAcquire Starts Acquire mode asynchronously Sub pAsyncAnalogInte Starts Analog Intergration mode asynchronously gration Sub pAsyncLive ByVa Starts Live mode asynchronously 1 fSingleImage As Integer Sub pAsyncPhotonCou Starts Photon Counting mode asynchronously nting Sub pGetAcqDim ix Gets the acquisition dimensions for the current camera As Integer iY As settings Integer iDX As Integer iDY As Integer iBytesPerPixel As Integer Sub
28. Read only property pHEstScalSetStrea HEditStri Returns an object reference to the HEditString object kTFUnit ng associated with the scaling setup dialogs Streak Scaling Time Focus Unit editbox Read only property pHEstScalSetStrea HEditStri Returns an object reference to the HEditString object kXFileQ ng associated with the scaling setup dialogs Streak Scaling X Direction File editbox Read only property pHEstScalSetStrea HEditStri Returns an object reference to the HEditString object kXUnit ng associated with the scaling setup dialogs Streak Scaling X Direction Unit editbox Read only property pHEstTimScalStre HEditStri Returns an object reference to the HEditString object akTFileQ ng associated with the time scaling dialogs Streak Time Axis File editbox Read only property pHEstTimScalStre HEditStri Returns an object reference to the HEditString object akTUnit ng associated with the time scaling dialogs Streak Time Axis Unit editbox Read only property pHFraScalSetFree HFrame Returns an object reference to the HFrame object Scaling associated with the scaling setup dialogs Free Scaling frame Read only property pHFraScalSetSqua HFrame Returns an object reference to the HFrame object reScaling associated with the scaling setup dialogs Square Scaling frame Read only property pHFraScalSetStrea HFrame Returns an object reference to the HFrame object kScaling associated with the scalin
29. The HiPic HPD TA user interface calls this method when the user clicks to the Live pushbutton on the C4742 95 camera dialog This method can be executed from a client program as well The result is the same The Live mode starts Of course this is true for all other pushbuttons which can be pressed on the user I F To explain the meaning of a property we take the psCaption property of the HCommand object When this property is set the labeling on the corresponding pushbutton will be changed Hipic User I F IF Object Client program HCommand Methods pClick Live pClick Properties psCaption Live Click Executing object Exposus Time Exeocuune HC4 74295 Executes Live mode Type of I F objects and naming conventions There are many types of interface objects Here is a list of all available types The names of the interface objects follow a special naming convention It is easy to find out the corresponding control element on the user interface when knowing the naming convention The following naming conventions are used to name I F objects pHXxxYyyZzz example pHComMainLive P means public H means HiPic HPD TA Xxx stands for the type of class Yyy is the name of the dialog and Zzz is the name of the control Where Zzz can consist of several parts in some cases Example phCh4CamClearFrameBuffer Zzz ClearFrameBuffer In our example Com HCommand Main Main Dialog Live Live mode command The fol
30. These are HAppHiPic pHACam pHC4880 pHC488080 pHC474295 pHC474298 pHC7300 pHC800010 pHC800020 pHFlatPanel pHAcq pHAsyncCommand pHImages pHLicence pHLUTControl pHMessageBox pHSequence pHSystemScaling HAppHPDTA pHACam pHC4880 pHC488080 pHC474295 pHAcq pHAsyncCommand pHImages pHLUTControl pHMessageBox pHSequence pHSystemScaling pHExternalDevices Some of these objects again have some dependent objects these are HImages HImage There are 20 dependent images HExternalDevices HExternalDevice Currently there are 3 dependent ExternalDevices Some of these objects have more dependent objects but they are not public so these dependencies is not of interest here To give two examples To access the object HAcq one can write HAppHipic pHAcq To access one image object one can write HAppHipic pHImage pcItem Index Using the I F objects General The I F objects provides access to all features of the program Making a client program will consist to a large extent on using properties methods and events of the I F objects According to the different types of controls there are different types of I F objects We call the defining code of such an I F type a class There are many features which are common to all or several of these I F classes The following description will explain such common features only once describing a selected I F class The description is valid for all other classes with the same featur
31. associated with the camera setup dialogs Trigger Mode radiobutton group Read only property pHRadSetupTrigge HRadios Returns an object reference to the HRadios object rPolarity associated with the camera setup dialogs Trigger Polarity radiobutton group Read only property pHRadSetupTrigge HRadios rSource Read only property pHRadSubHorSub HRadios Returns an object reference to the HRadios object array associated with the camera subarray dialogs Horizontal Subarray radiobutton group Read only property pHTabCamAcqMo HTab Returns an object reference to the HTab object deQ associated with the camera dialogs Acquisition mode tab group Read only property pHWinCamDlg _ HWindow Returns an object reference to the HWindow object associated with the camera dialogs main window Read only property pHWinSetupDlg HWindow Returns an object reference to the HWindow object associated with the camera setup dialogs main window Read only property pHWinSubDlig HWindow Returns an object reference to the HWindow object associated with the camera subarry dialogs main window Read only property piDatTypeForAcq Integer Returns the data type in ACQUIRE mode uire Read only property piDatTypeForAIQ_ Integer Returns the data type in Analog Integration mode Read only property piDatTypeForLive Integer Returns the data type in LIVE mode 139 Q
32. familiar with programming with HiPic HPD TA 6 1 a chapter describes the difference between version 6 1 and the current version 6 2 The Appendix describes all properties methods and events of all public objects The identical information is also contained in the component itself You can view this information for example with the Visual Basic 6 0 object catalog or a similar tool As the object catalog describes only the purpose of these properties methods and events and not the parameters these parameters are described additionally in the respective chapters Finally sample programs are introduced and explained Purpose and general realization The purpose of the HiPic HPD TA remote control is to control the functions of the HiPic and the HPD TA from another application called the client program To realize this the mechanisms of COM component object model also referred to as Automation are used to control the functions of the HiPic HPD TA called the automation server The general principle is that the client programmer can access every function which is accessible by the standard HiPic HPD TA user interface The automation server behaves then exactly as if the user had invoked the corresponding command on the user I F with some logical exceptions We can say that programming is as easy as using the standalone program The interface objects In order to realize the target that programming is as easy as using the standalone p
33. mHInitHi piStartStatus lt gt StartStatusNone Then Most probably the client program does not like the fact that the program is already running and will exit in such case In more complicated cases one can program several client programs using the same component It is not possible to run several instances of the component lets say with different hardware The next step is to call mHInitHi pitInit This is equivalent to showing the init dialog on the computers screen If the parameter fInitUserIF is set to true this really happens The parameters specified here defines the general behavior of the program The first parameter specifies the ini file which should be used for data save and restore If one specifies a null string the default ini file is used Currently HiPic32r ini and HPDTA32 r ini in the windows directory Therefore parameters set by the standalone application are used by the client program and vice versa This is recommended for the beginning Later on you can specify your own ini file which you have to provide by yourself The easiest way to do so is to start the standalone application set all parameters quit it and copy the default ini file to the desired filename The next two parameters define whether the init dialog and the dialogs of the main program should be shown per default The last parameter defined whether dialogs should be omitted or not This parameter should be set to false generally During
34. mber4Arr object associated with the camera dialogs Number of ay Streak Trigger editbox Read only property pHEd4CamThresh HEditNu Returns an object reference to the HEditNumber4Array old mber4Arr object associated with the camera dialogs Threshold ay editbox Read only property pHEn4CamExposu HEntry4A Returns an object reference to the HEntry4Array object re rray associated with the camera dialogs Exposure Time entrybox Read only property pHFr4CamAction HFrame4 Returns an object reference to the HFrame4Array object Array associated with the camera dialogs Action frame Read only property pHFr4CamExposu HFrame4 Returns an object reference to the HFrame4Array object reTime Array associated with the camera dialogs Exposure Time frame Read only property pHFr4CamIntegrat HFrame4 Returns an object reference to the HFrame4Array object ion Array associated with the camera dialogs Integration frame Read only property pHFr4CamPhoton HFrame4 Returns an object reference to the HFrame4Array object Counting Array associated with the camera dialogs Photon Counting frame Read only property pHFr4CamRTBSQ HFrame4 Returns an object reference to the HFrame4Array object Array associated with the camera dialogs Real Time Backsub frame Read only property pHPr4CamPercent HProgress Returns an object reference to the HProgress4Array O 4Array object associated with the camera dialogs Percent pro
35. menu Read only property pHMenMainHisto HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object gram associated with the main dialogs Histogram menu entry Read only property pHMenMainImage HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object Status associated with the main dialogs Image Status menu entry Read only property pHMenMainInfo HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object associated with the main dialogs Info menu Read only property pHMenMainLive HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object associated with the main dialogs Live menu Read only property pHMenMainLUT HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object associated with the main dialogs LUT menu entry Read only property pHMenMainMapL HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object UTO associated with the main dialogs Map Values By LUT menu entry Read only property pHMenMainOpen HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object associated with the main dialogs Open menu entry Read only property pHMenMainOptio HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object ns associated with the main dialogs Options menu entry Read only property pHMenMainPhoto HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object nCounting associated with the main dialogs Photon Counting menu entry Read only property pHMenMainPrint HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object associated with the m
36. of Digits editbox Read only property pHEdnOptFWHM HEditNu options dialogs FWHM Size editbox SizeQ mber Read only property pHEdnRoiXEnd HEditNu_ Returns an object reference to the HEditNumber object mber associated with ROI interface dialogs X End editbox Read only property pHEdnRoiXStart HEditNu Returns an object reference to the HEditNumber object mber associated with ROI interface dialogs X Start editbox Read only property pHEdnRoiXWidth HEditNu Returns an object reference to the HEditNumber object O mber associated with ROI interface dialogs X Width editbox Read only property pHEdnRoiYEnd HEditNu_ Returns an object reference to the HEditNumber object mber associated with ROI interface dialogs Y End editbox Read only property pHEdnRoiYStart HEditNu Returns an object reference to the HEditNumber object mber associated with ROI interface dialogs Y Start editbox Read only property pHEdnRoiYWidth HEditNu Returns an object reference to the HEditNumber object QO mber associated with ROI interface dialogs Y Width editbox Read only property pHFraOptROIPrf HFrame Returns an object reference to the HFrame object associated with the options dialogs ROI profile default direction frame Read only property pHRadOptDefZoo HRadios Returns an object reference to the HFrame object mFactor associated with the options dialogs Default Zoom factor frame Read only property pHRadO
37. pfUserIFQ Integer Sets or returns a value which defines whether the associated window should be shown on screen A window is only displayed under the following condition pfUserIF TRUE pfVisible TRUE pfHideForm FALSE Function pfGetFromTextFil Integer Executes the Get Form Text File function specifiying e ByVal sTextFile a file name for the text file As String Optional sError As Variant HSequence Event CameralsStarted Event EndSequence Event which is raised after the sequence acquisition has ended Event ErrorEndSequence Event which is raised after the sequence acquisition has 0 ended due to an error Event Message ByVal Event which is raised to inform the user of ongoing sMessage As operations String Event SeqSingleAcqEnde d ByVal IIndex As Long Event StartSequence Event which is raised before the sequence acquisition has started Read only property pfSequenceIsInRA Integer Returns a flag which defines whether the sequence is MQ stored in RAM Read only property pHChkOptAutoCo HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object rrectAfterSeq associated with the options dialogs Auto Correct After Sequence checkbox Read only property pHChkOptDisplay HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object ImgDuringSequen associated with the options dialogs Display Image ceQ During Sequence checkbox Read only property pHChkOptDoAcqu HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck obj
38. piDataType psFileName pflmageValid Most important properties are piBytesPerPixel pGetareSource which describes the size of the image Concerning storage and data access the following properties and methods are available pfDataSaved plDataBytes plDataHandle plDisplayBytes plDisplayHandle pfDumpDataToFile pfGetPointIntensity pfSetPointIntensity 29 To get image data the functions pfGetDisplayData pfGetImageDatal Byte pfGetImageData2Byte and pfGetImageData4Byte can be used To set image data the functions pfSetImageDatal Byte pfSetImageData2Byte and pfSetImageData4Byte can be used After changing image data the image size or the status the function pfUpdateImageAfterDataChange should be used Concerning display the following functions are available pfDisplayOnVGA pDisplayImage pShowImage pfCreateEmptyImage The functions pDisplayImage pShowImage are not needed normally pDisplayImage can be used to display an image when its content has been changed The property pfDisplayDataValid has to be set to FALSE first otherwise the display function does not recalculate the display data The function pfMemGetPRFData can be used to extract a profile out of the image The piGetMaxBit returns the topmost bit set in the image For inquiry and setting of status information the follow functions can be used psStatus psStatusGetSection psStatusGetString pStatusWriteSection pStatusWriteString To get or set scaling data the client can u
39. piDataTypeQ Integer Returns a value defining the data type to store the image Read write property psFileName String Returns the images file name Read write property psStatus String Returns the image status string Function pfCreateEmptyIma Integer Creates an empty black image ge ByVal iX As Integer ByVal 1Y As Integer ByVal iDX As Integer 104 Function ByVal iDY As Integer ByVal iBytesPerPixel As Integer ByVal sFileName As String Optional fShow As Variant pfDumpDataToFil e ByVal fDumpDisplayDat a As Integer ByVal sFile As String ByVal fOverwrite As Integer ByVal fFullImage As Integer ByVal X As Integer ByVal Y As Integer ByVal dx As Integer ByVal dy As Integer Integer Dumps the image or display data to a file This can be used to exchange data to and from an ActiveX EXE file Function pfGetDisplayData ByVal iX As Integer ByVal iDX As Integer ByVal iY As Integer ByVal iDY As Integer ByRef bImgDisplay Byte Optional sError As Variant As Integer Gets the display data 8 bit within a specified area of the image Function pfGetImageDatal Byte ByVal 1X As Integer ByVal iDX As Integer ByVal iY As Integer ByVal iDY As Integer ByRef bImgData Byte Optional sError As Variant As Integer Gets 1byte pixel data 8 bit within a specified area of the image If the image contains another type of data an error is returned Functi
40. prior to executing them Setting the exposure time The exposure time can be set by a HEntry type object The exposure time simply can be set by its psKeyValue property In this case the HEntry object understands and evaluates time units 205 WM like ms s or m which stands for miliseconds seconds or minutes and sets the nearest possible value Normally cameras only accepts distince values In such cases is is recommended to read back the real value like in the following code example mHAppHiPic pobjHCamera pHEn4CamExposure pclItem miAcqMode psKeyValue FormMain EditExposureTime Text FormMain EditExposureTime Text mHAppHiPic pobjHCamera pHEn4CamExposure pciItem miAcqMode psKeyValu Using events If an object reference is declared with the WithEvents qualifier the client program can get events See the following declaration Private WithEvents mHComCamAcquire As HCommand One of the events is the Private Sub mHComCamAcquire_ChangeEnabled FormMain CommandAcquire Enabled mHComCamAcquire pfEnabled End Sub This event is used to disable the acquire pushbutton on the clients main window Be careful a control is available if the control and all its parent controls are visible and enabled Therefore there might be a case that the parent control gets disabled but the control itself has not raised the Change_Enabled event Saving and loading images specify
41. pushbutton Read only property pHComMainAuto HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object LUTO nd associated with the main dialogs Auto LUT pushbutton Read only property pHComMainBacks HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object ub nd associated with the main dialogs Backsub pushbutton Read only property pHComMainFreez HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object e nd associated with the main dialogs Freeze pushbutton Read only property pHComMainInfo HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object nd associated with the main dialogs Info pushbutton Read only property pHComMainLive HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object nd associated with the main dialogs Live pushbutton Read only property pHComMainOpen HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object nd associated with the main dialogs Open pushbutton Read only property pHComMainPC HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object nd associated with the main dialogs Photon Counting 88 pushbutton Read only property pHComMainSave HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object nd associated with the main dialogs Save pushbutton Read only property pHComMainShadi HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand o
42. the same interface object can appear on all or several tabs the interface objects are grouped as a so called 4Array As an example we take the exposure time entry object pHEn4CamExposure Access to the individual item is done by the pcItem Index property where index stands for the acquisition mode To access the exposure time of live mode we simple can write pHEn4CamExposure pcItem Live psKeyValue 20ms There are interface objects with the same name on the camera dialog of different cameras like the Live pushbutton array pHCo4CamLive Therefore we can use a general function to access the 35 camera pHobjCamera to access the same control of any camera like pHobjCamera pHEn4CamExposure pcItem Live psKeyValue 20ms Apart from the interface objects there are some functions and properties common to all camera objects These are PiDatTypeForLive piDatTypeForAcquire piDatTypeForAlI and piDatTypeForPC which returns the data types in the different acquisition modes The property psCameraName returns the camera name The psGetStatus property returns the current camera status The method pStopAcquisition can be used to stop the currently running acquisition The HAcq object The HAcq object is used to acquire images from any camera It interacts very closely with the camera objects The camera object is always the master object whereas the HAcq object has a possibility to interact with the camera object in a
43. window position its size and window state is restored when the window is displayed again after it has been closed Read write property pfUserlFO Integer Sets or returns a value which defines whether the associated window should be shown on screen A window is only displayed under the following condition pfUserIF TRUE pfVisible TRUE pfHideForm FALSE Function pDoGetStatus Integer Executes status read Function pUEEE488_ Attach Device ByVal iBoardNo As Long ByVal i EEE488 Address As Long ByVal IpszOutEOS As String ByVal IpszInEOS As String ByVal fDevicelsSlow As Long ByVal uiTimeout As Long Long Low Level IEEE 488 function Attaches a device Function plIEEE488_Close ByVal iBoardNo As Long Long Low Level IEEE 488 function Closes the GP IB session Function plIEEE488_Detach Device ByVal IDeviceHandle As Long Long Low Level IEEE 488 function Detaches a device Function pUEEE488_IsSRQ Pending ByVal iBoardNo As Long Long Low Level IEEE 488 function Inquires pending SRQs Function plIIEEE488_Open ByVal ilOAddress As Long ByVal iMyIEEE488 Addr ess As Long ByVal fController As Long Long Low Level IEEE 488 function Opens a GP IB session Function plIEEE488_Paralle IPoll ByVal IDeviceHandle As Long ByVal IpszPollStatus As String Long Low Level IEEE 488 function Executes a parallel poll Function pIEEE48
44. 154 nd associated with the device control processing dialogs abort command button Read only property pHComSetupCanc HComma Returns an object reference to the HCheck object el nd associated with the device control setup dialogs Cancel checkbox Read only property pHComSetupSetup HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object O nd associated with the device control setup dialogs Setup command button Read only property pHComTrigSetCan HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object cel nd associated with the trigger setup dialogs Cancel command button Read only property pHComTrigSetOK HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object O nd associated with the trigger setup dialogs OK command button Read only property pHComTrigSetSho HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object wTiming nd associated with the trigger setup dialogs Show Timing command button Read only property pHDisAutoDelIntr HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object oduction associated with the Auto delay dialogs Introduction display area Read only property pHDisProcMessag HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object e associated with the Processing dialogs Message display area Read only property pHDisTrigSetCCD HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object Mode associa
45. As Integer Function piSetWindowPositi Integer A method which sets the associated windows position on ByVal iX As size and window state Only valid when Integer ByVal 1Y pfVisible TRUE and pfUserIF TRUE As Integer ByVal iDX As Integer ByVal iDY As Integer ByVal iWindowState As Integer ByVal fCheckPosition As Integer Sub pActivateMainWin Method which activates the associated window dow Sub pClose ByRef Method which closes the associated window Cancel As Integer ByVal iMode As Integer Sub pRegEvent ByVal Should not be used by clients Registers an event to the sEvent As String error handler ByVal fBasicEvent As Integer Sub pSetFocus Method which sets the focus to the associated window Works only if the associated window is visible on screen HLut Event AutoLUT ByRef Event which is raised when the user presses the Cancel As Integer AutoLUT key Event ChangeEnabled Event which is raised when the pfEnabled property changes Event ChangeVisible Event which is raised when the pfVisible property changes Event CursorsChanged B Event which is raised when either of the two LUt cursors yVal LowerCursor have been changed As Long ByVal UpperCursor As Long Event LimitsChanged By Event which is raised when the the LUT limits changes Val iSize As Integer Event LowerCursorChan Event which is raised when the lower cursor changes ged ByVal LowerCursor As Long Event Resize Event which is raised when the LUT control is resize
46. As Variant Function pfSetScaling ByRef psd Sets the scaling data of this object identical to the data of the specified As object HProfileScalingData Optional sError As Variant Function pfSetTableData ByRef Single Sets table scaling ftTable ByVal iEntries As Integer ByVal sUnit As String Optional sError As Variant Optional varCheckFro mChannel As Variant As Integer Function pftProfileLocationFT B Single Returns the profile location floating point yVal fScaled As Integer ByVal ft As Single Function pfValueExist ByVal Integer Returns a flag whether or not the value at the specified location exist iEntry As Integer Function pSaveScalingFile ByVa Integer Saves the scaling data to file l sFile As String Optional sError As Variant Sub pGetMinAndMax ByV gets minimum and maximum value al iLower As Integer ByVal iUpper As Integer ByRef ftMin As Single ByRef ftMax As Single Sub pLocationToIndex ByV Returns the index corresponding to the given location al ftLocation As Single ByRef ftIndex As Single ByVal fDisplayScaled As Integer HPRFParametersData Modified Read write property pftData ByVal iData As Single Returns a single data value Integer Optional sError As Variant Function pfGetArrayOfData ByR Single Returns an array of data ef ftData ByVal iNrData As Integer Optional sError As Variant As Integer Function pfLoadPRF ByRef Integer Loads a profile from file sCompleteFile As String ByV
47. As Integer ByVal iParts As Integer ByVal fCheckValid As Integer Integer Copies the content of the frame buffer into a computers memory buffer in parts Function pfGrbCopyFBToM em ByRef HImage As HImage Integer Copies the content of the frame buffer into an image memory Function pfGrbCopyFBToM emInParts ByRef HImage As HImage ByVal iParts As Integer ByVal fCheckValid As Integer Integer Copies the content of the frame buffer into an image memory in parts Function pfGrbSetInputLUT forPC ByVal iThreshold As Integer ByVal iDat As Integer Integer Sets the Input LUT for photon counting Function pGetVideoCamera Info ByRef iCameraDX As Integer ByRef iCameraDY As Integer ByRef ftVideoFrameTime As Single Integer Get info about the cameras frame Function pGetWindow ByR ef hOff ByRef hAct ByRef vOff ByRef Integer Gets the hardware window parameters for a given ROI 171 vAct Function pgrbacgbits ByVal itxmode As Integer Integer Sets the frame grabbers acquisition bits Function pgrbfreeze Integer Freezes the current acquisition Function pGrbGetImgAttrib ByRef areSourceiX As Integer ByRef areSourcelY As Integer ByRef areSourceiDX As Integer ByRef areSourceiDY As Integer ByRef iBytesPerPixel As Integer Integer Gets the attributes of the image in frame grabber Functio
48. Blank7 menu entry Read only property pHMenMainCame HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object ra associated with the main dialogs Camera Setup menu entry Read only property pHMenMainClearI HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object mage associated with the main dialogs Clear Image menu entry Read only property pHMenMainClose HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object AllO associated with the main dialogs Claose All menu entry Read only property pHMenMainCorre HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object ctions associated with the main dialogs Corrections menu Read only property pHMenMainCorre HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object ctionSetup associated with the main dialogs Correction Setup menu entry Read only property pHMenMainCreate HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object ScalingFiles associated with the main dialogs Create Scaling Files menu entry Read only property pHMenMainCurva HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object tureCorrection associated with the main dialogs Curvature Correction menu entry Read only property pHMenMainCurva HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object tureCorrectionSetu associated with the main dialogs Curvature Correction pd Setup menu entry Read only property pHMenMainDefec HMenu tPixelCorrectionSe tupO Read only property pHMenMainDevic HMenu Retur
49. Function rTA_SetupDevice ByVal iDeviceType As Integer ByVal iDeviceNo As Integer Integer Executes Setup Device Function rTA_SetupOption ByVal iDeviceType As Integer ByVal iOptionNo As Integer ByVal fInstalled As Integer Integer Executes Setup Option Function rTA_SetupPlugin ByVal iDeviceType As Integer ByVal iPluginNo As Integer Integer Executes Setup Plugin Function 1tTA_TrigSetQ Integer Sub pEmergencyOff executes emergency off Sub pSetCCDCaps fC CDCanExtTrig As Integer fCCDCanStartStop As Integer sExtTrigCCDMeth od As String Sets CCD capabilities related to streak trigger handshake 160 sExtTrigCPUMeth od As String sStartStopCCDMet hod As String sStartStopCPUMet hod As String Sub pShowDialogs Shows all external devices status control dialogs Sub pTA_HandleSRQs Gives the device DLLs the opportunity to handle SRQs 0 if any Sub rGetDeviceList By Gets a list of the supported devices Val iDT As Integer HEntry As HEntry Sub rGetDualTimeBase Gets informations about the dual time base extender if Info ByRef any fDualTimeBaseExi st As String ByRef sDualTimeBase As String ByRef sDualTimeBaseRa nge As String Sub rTA_SetupCloseSe Executes device close session ssion HDevPar Event ChangeEnabled Event which is raised when the pfEnabled property cha
50. HCheck object quisition nd associated with the options dialogs Start Acquisition pushbutton Read only property pHComSeqStopAc HComma Returns an object reference to the HCheck object quisition nd associated with the options dialogs Stop Acquisition pushbutton Read only property pHComSeqStopPr HComma Returns an object reference to the HCheck object ocessing nd associated with the options dialogs Stop Processing pushbutton Read only property pHDisSeqBytesPer HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object Image associated with the sequence dialogs Bytes Per Image display area Read only property pHDisSeqExclude HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object dSamples associated with the sequence dialogs Excluded Samples display area Read only property pHDisSeqFileNam HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object e associated with the sequence dialogs File Name display area Read only property pHDisSeqFixPoint HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object O associated with the sequence dialogs Fix Point display area Read only property pHDisSeqFreeIma HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object ges associated with the sequence dialogs Free Images display area Read only property pHDisSeqMeanPro HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object cessing associated with the sequence dialogs Mean Value of Processing display area Read only
51. Identity Endpaints The Followang setting sira DODN bo lonse fhe ouad compater hor dein appiion liyu maka more har me sacio then DEOH usa the hisi Chen sppbesiord selections Alun spisi onthe computer eer the date is located gt Fun application on this computer 7 Flan apoicaton on the following computer On the security page you can configure the access launch and configuration permissions individually for the selected component This is very useful if you do not want to apply the default permissions In case you do not grant permissions to the group Everyone as the general default setting but you want to grant permissions to the group Everyone for this specific component you can do all necessary settings here HPOTAD2 Ere Hint a Properties DE General Locator Security identity Endpoints O Use defeuk access perniuiona Uns queten acces penissore Tou map edi whe can pores the appieabion 5 amp Use default lurch pernacnons Use cunan launch panitiana eu map eff who can launch the spplirslign Le Use default conbiguration pansion amp Ube custom comfigurstion permissions fou mag edi aho can change the configuradion inbormation for thii applicator Simply select Use custom access permissions and then press the Edit button to open the Value Permissions dialog 48 Regette Value Pecmicsions E3 Fiecishe Va i Pennisi Derer Wenbuth ead enbuch Hae Type
52. Integer A value that tells the camera object whether horizontal streak operation is switched on Don t modify this entry otherwise streak trigger handshake may not longer work Read write property pfStreakUseDTBE Integer Tells the camera object that a Dual time base extender is currently used for trigger handshake Read write property piStreakTriggerMethod Integer Tells the camera or acquisition sequence object the streak trigger O method Don t modify this entry otherwise Steak trigger handshake may no longer work Function pGetStreakRelatedCCD Returns streak trigger related capabilities of the CCD camera Caps ByRef fCCDCanExtTrig As Integer ByRef fCCDCanStartStop As Integer ByRef sExtTrigCCDMethod As String ByRef sExtTrigCPUMethod As String ByRef sStartStopCCDMethod As String ByRef sStartStopCPUMethod As String HC474295 New Read write property pfStreakOperate Integer A value that tells the camera object whether vertical streak operation is switched on Don t modify this entry otherwise streak trigger handshake may not longer work Read write property pfStreakOperateDTBE Integer A value that tells the camera object whether horizontal streak operation is switched on Don t modify this entry otherwise streak trigger handshake may not longer work Read write property pfStreakUseDTBE Integer Tells the camera object that a Dual time base extender is currently used for trigger handshake Read write property piStreakT
53. Integer Returns the data type in ACQUIRE mode uire Read only property piDatTypeForAI _ Integer Returns the data type in Analog Integration mode Read only property piDatTypeForLive Integer Returns the data type in LIVE mode Q Read only property piDatTypeForPC Integer Returns the data type in Photon Counting mode Read only property psCameraName String Returns the camera name Read write property pfRestoreWindow Integer Sets or returns a value which defines whether the Pos window position its size and window state is restored when the window is displayed again after it has been closed Read write property pfStreakOperate Integer A value that tells the camera object whether vertical streak operation is switched on Don t modify this entry otherwise streak trigger handshake may not longer work Read write property pfStreakOperateD Integer A value that tells the camera object whether horizontal TBEQ streak operation is switched on Don t modify this entry otherwise streak trigger handshake may not longer work Read write property pfStreakUseDTBE Integer Tells the camera object that a Dual time base extender is O currently used for trigger handshake Read write property pfUserIFQ Integer Sets or returns a value which defines whether the associated window should be shown on screen A window is only displayed under the following condition pfUserIF TRUE pfVisible TRUE pfHideForm FALSE Function pGetStreakRelated Tells t
54. Play Backward pushbutton Read only property pHComSeqPlayFo HComma Returns an object reference to the HCheck object rward nd associated with the options dialogs Play Forward pushbutton Read only property pHComSeqPlaySto HComma Returns an object reference to the HCheck object po nd associated with the options dialogs Stop Play pushbutton Read only property pHComSeqPreviou HComma Returns an object reference to the HCheck object sSample nd associated with the options dialogs Previous Sample pushbutton Read only property pHComSeqProcee HComma Returns an object reference to the HCheck object dProcessing nd associated with the options dialogs Proceed Processing pushbutton Read only property pHComSeqRecall HComma Returns an object reference to the HCheck object AreaForFixPoint nd associated with the options dialogs REcall Area For Fix Point pushbutton 121 Read only property pHComSeqRecallI HComma Returns an object reference to the HCheck object ntervalForCG nd associated with the options dialogs Recall Interval For Center Of Gravity pushbutton Read only property pHComSeqResetPr HComma Returns an object reference to the HCheck object ocessing nd associated with the options dialogs Reset Processing pushbutton Read only property pHComSeqStartAc HComma Returns an object reference to the
55. Y 463 The part which should be displayed is displayed on a picturebox with the size X x Y see the area marked in red The size of this area on screen is described in a structure pntPicImage In our case pntPicImage is pntPicImage X 388 pntPicImage Y 463 The whole image including horizontal and vertical slide bars is displayed in an area pntWindow In our case pntWindow is larger than pntPicImage due to the slidebars which require some space pntPicImage X is identical to areImgToDisplay iDX and pntPicImage Y 23 is identical to are mgToDisplay iDY because the zoom factor is 1 If the zoom factor would be 2 pntPicImage X would be 776 and pntPiclmage Y would be 962 Now lets describe the properties you can get or set within the HImageArea object The method pGetpntWindow returns the size of pntWindow The method pGetpntPicWindow returns the size of pntPicWindow The method pGetareImgToDisplay returns the size of areImgToDisplay The size of the image areSource is a property of the HImage object The pGetftpntCenter and pLetftpntCenter functions allow to get and define the zooming center point The zooming center is the point where the user clicks with the mouse when zooming The property pftZoom sets or gets the current zooming factor Additionally there are several functions related to an ROI An ROI has a start and an end point and a type There are three different types of ROI Point Line and Rectangle The structure areROI describes
56. a computers memory buffer in parts Function pfGrbCopyFBToMem ByRef HImage As HImage Integer Copies the content of the frame buffer into an image memory Function pfGrbCopyFBToMemlI nParts ByRef HImage As HImage ByVal iParts As Integer ByVal fCheckValid As Integer Integer Copies the content of the frame buffer into an image memory in parts Function pfGrbSetInputLUTforP C ByVal iThreshold As Integer ByVal iDat As Integer Integer Sets the Input LUT for photon counting Function pilnit ByVal sConfigFile As String ByVal iGRB As Integer ByVal iGrabberSysNo As Integer ByVal iAmMod As Integer ByVal iComPort As Integer ByVal sError As String ByRef HError As HError Integer Initializes the frame grabber Function plAcqAmDigStartLine ByRef areACQiX As Integer ByRef areACQiY As Integer ByRef areACQiDX As Integer ByRef areACQiDY As Integer ByVal lpvBufferArea As Long ByRef iBufferBytesPerPixel As Integer ByRef ftTimeForReadout As Single ByRef ftFrameTime As Single ByVal ftTimeoutFromCamera As Single ByRef ILastLine As Long Long Calculates the starting line or byte counter used for the CatCo strategy Function plCurrenLine ByVal iDY As Integer Long Returns the current line or byte counter Function pRSeqDoABSequence ByVal areGRBScanixX As Integer ByVal areGRBScaniY As Integer ByVal areGRBScaniDX As Long ByRe
57. a control is available the sample program calls the mfCheckControlA vail function which uses the pfControlAvail property of the object As an example we quote the DoLive function Public Sub DoLive miAcqMode LIVE Change to correct TAB If Not mfCheckControlAvail mHAppHiPic pobjHCamera pHTabCamAcqMode Camera acquisition tab Then Exit Sub mHAppHiPic pobjHCamera pHTabCamAcqMode piValue LIVE Set exposure time to LIVE mode because our sample handles only one exposure time If mfExposureExist Then If Not mfCheckControlAvail mHAppHiPic pobjHCamera pHEn4CamExposure pclItem LIVE Live mode exposure control Then Exit Sub mHAppHiPic pobjHCamera pHEn4CamExposure pclItem LIVE psKeyValue FormMain EditExposureTime Text End If Disable other acquisition commands which are not automatically disabled by the component events FormMain CommandAcquire Enabled False FormMain CommandSeqStart Enabled False If Not mfCheckControlAvail mHComCamLive Camera live mode button Then Exit Sub mHComCamLive pClick Note The mHComCamLive pClick should be the last command before exiting the current event You should not wait for some event in a loop here Pls read the comment on AsyncCommands in the programmers handbook for details End Sub This function first select the proper Tab on the camera dialog sets the exposure time if available and executes the live mode All accessed control are checked upon their availability
58. a image window Dev HDevPar Device parameter HPD TA external devices only Availability of interface objects To have access to a specified control element on any user interface this is not only true for the HiPic HPD TA several conditions have to be fulfilled e The dialog must be shown on the screen e The control element must be visible and enabled e The window where the control element is embedded must be visible and enabled e Sometimes this window is also embedded in another window etc which means there is a full hierarchy of windows which have to be enabled and visible to allow the control element to be accessible This situation is reflected by the interface objects with the properties pfVisible pfEnable and pcParent When a control is not visible on the screen the corresponding interface objects property pfVisible is FALSE when a control is not enabled the corresponding interface objects property pfEnabled is FALSE The property pcParent of the interface object contains a reference to the window where the control element is embedded The last element in the hierarchy is the dialog window where all control elements are located w Coection Sebup Background Shading Background subtraction pHWinCorrDig Comer i pHFraCorrBackgroundSubtraction e Don t prompt the urei belie ka tub DE pHRadCorrBackgroundSource CO File Live mode pHEstCorrBackLiveFile ES eB ely VHP pe eal aoe et a Acure mode pHComCorrG
59. a value which defines whether the communication port could be opened succesfully for camera control Function pfReadFile ByVal Byte ByRef Reads the content of a file stored at the remote computer sFileName As String ILength As bArray Long Optional sError As Variant Function pfWriteFile ByVal Byte ByRef Writes a file at the remote computer sFileName As String ILength As bArray Long ByVal fDontOverw rite As Integer Optional sError As Variant Modified Function psErrorString ByVal String Returns a description of the Error related to error No Index Index As Integer HinitTa New Event MsgBox ByVal iID As Event which is raised in remote control mode when the pfNoDialogs is Integer ByVal sPrompt set to true instead of showing a r r nmessagebox This event can be use As String ByVal sTitle for the client program to react on such messages As String ByVal Style As Integer ByVal Buttons As Integer ByRef default As Integer Read only property pfInitStatus Integer Returns a value indicating the current status of initialization Possible values are defined in the enumeration InitStatus Read only property pHComCCDSetCancel HCommand Read only property pHComCCDSetGetCon HCommand Returns an object reference to the HCommand object associated with figFileQ the init dialogs Get Config File pushbutton Read only property pHComCCDSetOK HCommand Read only property pHComInitSetupCCD Q HCommand_ Returns an object refere
60. an object reference to the HEditNumber object are Value mber associated with scaling setup dialogs Square Scaling Value editbox Read only property pHEdnScalSetStre HEditNu Returns an object reference to the HEditNumber object akTFPixel mber associated with scaling setup dialogs Streak Scaling Time Focus Pixel editbox Read only property pHEdnScalSetStre HEditNu Returns an object reference to the HEditNumber object akTFValue mber associated with scaling setup dialogs Streak Scaling Time Focus Value editbox Read only property pHEdnScalSetStre HEditNu Returns an object reference to the HEditNumber object akXPixel mber associated with scaling setup dialogs Streak Scaling X Direction Pixel editbox Read only property pHEdnScalSetStre HEditNu Returns an object reference to the HEditNumber object akX Value mber associated with scaling setup dialogs Streak Scaling X Direction Value editbox Read only property pHEdnSpecScalCe HEditNu Returns an object reference to the HEditNumber object nterWavePix mber associated with spectrograph scaling dialogs Center Wave Pixel editbox Read only property pHEdnSpecScalDi HEditNu Returns an object reference to the HEditNumber object spersion mber associated with spectrograph scaling dialogs Dispersion editbox Read only property pHEdnSpecScalW HEditNu Returns an object reference to the HEditNumber object avel mber associated with spectrograph
61. and the HPD TA can be used with the standard keys dongles for these programs No special key is necessary A special key which do not allow to run the standard products but which allow to use the component without any user I F for specific applications can be provided Migrating from Version 6 1 to 6 2 Outline The ActiveX components from version 6 2 are not compatible to those of version 6 1 The IF is changed due to further requirements The filenames are different for both versions and both versions can be used at the same computer A client program designed for version 6 1 will still run with the component of version 6 1 If this version has not been deleted or overwritten of course If you want to use the component of version 6 2 with a client designed for version 6 1 you have to recompile your application using a reference to the component of version 6 2 In addition if your client program uses functions methods or properties which are removed in version 6 2 you have to substitute them by other functions Normally they are removed because they are replaced by functions handling the topic under question in a better way Generally the following changements have been made New Functions added to the HInitHi and HInitTa main objects psApplicationDirectory Returns the application directory psWindowsDirectory Returns the Windows directory of the computer where the component runs pfReadFile Reads the content of a file stored at the re
62. are numbered from 0 to piNrValidItems 1 HAcq Event CameralsStarted Event CameraTemperatur Event which is raised when the camera temperature e ByVal sTemp As changes String Event ChangeAcqMode Event which is raised when the Acquisiton mode ByVal iAcqMode changes As Integer Event EndAcquisition Event which is raised when an acquisition has ended In the case of an acquisition which consists of several individual images Live Analog integratio photon counting it is only called once at the end of the complete acquisition Event EndBacksub Event which is raised when an backsub acquisition has ended In the case of an acquisition which consists of several individual images Analog integratio photon counting it is only called once at the end of the complete acquisition Event Message By Val Event which is raised to inform the user of ongoing sMessage As operations String Event NewLivelmage Event which is raised when a new image lin live mode is acquired and displayed Event NewPartImage By Event which is raised when a new part of an image is Val lPartImage As acquired E g a new part image is a newly acquired Long image which is added to the image in Analog Integration mode Event StartAcquisition Event which is raised before an acquisition starts In the case of an acquisition which consists of several individual images Live Analog integratio photon counting it is only called once at the start of the complete acquis
63. associated with the camera dialogs Exposure Time frame Read only property pHFr4CamExterna HFrame4 Returns an object reference to the HFrame4Array object ITriggerQ Array associated with the camera dialogs Streak Trigger frame Read only property pHFr4CamIntegrat HFrame4 Returns an object reference to the HFrame4Array object ion Array associated with the camera dialogs Integration frame Read only property pHFr4CamPhoton HFrame4 Returns an object reference to the HFrame4Array object Counting Array associated with the camera dialogs Photon Counting 135 frame Read only property pHFr4CamRTBSQ HFrame4 Returns an object reference to the HFrame4Array object Array associated with the camera dialogs Real Time Backsub frame Read only property pHFr4CamScanM HFrame4 Returns an object reference to the HFrame4Array object ode Array associated with the camera dialogs Scan Mode frame Read only property pHFr4CamStreakT HFrame4 Returns an object reference to the HFrame4Array object rigger Array associated with the camera dialogs Streak Trigger Read only property pHFraSetupCamer HFrame Returns an object reference to the HFrame4Array object alnfo associated with the camera setup dialogs Camera Info frame Read only property pHFraSetupContra HFrame Returns an object reference to the HFrame4Array object stEnhan
64. associated with the camera dialogs Freeze pushbutton 140 Read only property pHCo4CamGetBG HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand4Array Data nd4Array object associated with the camera dialogs Get Background Data pushbutton Read only property pHCo4CamLive HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand4Array nd4Array object associated with the camera dialogs Live pushbutton Read only property pHCo4CamSingle HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand4Array Exposure nd4Array object associated with the camera dialogs Single Exposure pushbutton Read only property pHCo4CamStopQ HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand4Array nd4Array object associated with the camera dialogs Stop pushbutton Read only property pHComCamDown HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object O nd associated with the camera dialogs Down pushbutton Small down arrow Read only property pHComCamUp Q HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object nd associated with the camera dialogs Up pushbutton Read only property pHComSetupCanc HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object el nd associated with the camera setup dialogs Cancel pushbutton Read only property pHComSetupOK HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object nd associated with the
65. camera All options in the area General Acquisition Images and Sequence not true for other dialogs like correction can now be accessed more easly Instead of showing the corresponding dialog and setting the interface object to the correct value there are now properties in the corresponding main objects Example The option Acquire always to the same window in the Images options could and still can be selected by showing the dialog HImages maappHiPic pHImages pHWinOptDlg pfVisible TRuE than select the option mHAppHiP ic pHImages pHChkOptAcqToSameWnd pfValue TRUE then execute the OK button of the dialog mHAppHiPic pHImages pHComOptOK pClick Now to get the same result you can just write mHAppHiPic pHImages pfOptionsAcqToSameWnd TRUE New Properties in the HAppHiPic object pHFlatPanel pHMenMainFreeze New Properties in the HAppHPDTA object pHC488080 pHMenMainFreeze pHMenMainShowDelay2StatusControl pHMenMainTriggerSetup The property pHMenMainStreakSetup has been removed There is now a way to get information whether the CCD camera could be connected successfully Th propety pfCommPortOpen of the HAIHipIc and HAppHPDTA tell it Getting and transfering image data to and from an image is now made more easy There are the functions pfGetDisplayData pfGetImageDatal Byte pfGetImageData2Byte pfGetImageData4Byte and pfSetImageDatal Byte pfSetImageData2Byte pfSetImageData4Byte of the HImage main object These functions can be use
66. camera setup dialogs Cancel pushbutton Read only property pHComSetupOK HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object nd associated with the camera setup dialogs OK pushbutton Read only property pHDi4CamAbove HDisp4Ar Returns an object reference to the HDisp4Array object ThresholdQ ray associated with the camera dialogs Above Threshold display area Read only property pHDi4CamMessag HDisp4Ar Returns an object reference to the HDisp4Array object e ray associated with the camera dialogs Message display area Read only property pHDi4CamStreakT HDisp4Ar Returns an object reference to the HDisp4Array object rigger ray associated with the camera dialogs Streak Trigger display area Read only property pHDisSetupActual HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object Temperature associated with the camera setup dialogs Actual Temperature display area Read only property pHDisSetupCamer HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object aType associated with the camera setup dialogs Camera Type display area Read only property pHDisSetupChip HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object associated with the camera setup dialogs Chip display area Read only property pHDisSetupVersio HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object nQ associated with the camera setup dialogs Version display area Read only property pHDisSetupVolGa HDisp Returns an object refe
67. defines whether the 113 Pos window position its size and window state is restored when the window is displayed again after it has been closed Read write property pfUserIFQ Integer Sets or returns a value which defines whether the associated window should be shown on screen A window is only displayed under the following condition pfUserIF TRUE pfVisible TRUE pfHideForm FALSE Function psGetStatus String Returns the current LUT status string HSystemScaling Event Message ByVal Event which is raised to inform the user of ongoing sMessage As operations String Read only property pHChkScalSetAss HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object gnScalToImg associated with the Scaling Setup dialogs Assign Scaling To Image checkbox Read only property pHChkScalSetAss HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object gnScalToPrfQ associated with the Scaling Setup dialogs Assign Scaling To Profile checkbox Read only property pHComCreaPolyC HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object ancel nd associated with the create polynomial dialogs Cancel pushbutton Read only property pHComCreatePol HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object OKQ nd associated with the create polynomial dialogs OK pushbutton Read only property pHComScalEditNe HComma Returns an object reference to the HCo
68. dialogs Do Photon Counting Setup pushbutton Read only property pHCo4CamFreeze HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand4Array nd4Array object associated with the camera dialogs Freeze pushbutton Read only property pHCo4CamGetBG HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand4Array Data nd4Array object associated with the camera dialogs Get Background Data pushbutton Read only property pHCo4CamLive HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand4Array nd4Array object associated with the camera dialogs Live pushbutton Read only property pHCo4CamSingle HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand4Array Exposure nd4Array object associated with the camera dialogs Single Exposure pushbutton Read only property pHCo4CamStopQ HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand4Array nd4Array object associated with the camera dialogs Stop pushbutton Read only property pHComCamDown HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object O nd associated with the camera dialogs Down pushbutton Small down arrow Read only property pHComCamUp Q HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object nd associated with the camera dialogs Up pushbutton Small up arrow Read only property pHComSetupCanc HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object el nd associated with the camera setup dialogs Cancel pushbutton Read only property pHComSetupOK
69. dimensioned without any bounderies like Private mbData As Byte The functions to get image and display data pfGetImageDatal Byte pfGetImageData2Byte pfGetImageData2Byte and pfGetDisplayData are adjusting the buffers transferred to the component correctly therefore the client program does not need to do this As the image data is transferred with a Marshalling mechanism the data is first copied to the component then copied back to the client program To improve transfer speed it is an advantage to ReDim the arrays to a small size before calling such data transfer functions In such case the data is transferred quickly to the component and only the data transfer process back to the client program uses a considerable amount of time Therefore we find the lines 209 ReDim mbData 0 0 As Byte before the command ItemCurrent pfGetImageDatalByte The component on the local computer can be used to easily display images control zoom ROI LUT and similar things and save and load images in all formats provided by the HiPic HPD TA As it runs two components of the HiPic HPD TA it requires two licenses dongles one on every computer 210 TaMonit and HiMonit Up to now the concept of the client program always was The Client program controls the operation of the component on the remote computer In principle there is also another application of the remote control feature The client program establishes a connection to the component on the
70. either of the two LUt cursors have been LowerCursor As Long changed ByVal UpperCursor As Long Event LimitsChanged ByVal Event which is raised when the the LUT limits changes iSize As Integer Event LowerCursorChanged Event which is raised when the lower cursor changes ByVal LowerCursor As Long Event Resize Event which is raised when the LUT control is resized Event UpperCursorChanged Event which is raised when the upper cursor changes ByVal UpperCursor As Long Removed pfDlgHasUserlIF pfEndUserIFEvent pfStartUserIFEvent HImageArea Removed pfDlgHasUserlIF pfEndUserIFEvent pfStartUserIFEvent 73 HEditString4 Array Modified Event ChangeEnabled ByVal Event which is raised when the pfEnabled property changes Index As Integer Event ChangeText ByVal Event which is raised when the psText property changes Index As Integer Event ChangeVisible ByVal Event which is raised when the pfVisible property changes Index As Integer THCall2 Appl Modified Sub GetImageScaling ByVa Assigns image scaling information to the current image according the 1ilmg As Integer current system scaling Sub GetImageStatus ByVal Assigns image status information to the current image according the ilmg As Integer current status THCall2Cam Modified Sub RestoreAcqControls By Restore the live mode controls to its initial values Which had been Val iAcqMode As prese
71. entry Read only property pHMessageBox HMsgBox Returns an object reference to the Message Box object HMessageBox Read only property pHRadMainROITo HRadios Returns an object reference to the HRadios object ols associated with the main dialogs ROI Tools radiobutton group Read only property pHSequence HSequenc Returns an object reference to the Sequence object e HSequence Read only property pHSystemScaling HSystemS Returns an object reference to the System Scaling object caling HSystemScaling Read only property pHTabAlIOptQ HTab Returns an object reference to the HTab object associated with the all options dialogs Option tab group Read only property pHWinAllOptAcq HWindow Returns an object reference to the HWindow object associated with the all options acquisition picture box Read only property pHWinAllOptDlg HWindow Returns an object reference to the HWindow object associated with the all options main window Read only property pHWinAllOptGen HWindow Returns an object reference to the HWindow object eral associated with the all options general picture box Read only property pHWinAllOptImag HWindow Returns an object reference to the HWindow object es associated with the all options images picture box Read only property pHWinAllOptSequ HWindow Returns an object reference to the HWindow object ence associated with the all options sequence picture box Read only property pHWin
72. frame Read only property pHFr4CamlIntegrat HFrame4 Returns an object reference to the HFrame4Array object ion Array associated with the camera dialogs Integration frame Read only property pHFr4CamPhoton HFrame4 Returns an object reference to the HFrame4Array object Counting Array associated with the camera dialogs Photon Counting frame Read only property pHFr4CamRTBSQ HFrame4 Returns an object reference to the HFrame4Array object Array associated with the camera dialogs Real Time Backsub frame Read only property pHPr4CamPercent HProgress Returns an object reference to the HProgress4Array O 4Array object associated with the camera dialogs Percent progress bar 146 Read only property pHRa4CamPcMod HRadios4 Returns an object reference to the HRadios4Array object e Array associated with the camera dialogs Photon Counting Mode radiobutton group Read only property pHTabCamAcqMo HTab Returns an object reference to the HTab object deQ associated with the camera dialogs Acquisition mode tab group Read only property pHWinCamDlg _ HWindow Returns an object reference to the HWindow object associated with the camera dialogs main window Read only property pHWinSetupDlg Q HWindow Returns an object reference to the HWindow object associated with the camera setup dialogs main window Read only propert
73. frame Read only property pHFraCCDSetDCa HFrame mAPIQ Read only property pHFraInitCamera HFrame Returns an object reference to the HFrame object associated with the init dialogs Camera frame Read only property pHFraInitStreakDe HFrame Returns an object reference to the HFrame object vices associated with the init dialogs Streak devices frame Read only property pHRadCCDSetCa HRadios Returns an object reference to the HRadios object mera associated with the init dialogs Camera radiobutton group Read only property pHRadCCDSetCC HRadios DCameraAccess Read only property pHRadCCDSetFra HRadios Returns an object reference to the HRadios object meGrabber associated with the init dialogs Frame Grabber group Read only property pHWinInitDlgQ HWindow Returns an object reference to the HWindow object associated with the init dialogs main window Read only property pHWinInitLogo HWindow Returns an object reference to the HWindow object associated with the init dialogs logo picture box Read only property piApplicationType Integer Returns the application type Possible values are defined 95 Q in the enumeration ApplicationType Read only property piStartStatus Integer Returns the current start status of the component StartStatusNone newly started StartStatusInit init dialog is shown StartStatusRunning running Read only prope
74. is raised when the application could not be created due to an error during initialization Event InitCancel Event which is raised when the application was not created because the creation has been cancelled by user 93 Event Message By Val Event which is raised to indicate processign steps during sMessage As initialization String Event MsgBox ByVal Event which is raised in remote control mode when the iID As Integer pfNoDialogs is set to true instead of showing a ByVal sPrompt As r r nmessagebox This event can be use for the client String ByVal program to react on such messages sTitle As String ByVal Style As Integer ByVal Buttons As Integer ByRef default As Integer Event NoUserIFAllowed Event which is raised to indicate that no user I F is allowed Read only property pfApplUserIFQ Integer Retruns a flag which defines whether the Appliaction will run without User I F Default Read only property pfInitStatus Integer Returns a value indicating the current status of initialization Possible values are defined in the enumeration InitStatus Read only property pfInitUserIFQ Integer Retruns a flag which defines whether the Initialisation will run without User I F Default Read only property pHAppHPDTAQ HAppHP Returns an object reference to the HAppHPDTA object DTA if successfully created Read only property pHComCCDSetCa H
75. mode editbox Read only property pHEdnSetupHWid HEditNu Returns an object reference to the HEditNumber object tho mber associated with the setup dialogs Horizontal Width subarray mode editbox Read only property pHEdnSetupVOffs HEditNu Returns an object reference to the HEditNumber object O mber associated with the setup dialogs Vertical Offset subarray mode editbox Read only property pHEdnSetupVWid HEditNu Returns an object reference to the HEditNumber object thO mber associated with the setup dialogs Vertical Width subarray mode editbox Read only property pHEn4CamExposu HEntry4A Returns an object reference to the HEntry4Array object re rray associated with the camera dialogs Exposure Time entrybox Read only property pHEn4CamGain HEntry4A Returns an object reference to the HEntry4Array object rray associated with the camera dialogs Analog Gain entrybox Read only property pHEn4CamOffset HEntry4A Returns an object reference to the HEntry4Array object rray associated with the camera dialogs Analog Offset entrybox Read only property pHFr4CamAction HFrame4 Returns an object reference to the HFrame4Array object Array associated with the camera dialogs Action frame Read only property pHFr4CamExposu HFrame4 Returns an object reference to the HFrame4Array object reTime Array associated with the camera dialogs Exposure Time frame Read only property pHFr4CamGainOf HFrame4 R
76. object reference to the HFrame object tus associated with the sequence dialogs Cycle Status frame Read only property pHFraSeqFixPoint HFrame Returns an object reference to the HFrame object O associated with the sequence dialogs Fix Point frame Read only property pHFraSeqNeverLo HFrame Returns an object reference to the HFrame object adToRAM associated with the sequence dialogs Never Load To RAM frame Read only property pHFraSeqProfileSe HFrame Returns an object reference to the HFrame object tsO associated with the sequence dialogs Profile Sets frame Read only property pHFraSeqSpecial HFrame Returns an object reference to the HFrame object associated with the sequence dialogs Special frame Read only property pHRadSeqAcqSpe HRadios Returns an object reference to the HRadios object ed associated with the sequence dialogs Acquisition Speed radiobutton group Read only property pHRadSeqAcquisit HRadios Returns an object reference to the HRadios object ionMode associated with the sequence dialogs Acquisition Mode radiobutton group Read only property pHRadSeqCorrecti HRadios Returns an object reference to the HRadios object onDirection associated with the sequence dialogs Correction Dialog radiobutton group Read only property pHRadSeqProcessi HRadios Returns an object reference to the HRadios object ngMethod associated with the sequence dialogs Processing Method radiobutton grou
77. ol Arcari Anen Lk cence J add A __Her_ Add the desired user groups e g Everyone and press the Close button to return the properties dialog On the identity page you can specify the user account that is used when this server application runs on the computer In case the server application pops up any type of window that should become visible on the monitor for any remote user logon then select The interactive user If you do not want that the windows pop up on the screen select either The launching user or This user HPOT AIE se HiniiT a Properties E E General Location Security Identity Endpoints which wrap sccounl do pou yaani bo cee bo aun thi application The inbeiecihee uaar The leunching we This are a e ey 49 Finally on the Endpoints page you can individually specify and configure the network protocols used together with the component HPOTAISE se Hint a Peopectios FL General Location Securite identity Endpoints DEOH Protocols and endpoints Aadal fot an by chada of Pet inchoate hal the delauli net piniocsk and endpaints CO Se ee ee if DCDH potocol and endports lor fhe machine pall be ued 50 Configuring the COM Client The main topic for the client configuration is to enable DCOM This can be done by using DOOMCNFG EXE On the Default Properties page make sure the item Enable Distributed COM on this computer bear
78. ommand Command object HAsyncCommand 87 Read only property pHC474295 HC47429 Returns an object reference to the C4742 95 Camera 5 object HC474295 If this camera is not used NOTHING is returned Read only property pHC474298 HC47429 Returns an object reference to the C4742 98 Camera 8 object HC474298 If this camera is not used NOTHING is returned Read only property pHC48800 HC4880 Returns an object reference to the C4880 Camera object HC4880 If this camera is not used NOTHING is returned Read only property pHC488080 HC48808 Returns an object reference to the C4880 80 Camera 0 object HC488080 If this camera is not used NOTHING is returned Read only property pHC73000 HC7300 Returns an object reference to the C7300 Camera object HC7300 If this camera is not used NOTHING is returned Read only property pHC8000100 HC80001 Returns an object reference to the C800010 Camera 0 object HC800010 If this camera is not used NOTHING is returned Read only property pHC800020 HC80002 Returns an object reference to the C800020 Camera 0 object Read only property pHChkMainLUTT HCheck _ Returns an object reference to the HCheck object ool associated with the main dialogs LUT Tool checkbox Read only property pHChkMainPRF HCheck _ Returns an object reference to the HCheck object associated with the mai
79. only property pHMenMainDispla HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object yQ associated with the main dialogs Display menu Read only property pHMenMainExit HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object associated with the main dialogs Exit menu entry Read only property pHMenMainFileQ HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object associated with the main dialogs File menu Read only property pHMenMainFreez HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object eQ associated with the main dialogs Freeze menu Read only property pHMenMainHisto HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object gram associated with the main dialogs Histogram menu entry Read only property pHMenMainImage HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object Status associated with the main dialogs Image Status menu entry Read only property pHMenMainInfo Q HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object associated with the main dialogs Info menu Read only property pHMenMainLive HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object associated with the main dialogs Live menu Read only property pHMenMainLUT HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object associated with the main dialogs LUT menu entry Read only property pHMenMainMapL HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object UTO associated with the main dialogs Map Values By LUT menu entry Read only property p
80. only property pHRadTimScalStr HRadios Returns an object reference to the HRadios object eakTTypeQ associated with the time scaling dialogs Streak Time Axis Type radiobutton group Read only property pHWinCreaPolyDI HWindow Returns an object reference to the HWindow object g0 associated with the create polynomial main window Read only property pHWinScalEditD1 HWindow Returns an object reference to the HWindow object g0 associated with the scaling editor main window Read only property pHWinScalSetDlg HWindow Returns an object reference to the HWindow object associated with the scaling setup main window Read only property pHWinSpecScalD1 HWindow Returns an object reference to the HWindow object g0 associated with the spectrograph scaling main window Read only property pHWinTimScalD1 HWindow Returns an object reference to the HWindow object g0 associated with the time scaling main window Read only property psScalingDirectory String Returns the scaling directory O Read only property pssdSystem HSystemS Returns an object reference to the HSystemScalingData calingDat object a Read write property pfRestoreWindow Integer Sets or returns a value which defines whether the Pos window position its size and window state is restored when the window is displayed again after it has been 119 closed Read write property
81. or more convenient by using the DCOMCNFG EXE utility that is part of DCOM This utility is located in the Windwos System32 on Win9x platforms or in the WinNT System32 directory on WinNT and Windows2000 platforms It is assumed that the server component has been successfully registered on the server computer a Configuring a COM Server on Windows 95 and Windows 98 Platforms When DCOMCNFG EXE is launched it pops up with a dialog as displayed below On the Application TAB page you will find a list of all COM server applications that are registered on this machine Eigerchalten yon Dishibuted COM Configuration HE Applications Celault Properies Diefsuk Secunity Audioba Photoshop Image HiT elsi CO Propet tikes QOK Event System Tis CTS APTSERVE Care 1 Fahidi l insta hadd setup heme niera Explorer 1 17 hiciotol Chp Galery Microsoft Fome citer 10 Wocrosol Graph 97 4inessncdung 40 First select the TAB Default Properties Ensure that the item Enable Distributed COM on this computer is checked As Default Authentication Level select None and as Default Impersonation Level select Impersonate Uncheck the item Provide additional security for reference tracking Esgenschahten von Dietebuted COM Confia an HE Applications Delault Properties Datault Securty I Enable Ditibuted COM on thes computer Defeat Dichibuted COM communicsiion properties The Aut
82. pfGetArrayOfValu Single Returns an array of values es ByRef ftArray ByVal iEntries AS Integer Optional sError As Variant As Integer Function pfReadScalingTabl Integer Reads a scaling table from file e ByVal sFileName As String ByVal sOffset As String ByVal fCheck As Integer ByVal sUnit As String Optional sError As Variant Optional varCheckFromCha nnel As Variant Function pfSetLinearData B Integer Sets linear scaling yVal ftScale As Single ByVal sUnit As String Optional sError As Variant Function pfSetScaling ByRe Sets the scaling data of this object identical to the data of f psd As the specified object HProfileScalingDa ta Optional sError As Variant Function pfSetTableData By Single Sets table scaling Ref ftTable ByVal iEntries AS 197 Integer ByVal sUnit As String Optional sError As Variant Optional varCheck FromCha nnel As Variant As Integer Function pftProfileLocation Single Returns the profile location floating point FT ByVal fScaled As Integer ByVal ft As Single Function pfValueExist ByV Integer Returns a flag whether or not the value at the specified al iEntry As location exist Integer Function piMaxEntries Integer Returns the maximum number of entries Function pSaveScalingFile Integer Saves the scaling data to file ByVal sFile As String Optional sError As Variant Function psScalingInfo
83. pfVisible property of most of the I F classes which indicates whether the associated control is visible or not The I F classes also contain methods If the object is not enabled calling the method will also result in an error and the method is not executed A simple example of a method is the pClick method of the HCommand object which can be executed when the corresponding command should be executed The I F objects also raises events to inform the client program on changements of properties or similar information A simple example of an event is the ChangeVisible event which is raised when the pfVisible property of the object changes Some of the events are used by the HiPic HPDTA to execute code In this sense the HiPic HPDTA is a client as well and it is not defined who will get the event first An event is sent to all clients one after the other in an undefined order As an example we will take the Click event of the HCommand object This event is raised when the pClick method is executed by either the user or the client program The HiPic HPDTA will use the Click event to execute the associated command When the client program gets the Click event the HiPic HPDTA has already executed the associated command or it will do it after the client program get the event This depends on the fact who gets the event first As a consequence the program cannot rely on the fact that code which is executed with a certain event is already executed when the client
84. program and then has the function of a component This component can be used both by a client on the same computer and a client on a different computer DCOM To use an ActiveX EXE component provides more security because a fatal error in the component does not shutdown the client application Direct memory access from the server to the client is not possible for an ActiveX EXE component Transferring image data has to be done by dumping and reading the data to a file The ActiveX DLL its filename will be HiPic32u dll and HPDTA32u dll can only be started by a client program and runs in the same address space as the client program This allows very fast access to the functions and data and allows direct access to image data by memory handles It is only possible when the server and the client is running on the same computer Depending on the host server application there can be some restrictions concerning the display of non modal dialogs In some cases non modal dialogs cannot be shown We do not have much information about this topic jet The only thing which is clear that an application developed under VB5 0 or VB 6 0 is able to show non modal dialogs Object model and main objects The HiPic and HPD TA has a well defined object model The topmost object in the object model of the HiPic or HPD TA is the HAppHiPic or HAppHPDTA object This object has several dependent objects The interface objects which belongs to these objects are not listed
85. program gets the event or not In some cases there are several events in a series to get a well defined order HCommand object The HCommand object is the simples I F object It has the following public properties methods events Event ChangeEnabled Event which is raised when the pfEnabled property changes Event ChangeVisibleQ Event which is raised when the pfVisible property changes Event ClickQ Event which is raised when the pClick method is executed Read only property pcParent Object Returns a reference to the parent object of this object If this reference is Nothing this object is the topmost object within the object hierarchy normally the HWindow object of the associated dialog Read only property pfControlAvail Integer Returns a value which specifies whether the object can be controlled by the client programmer This is dependent on the pfVisible and pfEnabled properties and those of its parent Read only property pfDlgHasUserIFQ Integer Returns a value which specifies whether the associated dialog has a user I F Read only property pfEnabledQ Integer Returns a value which specifies whether the object is enabled Read only property pfVisibleQ Integer Returns a value which specifies whether the object is visible Read only property psName String Returns the name of the object Read write property psCaption String Sets or returns the text which is used to label the associated co
86. property pHDisSeqNrSamp HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object es associated with the sequence dialogs Number Of Samples display area Read only property pHDisSeqRemaini HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object ngSecs associated with the sequence dialogs Remaining Seconds display area Read only property pHDisSeqSDProce HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object ssing associated with the sequence dialogs Standard Deviation of Processing display area Read only property pHDisSeqSpaceOn HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object DiskQ associated with the sequence dialogs Space On Disk display area Read only property pHDisSeqUndefin HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object edSamples associated with the sequence dialogs Undefined Samples display area Read only property pHDisSeqValidSa HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object mples associated with the sequence dialogs Valid Samples display area Read only property pHEdnSeqCurrent HEditNu Returns an object reference to the HEditNumber object Sample mber associated with the sequence dialogs Current Sample editbox Read only property pHEdnSeqNoOfLo HEditNu Returns an object reference to the HEditNumber object opsQ mber associated with the sequence dialogs Number Of Loops editbox Read only property pHEdnSeqProfileN HEditNu Returns an object reference to the HEditNumb
87. property pfOptionsROIUse Integer Sets or returns a value which defines whether the MinAsZero minimum should be used as zero point for FWHM calculation Read write property pfOptionsWarnUn Integer Sets or returns a value which defines whether the user saved should be warned when an unsaved image is closed Read write property pfOptionsZeroLow Integer er Read write property pfRestoreWindow Integer Sets or returns a value which defines whether the Pos window position its size and window state is restored when the window is displayed again after it has been closed Read write property pftOptionsDefZoo Single Sets or returns the default zooming factor mFactor Read write property pfUserIFQ Integer Sets or returns a value which defines whether the associated window should be shown on screen A window is only displayed under the following condition pfUserIF TRUE pfVisible TRUE pfHideForm FALSE Read write property piDefaultImageTy Integer Sets or defines the current default image type pe Read write property pilndexAcqImg Integer Returns the image index of the currently or last acquired image Read write property pilndexAcquirelm Integer Returns the image index of the currently or last g0 ACQUIRE image This is every acquired single image except the live image Read write property pilIndexLiveImg Integer Returns the image index of the currently or last LIVE image Read write property piOption
88. raised in 1 sModuleEvent As an event This is the ending point of the error handling String Sub pFunctionError By Starts the event handler when an error has been occurred Val in a function sub At the end such error handler raises sModuleFunction again an error which returns control one level up in the As String calling order The last level in the calling order is an Optional event See pEventError RaiseError HCheck Event ChangeEnabled Event which is raised when the pfEnabled property changes Event ChangeValue Event which is raised when the pfValue property changes Event ChangeVisible Event which is raised when the pfVisible property changes Read only property pcParent Object Returns a reference to the parent object of this object If this reference is Nothing this object is the topmost object within the object hierarchy normally the HWindow object of the associated dialog 176 Read only property pfControlAvail Integer Returns a value which specifies whether the object can be controlled by the client programmer This is dependent on the pfVisible and pfEnabled properties and those of its parent Read only property pfEnabled Integer Returns a value which specifies whether the object is enabled Read only property pfVisibleQ Integer Returns a value which specifies whether the object is visible Read only pr
89. sCompleteFile As String ByRef sComment As String ByRef iDefaultImageTyp e As Integer ByRef fDoSeqSaveLoad As Integer ByRef iSeqMode As Integer ByRef fDisplayToTIFFM ode As Integer ByVal ilmageTypes As Integer ByVal iNumberOfDigitsF orSequence As Integer Integer Calls a file dialog which can be used to get an image file name for save 112 Function psGetMemoryProp String Returns as string which contains information about the erties image Avoid using this function it is only used for compatibility reasons Sub pAsyncLoadImage Loads an image asynchronously Optional sFile As Variant Optional fShow As Variant Sub pAsyncSavelmage Saves an image asynchronously Optional sFile As Variant Optional sAreDefault As Variant Optional fSaveROI As Variant Sub pChangeActiveIma Changes the active image ge ByVal ilmg As Integer ByVal fDisplayImage As Integer Optional fDontSetFocus As Variant Sub pGetFWHMProper Returns all relevant informations for writing the FWHM ties ByRef assoziated with the quick profile fDisplayFWHM As Integer ByRef 1Color As Long ByRef iFontSize As Integer ByRef iNoOfDigits As Integer Sub pPrint ByVal Prints an image hwndOwner As Long HLutControl Event LimitsChanged Event which is raised when the limits of the HLut object are changing Read only property pHEdnLUTParGa HEditNu Returns an object reference to
90. scaling dialogs Wavelength 1 editbox Read only property pHEdnSpecScalW HEditNu Returns an object reference to the HEditNumber object ave2 mber associated with spectrograph scaling dialogs Wavelength 2 editbox Read only property pHEdnTimScalStr HEditNu Returns an object reference to the HEditNumber object eakTPixel mber associated with time scaling dialogs Streak Time Pixel editbox Read only property pHEdnTimScalStr HEditNu Returns an object reference to the HEditNumber object eakTValue mber associated with time scaling dialogs Streak Time Value editbox Read only property pHEntScalSetSqua HEntry Returns an object reference to the HEntry object reProfileQ associated with the scaling setup dialogs Square Scaling Get From Profile entrybox Read only property pHEntSpecScalGra HEntry Returns an object reference to the HEntry object tingO associated with the spectrograph scaling dialogs Grating entrybox Read only property pHEntTimScalPlu HEntry Returns an object reference to the HEntry object gin associated with the time scaling dialogs Plugin entrybox Read only property pHEntTimScalStre HEntry Returns an object reference to the HEntry object akCamera associated with the time scaling dialogs Streak Camera entrybox Read only property pHEntTimScalTim HEntry Returns an object reference to the HEntry object eRange associated with the time scaling dialogs Time Range entrybox Read only pr
91. subarrea Sub pGrbSetDefaultSettings ByVal iFrameDX As Integer ByVal iFrameDY As Integer Set default settings Sub pGrbWaitEndOfImgRe adout ByVal ftTimeout As Single Wait unti end of image readout Sub pGrbWriteReducedLin LUT ByVal iDat As Integer ByVal iThreshold As Integer Write a linear LUT which reduces the image to 8 bit Sub pRSeqDoAmvsCatcoSe quence ByVal fWrap As Integer ByRef iErrors As Integer ByRef HEdnSeqCurrentSampl e As HEditNumber ByRef IRSeqPtr Long ByRef dbRSeqStart Time As Double ByRef sISeqTime As String ByVal fEnableStopi nSequence As Integer ByVal iNrSamples As Integer Executes CatCo sequence for video module 70 ByRef THCall2Acq Control As THCall2Acq Control Sub pSetWindow ByVal Sets the window generator harware parameters hOff ByVal hAct ByVal vOff ByVal vAct HUtils Modified Event GeneralMessage ByVal sMessage As String HAsyncCommand Modified Event AfterCommand ByVal Event which is raised after the execution of an asynchronous command sCommand As String Event BeforeCommand ByVa Event which is raised before the execution of an asynchronous 1 sCommand As String command Event DoCommand ByVal Event which is raised to execute an asynchronous command sCommand As String ByVal vParam0 As Variant ByVal
92. the sEvent As String error handler ByVal fBasicEvent As Integer HEntry4Array Event ChangeEnabled B Event which is raised when the pfEnabled property yVal Index As changes Integer Event ChangeLimits By Val Index As Integer Event ChangeValue ByV Event which is raised when the pfValue property al Index As changes Integer Event ChangeVisible By Event which is raised when the pfVisible property Val Index As changes Integer Read only property pcltem ByVal HEntry Returns an object reference to the specified HEntry Index As Integer object Read only property psName String Returns the name of the object HFrame Event ChangeEnabled Event which is raised when the pfEnabled property changes Event ChangeVisible Event which is raised when the pfVisible property changes Read only property pcParent Object Returns a reference to the parent object of this object If this reference is Nothing this object is the topmost object within the object hierarchy normally the HWindow object of the associated dialog Read only property pfControlAvail Integer Returns a value which specifies whether the object can be controlled by the client programmer This is dependent on the pfVisible and pfEnabled properties and those of its parent Read only property pfEnabled Integer Returns a value which specifies whether the object is enabled Read only property pfVisibleQ Integer Returns a value which specifies whether the object is v
93. the HCommand4Array nd4Array object associated with the camera dialogs Live pushbutton Read only property pHCo4CamSingle HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand4Array Exposure nd4Array object associated with the camera dialogs Single Exposure pushbutton Read only property pHCo4CamStopQ HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand4Array nd4Array object associated with the camera dialogs Stop pushbutton Read only property pHComCamDown HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object O nd associated with the camera dialogs Down pushbutton Small down arrow Read only property pHComCamUpQ HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object nd associated with the camera dialogs Up pushbutton Small up arrow Read only property pHComSetupCanc HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object el nd associated with the camera setup dialogs Cancel pushbutton Read only property pHComSetupOK HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object nd associated with the camera setup dialogs OK pushbutton 134 Read only property pHDi4CamAbove HDisp4Ar Returns an object reference to the HDisp4Array object Threshold ray associated with the camera dialogs Above Threshold display area Read only property pHDi4CamFrmSht HDisp4Ar Returns an object reference
94. the HEditNumber object mma mber associated with LUT Parameters dialogs Gamma editbox Read only property phEdnLUTParLutl HEditNu Returns an object reference to the HEditNumber object 6xShiftQ mber associated with LUT Parameters dialogs Shift for 16x LUT editbox Read only property pHEntLUTParOvl HEntry Returns an object reference to the HEntry object Colors associated with the LUT parameters dialogs Overlay Colors entrybox Read only property pHLutLUTContrC HLut Returns an object reference to the HLut object associated ontrolQ with the LUT Control dialogs Control entrybox Read only property pHRadLUTParBit HRadios Returns an object reference to the HRadios object Range associated with the LUT Parameters dialogs Bit Range Read only property pHRadLUTParCol HRadios Returns an object reference to the HRadios object or associated with the LUT Parameters dialogs Color Read only property pHRadLUTParLU HRadios Returns an object reference to the HRadios object TTypeQ associated with the LUT Parameters dialogs LUT Type Read only property pHWinLUTContr HWindow Returns an object reference to the HWindow object DigQ associated with the LUT Control dialogs main window Read only property pHWinLUTParDlg HWindow Returns an object reference to the HWindow object O associated with the LUT Parameters dialogs main window Read write property pfRestoreWindow Integer Sets or returns a value which
95. the HFrame4Array object stEnhancement associated with the camera setup dialogs Contrast 132 Enhacement frame Read only property pHFraSetupTempe HFrame Returns an object reference to the HFrame4Array object rature associated with the camera setup dialogs Temperature frame Read only property pHPr4CamPercent HProgress Returns an object reference to the HProgress4Array O 4Array object associated with the camera dialogs Percent progress bar Read only property pHRa4CamAmpG HRadios4 Returns an object reference to the HRadios4Array object ain Array associated with the camera dialogs Amp Gain radiobutton group Read only property pHRa4CamPcMod HRadios4 Returns an object reference to the HRadios4Array object e Array associated with the camera dialogs Photon Counting Mode radiobutton group Read only property pHRa4CamSMD HRadios4 Returns an object reference to the HRadios4Array object Array associated with the camera dialogs Scan Mode radiobutton group Read only property pHRadSetupContr HRadios Returns an object reference to the HRadios object astEnhancement associated with the camera setup dialogs Contast Enhancement Read only property pHRadSubHorSub HRadios Returns an object reference to the HRadios object array associated with the camera subarray dialogs Horizontal Subarray radiobutton grou
96. the location of the ROI in image coordinates There is a corresponding structure wndROI which describes the ROI in screen coordinates relative to the origin of Piclmage The function pGetareROI and pLetareROI allow to get and set the ROI in image coordinates The function pGetwndROI returns the screen coordinates which are related to the ROI The piROIType property sets or returns the ROI Type Possible values are defined in the enumeration ROIType The property piPRFDirection sets or returns the quick profile direction Possible values are HORINTEGRPROFILE and VERINTEGRPROFILE The plHWndImageArea returns the window handle of the window where the image is displayed marked in red in the screenshot below The method pEnlargeROI enlarges the ROI in the specified direction Possible values are defined in the enumeration EnlargeDirection The ChangeCenter event is raised when the center position changes The ChangeZoom event is raised when the Zoning factor changes The meaning of ChangeEnabled and ChangeVisible is identical to those of previous objects 24 E 32BitApp HiPic32 C4880 img Zoom x 1 pntWindow pntPicWindow 25 HDevPar The HDevPar object describes a parameter of an external device This objects are only used in combination with the HPD TA The HDevPar object is similar to a HEntryNumber type but it has some more properties The HDevPar object communicates with the HPDTA32 DLL which provides access to all external de
97. to the HCommand object associated with the trigger setup dialogs Cancel command button Read only property pHComtTrigSetOK HCommand_ Returns an object reference to the HCommand object associated with the trigger setup dialogs OK command button Read only property pHComTrigSetShowTi HCommand Returns an object reference to the HCommand object associated with ming the trigger setup dialogs Show Timing command button Read only property pHDisAutoDelIntroduct HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object associated with the ion Auto delay dialogs Introduction display area Read only property pHDisTrigSetCCDMod HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object associated with the eQ Trigger Setup dialogs CCD mode display area Read only property pHDisTrigSetComputer HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object associated with the ExposureControl Trigger Setup dialogs Computer exposure control display area Read only property pHDisTrigSetComputer HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object associated with the GPIB Trigger Setup dialogs Computer GPIB display area Read only property pHDisTrigSetComputer HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object associated with the MonitorIn Trigger Setup dialogs Computer Monitor In display area Read only property pHDisTrigSetComputer HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object associated with the ResetOut Trigger Setup dialogs Reset Out d
98. to the HRadios object rPolarity associated with the camera setup dialogs Trigger Polarity radiobutton group Read only property pHRadSetupTrigge HRadios Returns an object reference to the HRadios object rSource associated with the camera setup dialogs Trigger Source radiobutton group Read only property pHTabCamAcqMo HTab Returns an object reference to the HTab object deQ associated with the camera dialogs Acquisition mode tab group Read only property pHWinCamDlg HWindow Returns an object reference to the HWindow object associated with the camera dialogs main window Read only property pHWinSetupDlg Q HWindow Returns an object reference to the HWindow object associated with the camera setup dialogs main window Read only property piDatTypeForAcq Integer Returns the data type in ACQUIRE mode uire Read only property piDatTypeForAIQ_ Integer Returns the data type in Analog Integration mode Read only property piDatTypeForLive Integer Returns the data type in LIVE mode Q Read only property piDatTypeForPC Integer Returns the data type in Photon Counting mode Read only property psCameraName String Returns the camera name Read write property pfRestoreWindow Integer Sets or returns a value which defines whether the Pos window position its size and window state is restored when the window is displayed again after it has been closed Read write property pfStreakOperate Integer A value that
99. trigger O method Don t modify this entry otherwise Steak trigger handshake may no longer work Function pGetStreakRelatedCCD Returns streak trigger related capabilities of the CCD camera Caps ByRef fCCDCanExtTrig As Integer ByRef fCCDCanStartStop As Integer ByRef sExtTrigCCDMethod As String ByRef sExtTrigCPUMethod As String ByRef sStartStopCCDMethod As String ByRef sStartStopCPUMethod As String HC800020 New Read only property pHCh4CamHighVoltag HCheck4Arr Returns an object reference to the HCheck4Array object associated el ay with the camera dialogs High Voltage checkbox Read only property pHEn4CamHVoltage HEntry4Arra Returns an object reference to the HEntry4Array object associated with y the camera dialogs High Voltage entrybox New Object HFlatPanel All events properties and methods are new HExternalDevices New Read only property pfStreakUseDTBE Integer Tells the camera object that a Dual time base extender is currently used for trigger handshake Read only property pHCh4SetupOptionDel HCheck4Arr Returns an object reference to the HCheck4Array object associated ay2 ay with the device control setup dialogs Use Delay2 Option checkbox Read only property pHChkAutoDelParamet HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object associated with the er00 device control setup dialogs Auto Delay parameter 00 checkbox Read only property pHChkAutoDelParamet HCheck Returns an object reference to the HChec
100. vParam1 As Variant ByVal vParam2 As Variant ByVal vParam3 As Variant ByVal vParam4 As Variant HMsgBox New Event MsgBox ByVal iID As Event which is raised in remote control mode when the pfNoDialogs Integer ByVal sPrompt property is set to true instead of showing a messagebox This event can As String ByVal sTitle be use for the client program to react on such messages As String ByVal Style As Integer ByVal Buttons As Integer ByRef default As Integer Removed MsgBoxResult HError Removed pfDlgHasUserlIF pfEndUserIFEvent pfStartUserIFEvent HCheck4 Array Modified Event ChangeEnabled ByVal Event which is raised when the pfEnabled property changes Index As Integer Event ChangeValue ByVal Event which is raised when the pfValue property changes Index As Integer Event ChangeVisible ByVal Event which is raised when the pfVisible property changes Index As Integer HDisp Removed pfDlgHasUserlIF pfEndUserIFEvent pfStartUserIFEvent HEditNumber Removed pfDlgHasUserlIF 71 pfEndUserIFEvent pfStartUserIFEvent HEditNumber4Array Modified Event ChangeEnabled ByVal Event which is raised when the pfEnabled property changes Index As Integer Event ChangeLimits By Val Index As Integer Event ChangeValue ByVal Event which is raised when the pfValue property changes Index As Integer Event Cha
101. value which specifies whether the object is checked Read only property pfControlAvail Integer Returns a value which specifies whether the object can be controlled by the client programmer This is dependent on the pfVisible and pfEnabled properties and those of its parent Read only property pfEnabled Integer Returns a value which specifies whether the object is enabled Read only property pfVisibleQ Integer Returns a value which specifies whether the object is visible Read only property psName Q String Returns the name of the object Read write property psCaption String Sets or returns the text which is used to label the associated control Sub pClickQ Method which raises the Click Event and executes the associated command Sub pRegEvent ByVal Should not be used by clients Registers an event to the sEvent As String error handler ByVal fBasicEvent As Integer HProgress Event ChangePercent Event which is raised when the pfPercent property changes Event ChangeVisible Event which is raised when the pfVisible property changes Read only property pcParent Object Returns a reference to the parent object of this object If this reference is Nothing this object is the topmost object within the object hierarchy normally the HWindow object of the associated dialog Read only property pfControlAvail Integer Returns a value which specifies whether the object can be controlled by the client programmer This is depend
102. video camera Function pCreateFrame By Val iBits As Integer ByVal fSeqFrame As Integer ByVal iNrSeqFrames As Integer Integer Creates a frame on the frame grabber Function pfAcqEnterVB By Val fTargetField As Integer ByVal ftTimeout As Single Integer Wait until the camera enters the vertical blank Function pfAcqPassLine By Val IStartLine As Long ByVal iVact As Integer ByVal ftTimeout As Single Integer Waits until the camera passes a specified line The line number can alos have the meaning of a byte counter Function pfCanAcquireLarg eFrames Integer Returns a value which indicates that the current frame grabber configuration can acquire large frames larger than the frame grabbers memory Function pfGrbCheckEndOf Integer Return the state whether or not an acquisition has ended 170 Acquisition Function pfGrbCopyFBToB uffer ByVal IpvBufferArea As Long ByRef areBufferiX As Integer ByRef areBufferiY As Integer ByRef areBufferiDX As Integer ByRef areBufferiDY As Integer ByRef iBufferBytesPerPi xel As Integer Integer Copies the content of the frame buffer into a computers memory buffer Function pfGrbCopyFBToB ufferInParts By Val IpvBufferArea As Long ByRef areBufferiX As Integer ByRef areBufferiY As Integer ByRef areBufferiDX As Integer ByRef areBufferiDY As Integer ByRef iBufferBytesPerPi xel
103. waits for some event Even calling DoEvents is not useful in such case So the general rule for acting while an dAsyncCommand is running is Start the AsyncCommand Exit the function then react on events but do not wait in any loop If you want to wait for some condition you can use a timer which should do nothing than checking the condition and exit again In most cases like starting the LIVE mode it is sufficient to start the AsyncCommand like mobjHCamera pHCo4CamLive pcltem 1 pClick exit the function immediately and stop the function with another command call mobjHCamera pHCo4CamFreeze pcItem 1 pClick from your own pushbutton Message boxes There are some cases where it is not useful or not possible to output message boxes These cases are 1 No user is sitting in front of the computer The is the case if a component runs on a remote computer which is controlled by another computer 2 An ordinary component function is called If the user does not react on the message box the component function does not return to the client program which will after some time output a timeout message saying that the component request could not be finished This effect is quite common if you use standard Microsoft programs like Excel In our case however we do not like such messages because normally the client program want to hide the fact that another program is running at all 38 According to the pfNoDialogs property of the MsgBox object comp
104. want to access the window by its window handle you first have to set the properties pfVisible and pfUserIF to TRUE then the window will be created the you can use the plIHWnd property to get the Window handle If the window is a picturebox type window you have to set the properties pfVisible and pfUserIF of the dialog window to TRUE Every dialog belongs to an object the dialog shown below belongs to the HInitTa object for example This object is the owner of this dialog and any access to the dialog must be passed to this object To access the configuration file name you have to access the pHInitTa pHEstInitConfiFile interface object The property psOWnerName contains information about the owning object In our case it would contain HInitTa The HiPic HPD TA has a global option Remember window positions To realize this feature every dialog has a property pfRestoreWindowPos which tells the dialog to save and restore its window position when it is opened or closed Normally every main object like the HC474295 object also has such a property If the property of a main object is set this object sets the pfRestoreWindowPos property of all its dialogs In the case of the HC474295 object this is the camera dialog and camera setup dialog and of all other dependent objects If you set the property pfRestoreWindowPos of the HAppHiPic object the properties of all dependent objects like the camera object etc is set as well The plColor property set
105. 295 HC474298 HC7300 HC800010 HC800020 HFlatPanel 35 The HAcq object 36 Utility objects HLicence HAsyncCommand HMsgBox HError 36 Synchronous and asynchronous commands 37 Message boxes 38 Configuring a remote COM client and COM server environment 39 Target operating system platform issues 39 General Topics on Windows 95 and Windows 98 Platforms 39 General Topics on Windows NT4 and Windows 2000 Platforms 39 Networking issues 40 Configuring the COM Server 40 a Configuring a COM Server on Windows 95 and Windows 98 Platforms 40 Configuring a COM Server on Windows NT4 and Windows2000 Platforms 44 Configuring the COM Client 51 a Configuring the COM Client when using default COM access mechanism 51 b Configuring the COM Client when using explicit server names 53 License and Keys 53 Migrating from Version 6 1 to 6 2 53 Outline 53 Details 56 Migrating from Version 6 2 to 6 3 76 Outline 76 Details 77 Appendix A All Public Properties Functions Subs Events 85 HInitHi 85 HAppHiPic 87 HInitTa 93 HAppHPDTA 97 HImage 104 HImages 108 HLutControl 113 HSystemScaling 114 HSequence HjJitter HGeneral HACam HC474295 HC4880 HC488080 HC474298 HC7300 HC800010 HC800020 HFlatPanel HDCam HExternalDevices HDevPar HExternalDevice HDevPars HAcq HGrb HLicence HUtils HAsyncCommand HMsgBox HError HCheck HCheck4Array HCommand HCommand4Array HDisp HDisp4Array HEditNumber HEditNumber4Array HEditString HEntry HEntry4Array HFra
106. 4byte pixel data 32 bit within a specified area of the image If ByVal iX As Integer Optional the image contains another type of data an error is returned ByVal iDX As Integer sError As ByVal iY As Integer Variant As ByVal iDY As Integer Integer ByRef IImgData Function pfMemGetPRFData By Long ByRef Returns an array of profile values within a specified ROI Ref Profiled iNrData As Integer ByVal iX As Integer ByVal iY As Integer ByVal iDX As Integer ByVal iDY As Integer ByVal iProfileType As Integer ByRef iDatType As Integer ByVal iMaxLen As Integer ByRef sError As String As Integer Removed pfGetImgData pfSetImgData pLoadImage pSavelmage HImages New Read only property pHChkOptAutoLiveLU HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object associated with the TO options dialogs Auto Live LUT checkbox Read only property pHChkOptDisplayFWH HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object associated with the M0 options dialogs Display FWHM checkbox Read only property pHComFWHMColor HCommand Returns an object reference to the HCheck object associated with the options dialogs FWHM color checkbox Read only property pHEdnOptFWHMNoOf HEditNumb Returns an object reference to the HEditNumber object associated with Digits er options dialogs FWHM No of Digits editbox Read only property pHEdnOptFWHMSize HEditNumb options dialogs FWHM Size editbox er Read write property pf
107. 8_ReadB inary ByVal IDeviceHandle As Long bByte Byte ByVal iCount As Long As Long Low Level IEEE 488 function Reads GP IB data binary Function plI EEE488_ReadS tring ByVal 1DeviceHandle As Long Low Level IEEE 488 function string Reads GP IB data as 158 Long IpszString As String ByVal iCount As Long Function plII EEE488_SendB inary By Val IDeviceHandle As Long IpData As Byte ByVal iCount As Long ByVal fEOI As Long Long Low Level IEEE 488 function Sends GB IB data binary Function plIIEEE488_SendSt ring ByVal IDeviceHandle As Long ByVal IpszString As String Long Low Level IEEE 488 function Sends GB IB data as string Function plIIEEE488_ Serial Poll ByVal IDeviceHandle As Long ByVal IpszPollStatus As String Long Low Level IEEE 488 function Executes serial poll Function pIEEE488_SetGot oLocal By Val IDeviceHandle As Long Long Low Level IEEE 488 function Sends Goto Local command Function plIIEEE488_SetRe moteEnable ByVal iBoardNo As Long Long Low Level IEEE 488 function Sends Set remote enable command Function plEEE488_TA_Id entGPIBBoard Long Returns the board handle in the case the HPDTA has already opened a GB IB session Function psGetStatus String Returns the current devices status string Function rfIsDualTimeBase Extender ByVal s As String Re
108. ByRef Y As Single Returns the zooming center point Sub pGetpntPicWindo w ByRef X As Integer ByRef Y As Integer Returns the size of the window which is used to display the image Sub pGetpntWindow B yRef X As Integer ByRef Y As Integer Returns the size of the window which is used to display the image including scroll bars and empty area if any Sub pGetwndROI ByR ef Bottom As Integer ByRef Left As Integer ByRef Right As Integer ByRef Top As Integer Returns the window size and location which corresponds the the ROI Sub pLetareROI ByVal iX As Integer ByVal iY As Integer ByVal iDX As Integer ByVal iDY As Integer Sets the ROI area Sub pLetftpntCenter B yVal X As Single ByVal Y As Single Sets the zooming center point Sub pRegEvent By Val sEvent As String ByVal fBasicEvent As Integer Should not be used by clients Registers an event to the error handler HEditString4Array Event ChangeEnabled B yVal Index As Integer Event which is raised when the pfEnabled property changes Event ChangeText ByVa 1 Index As Integer Event which is raised when the psText property changes 190 Event ChangeVisible By Val Index As Integer Event which is raised when the pfVisible property changes Read only property pcItem ByVal Index As Integer HEditStri ng Returns an object reference to the specifie
109. C None C C4742 98 at C C7300 10 at Configuration file D Program Files HiPic32_600 digital Get HLut The HLut object is used to enter LUT values It is placed on the LUT control dialog see screenshot below which belongs to the HLutControl object The HLut object has the following properties methods and events The piLUTSize property returns the size of the LUT Possible values are LUTSize8 LutSize10 LutSize12 LUTSize16 LUTSize812 LUTSize14 and LUTSize16x which stands for 8 10 12 14 16 16x which stands for extended 16 bit and 8 12 bit 8 12 is a LUT for layered superimposed images The corresponding size of the LUT is 256 1024 4096 16384 32768 32768 with bit shift and 4096 The pIMinCursorDiff property returns the minimum difference between the upper and lower value cursor The HLut object always forces these values to have the specified minimum difference The plLowerValue and plUpperValue properties define the lower and upper LUT values The 22 pSetAuto method executes the Auto LUT function There are several events which informs the client program about changes on the HLut object The AutoLUT event is raised when the AutoLUT function is executed Setting the Cancel parameter to TRUE can suppress the Auto LUT function The LimitsChanged is raised when the piLUTSize property changes The LowerCursorChanged event is raised when the property plLowerValue changes The UpperCursorChanged event is raised when the prop
110. Comma ncel nd Read only property pHComCCDSetGe HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object tConfigFileQ nd associated with the init dialogs Get Config File pushbutton Read only property pHComCCDSetO HComma KO nd Read only property pHComInitCancel HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object nd associated with the init dialogs Cancel pushbutton Read only property pHComInitOK HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object nd associated with the init dialogs OK pushbutton Read only property pHComInitSetupC HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object CDQ nd associated with the init dialogs Setup CCD pushbutton Read only property pHComInitSetupSt HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object reakDevices nd associated with the init dialogs Setup Streak Devices pushbutton Read only property pHDisCCDSetBus HDisp Q Read only property pHDisCCDSetCa HDisp meraID Read only property pHDisCCDSetCa HDisp mera Version Read only property pHDisCCDSetDCa HDisp mAPIVersion Read only property pHDisCCDSetDriv HDisp erVersion Read only property pHDisCCDSetMo_ HDisp delQ Read only property pHDisCCDSetMo_ HDisp duleVersion Read only property pHDisCCDSetVen HDisp dor Read only property pHDisInitCCDCa HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object mera associated with the init dial
111. Entries Integer Returns the number of entries of the object Read only property piRadioFromValue Integer Returns the radiobutton index from a specified value ByVal iValue As Integer Read only property piSetValue ByVal Integer Returns the value of a specified radiobutton index Not iRadio As Integer necessarily the current one Read only property psNameQ String Returns the name of the object Read only property psSetKeyValue By String Returns the key value of a specified radiobutton index 183 Val iRadio As Not necessarily the current one Integer Read write property piRadio Optional Integer Sets or returns the index of the currenly selected DoEvent As radiobutton It is numbered from piRadio 0 to Variant Optional piNoEntries 1 IgnoreDisable As Variant Optional NoError As Integer Read write property piValue Optional Integer Returns the value which is associated with the currently DoEvent As selected radiobutton Variant Optional IgnoreDisable As Variant Optional NoError As Integer Read write property psCaption String Sets or returns the text which is used to label the associated control Read write property psKeyValue Optio String Sets or returns the key value of the object When this nal DoEvent As value is set the radiobutton with the specified key value Variant Optional is selected IgnoreDisable As Variant Optional NoEr
112. FWHMN Integer oOfDigits Read write property piOptionFWHMSi Integer ze Read write property piOptionsROIPrfQ _ Integer Read write property piSeqMode Integer Sets or returns the default value of SeqMode for the functions piGetLoadImageFile and piGetLoadImageFile If SeqMode TRUE these function offer sequence mode file types as default 111 Read write property plOptionFWHMC olor Long Function pfLoadImage Opti onal sFile As Variant Optional fShow As Variant Optional ilmgIndex As Integer Integer Loads an image Function pfLoadImageNoSh ow ByVal sFile As String ByVal iType As Integer ByRef ilmg As Integer Integer Loads an image without showing it Function pfSaveImage Opti onal sFile As Variant Optional sAreDefault As Variant Optional fSaveROI As Variant Integer Saves an image Function pfUpdateImageAft erDataChange By Val ilmg As Integer Optional sError As Variant A function that updates all relevant modules after the client programmer has changed the image data its size data depth or status Function piGetLoadImageFi le ByRef sCompleteFile As String ByRef iDefaultImageTyp e As Integer ByRef fDoSeqSaveLoad As Integer ByRef iSeqMode As Integer ByVal ilmageTypes As Integer Integer Calls a file dialog which can be used to get an image file name for load Function piGetSavelmageFil e ByRef
113. FWHMN Integer oOfDigits Read write property piOptionFWHMSi Integer ze Read write property plOptionFWHMC Long olor HSequence New Event CameralsStarted Modified Event SeqSingleAcqEnde d ByVal IIndex As Long ByVal ilndex As integer gt ByVal IIndex As Long HC474298 New Read only property pHChkSetupCoole HCheck rO Read only property pHDisSetupActual HDisp Temperature Read only property pHDisSetupConfig HDisp uration Read only property pHDisSetupVolGa HDisp inQ Read only property pHDisSetupVolOff HDisp set Read only property pHEdnSetupTarget HEditNu Temperature mber Read only property pHFraSetupCamer HFrame alnfo Read only property pHFraSetupTempe HFrame rature Read only property pHRadSetupLight HRadios Mode Read only property pHRadSetupShutte HRadios rAction Read only property pHRadSetupTrigge HRadios rSource New Object HDCam HExternalDevices New Read only property pHEdnTrigSetExp HEditNu osure mber HExternalDevice New Read only property piNoOfUnknownP Integer Returns the number of unknown parameters ar HAcq New 79 Event CameralsStarted Read only property pfOptionAutoBack Integer sub Read only property pHChkOpt32BitIn HCheck AIQ Read only property pHChkOptDefectC
114. HAMAMATSU PHOTONICS DEUTSCHLAND GMBH HiPic HPD TA Remote Control Programmers Handbook HiPic HPD TA Version 6 3 0 WT HPD Document Version 1 0 07 03 2003 Table of Content Table of Content 2 General 7 About this manual 7 Purpose and general realization 7 The interface objects 7 Type of I F objects and naming conventions 8 Availability of interface objects 9 Using the HiPic HPD TA User Interface 10 Showing and hiding dialogs 12 Standalone program and COM components 12 Object model and main objects 13 Using the I F objects 14 General 14 Properties Methods and Events 14 HCommand object 15 HCommand4Array object and other arrays 16 HMenu 17 HCheck 17 HFrame 17 HDisp 17 HEditString 17 HEditNumber 18 HEntry 18 HRadios 19 HTab 19 HSingleTab 20 HProgress 20 HWindow 20 HLut 22 HImageArea 23 HDevPar 26 Using the main objects in HiPic and HPD TA 27 Startup HInitHi and HInitTa 27 The application object HAppHiPic and HAppHPDTA 28 The HImages and the HImage object 29 The HImages object 29 The HImage object 29 The HExternalDevices and the HExternalDevice object 30 The HExternalDevices object 30 The HExternalDevice object 32 HLUTControl 33 HSystemScaling 33 HProfileScalingData HImageScalingData HSytemScalingData and HPRFParametersData 33 HProfileScalingData 33 HSequence and H Jitter 35 The Camera objects HC4880 HC488080 HACam HC474
115. HC474298 If this camera is not used NOTHING is returned Read only property pHC48800 HC4880 Returns an object reference to the C4880 Camera object HC4880 If this camera is not used NOTHING is returned Read only property pHC488080 HC48808 Returns an object reference to the C4880 80 Camera 0 object HC488080 If this camera is not used NOTHING is returned Read only property pHChkMainLUTT HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object ool associated with the main dialogs LUT Tool checkbox Read only property pHChkMainPRF HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object associated with the main dialogs Quick Profile checkbox Read only property pHChkMainProfile HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object QO associated with the main dialogs Profile checkbox Read only property pHChkMainROI HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object associated with the main dialogs ROI I F checkbox Read only property pHChkOptLUTTo HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object olQ associated with the option dialogs LUT Tool checkbox Read only property pHChkOptRestore HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object WindowPos associated with the option dialogs Restore Window Position checkbox Read only property pHChkOptUserFu HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object nctions associated with the option dialogs User Functions ch
116. HCheck orrection Read only property pHComDefPixCal HComma culateDefectPixels nd O Read only property pHComDefPixClo HComma se nd Read only property pHComDefPixGetI HComma mageDeadPixels nd Read only property pHComDefPixGetI HComma mageHotPixels nd Read only property pHComDefPixReC HComma alculateDeadPixels nd Q Read only property pHComDefPixReC HComma alculateHotPixels nd Read only property pHComDefPixSav HComma eToINIFileQ nd Read only property pHComOptGetDef HComma ectPixelFile nd Read only property pHDisDefPixAver HDisp ageDeadPixel Read only property pHDisDefPixAver HDisp ageHotPixel Read only property pHDisDefPixNrDe HDisp fectColumns Read only property pHDisDefPixNrDe HDisp fectLines Read only property pHDisDefPixNrDe HDisp fectPixels Read only property pHDisDefPixStand HDisp DevDeadPixel Read only property pHDisDefPixStand HDisp DevHotPixel Read only property pHDisDefPixStatu HDisp sQ Read only property pHEdnDefPixLine HEditNu ColumnsPercentag mber eQ Read only property pHEdnDefPixThre HEditNu sholdDeadLines mber Read only property pHEdnDefPixThre HEditNu sholdDeadPixels mber Read only property pHEdnDefPixThre HEditNu sholdHotLines mber Read only property pHEdnDefPixThre HEditNu sholdHotPixels mber Read only property pHEstDefPixImag HEditStri eDeadPixel ng Read o
117. HCommand object etCenterWavePix nd associated with the spectrograph scaling dialogs Get Center Wavelength pushbutton Read only property pHComTimScalAs HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object signStreakScaling nd associated with the time scaling dialogs Assign Streak Scaling pushbutton Read only property pHComTimScalCl HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object ose nd associated with the time scaling dialogs Close pushbutton Read only property pHComTimScalGe HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object tFromTextFileQ nd associated with the time scaling dialogs Get From Text File pushbutton Read only property pHComTimScalStr HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object eakTFileGet nd associated with the time scaling dialogs Streak Scaling Time Focus Get File pushbutton Read only property pHComTimScalStr HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object eakTPixelGet nd associated with the time scaling dialogs Streak Scaling Time Focus Get Pixel pushbutton Read only property pHDisScalEditFile HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object Name associated with the scaling editor dialogs File Name display area Read only property pHDisScalEditMo HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object deQ associated with the scaling editor dialogs Mode display area Read only property pHDisScalEditPixe HDisp Return
118. HMenMainOpen HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object associated with the main dialogs Open menu entry Read only property pHMenMainOptio HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object ns associated with the main dialogs Options menu entry Read only property pHMenMainPhoto HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object nCounting associated with the main dialogs Photon Counting menu entry Read only property pHMenMainPrint HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object associated with the main dialogs Print menu entry Read only property pHMenMainProce HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object ssing associated with the main dialogs Processing menu Read only property pHMenMainProfil HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object e associated with the main dialogs Profile menu entry Read only property pHMenMainRS23 HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object 20 associated with the main dialogs RS232 menu entry Read only property pHMenMainSave HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object AsQ associated with the main dialogs Save As menu entry Read only property pHMenMainSaveR HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object OIJAs associated with the main dialogs Save ROI As menu entry Read only property pHMenMainScalin HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object gO associated with the main dialogs Scal
119. HiPic HPD TA User I F Showing and hiding dialogs To access any interface object on a dialog all involved interface objects must have set its pfVisible and pfEnabled properties to true To allow to control such interface object without showing the corresponding dialog the HWindow object the topmost interface object in the hierarchy has an additional property pfUserIF When this property is set to FALSE the dialog is not shown on the screen The value of this property however has no influence on the accessibility of the interface objects on this dialog Thus setting this property to TRUE will show the dialog and setting it to FALSE will not show the dialog This property allows to develop applications where no HiPic HPD TA user IF is used During development the property can be set to TRUE to visually check what happens When the development is finished the property can be set to FALSE the same things will happen but without showing the dialog on the screen Of course showing the dialogs take some time so that the program may run a little bit faster without the user I F The dialog window and all the related controls are created as soon as both properties pfVisible and pfUserIF are set to TRUE If one or both of these properties are set to FALSE the dialog will be unloaded Sometimes however one needs to access the window itself maybe by using its window handle before it is visible In such case the properties pfVisible and pfUserIF must be set t
120. HiPic HPDTA objects by the mHInitHiStart pStartHInitHi or mHInitTaStart pStartHInitTa and mHInitHiStart pStartHAppHiPic or mHInitTaStart pStartHAppHPDTA properties See the example CltHiExe or CltTaExe for details 53 The way some parameters are called have been changed to be more consequently Input parameters are now always called by value Sometimes in such cases the VB compiler gives an error message when compiling with the reference to version 6 2 saying that the parameter type is not indentival To find out the correct prototyp it is most easy to outcomment the function and let the VB compiler write the prototype by just selecting the correct object procedure again Then just copy back the code to the empty prototype As an example take the Message event of the HInitHi main object The old definition was Private Sub mHInitHi_Message sMessage As String Your code is here End Sub The new definition is Private Sub mHInitHi_Message ByVal sMessage As String Your code is here End Sub The Definition of sMessage has consequently been changed to be ByVal The HInitTa main object has been reorganized reflecting the fact that the properties to select the camera parameters are now in a separate window Therefore as an example the interface object pHRadInitCamera has been renamed to pHRadCCDSetCamera The main window contains now some new interface objects to display the selected devices like pHDisInitCCDCamera showing the selected
121. Integer Optional image contains another type of data an error is returned ByVal iDX As Integer sError As ByVal iY As Integer Variant As ByVal iDY As Integer Integer ByRef IImgData Function pfLoadImage Optional Integer Loads an image sFile As Variant Optional fShow As Variant Function pfSavelmage Optional Integer Saves the image sFile As Variant Optional sAreDefault As Variant Optional fSaveROI As Variant Modified Function pfGetDisplayData ByV Byte Gets the display data 8 bit within a specified area of the image al iX As Integer ByVal Optional iDX As Integer ByVal sError As iY As Integer ByVal Variant As iDY As Integer ByRef Integer 59 bImgDisplay Function pfGetImageDatalByte Byte Gets lbyte pixel data 8 bit within a specified area of the image If the ByVal iX As Integer Optional image contains another type of data an error is returned ByVal iDX As Integer sError As ByVal iY As Integer Variant As ByVal iDY As Integer Integer ByRef bImgData Function pfGetImageData2Byte Integer Gets 2byte pixel data 16 bit within a specified area of the image If ByVal iX As Integer Optional the image contains another type of data an error is returned ByVal iDX As Integer sError As ByVal iY As Integer Variant As ByVal iDY As Integer Integer ByRef ilmgData Function pfGetImageData4Byte Long Gets
122. LicenceSave ByRef fLicenceSequence ByRef fLicenceTransAbs Removed MsgBoxResult pfApplicationCreated pfApplicationCreation Failed phComInitGetConfigFile Read only property pHEdnInitC474295Co HEditNumb_ Returns an object reference to the HEditNumber object associated with mPort er init dialogs C474295 Com Port editbox Read only property pHEdnInitC474298Co HEditNumb_ Returns an object reference to the HEditNumber object associated with mPort er init dialogs C474298 Com Port editbox Read only property pHEdnInitC4880ComP HEditNumb Returns an object reference to the HEditNumber object associated with ort er init dialogs C4880 Com Port editbox Read only property pHEdnInitGrabberSysN HEditNumb_ Returns an object reference to the HEditNumber object associated with ol er init dialogs Board number editbox Also referred to system number Read only property pHEstInitConfiFile HEditString Returns an object reference to the HEditString object associated with the init dialogs Config File editbox Read only property pHFralnitCamera HFrame Returns an object reference to the HFrame object associated with the init dialogs CCD Setup frame Read only property pHRadInitCamera HRadios Returns an object reference to the HRadios object associated with the init dialogs Camera radiobutton group Read only property pHRadInitFrameGrabbe HRadios Returns an object reference to the HRadios object associated with the r init dialogs
123. Long Returns the number of excluded samples Sub ValueUndefinedSa mples ByVal 1UndefinedSample s As Long Returns the number of undefined samples All references to the number of samples or sample index modified to long instead of integer 84 Appendix A All Public Properties Functions Subs Events This is a complete listing of all public properties functions subs and events a client programmer can use The same information is also available in the object catalog of Visual Basic 6 0 or similar development tools HInitHi Event ApplicationCreate Event which is raised when the Application is d ByRef successfully created This event returns an object HAppHiPic As reference to the HAppHipic object HAppHiPic Event ErrorDueToLicenc Event which is raised when the application could not be e created due to missing licence Event ErrorDuringInit Event which is raised when the application could not be created due to an error during initialization Event InitCancel Event which is raised when the application was not created because the creation has been cancelled by user Event Message By Val Event which is raised to indicate processign steps during sMessage As initialization String Event MsgBox ByVal Event which is raised in remote control mode when the iID As Integer pfNoDialogs is set to true instead of showing a ByVal sPrompt As messagebo
124. LowerValue Long Sets or returns a value which defines the lower value lower cursor of the object Read write property plUpperValue Long Sets or returns a value which defines theupper value upper cursor of the object Read write property psCaption String Sets or returns the text which is used to label the associated control Sub pRegEvent ByVal Should not be used by clients Registers an event to the sEvent As String error handler ByVal fBasicEvent As Integer Sub pSetAuto Method which executes the Auto LUT function Sub pSetCursors ByVa Method which sets both values upper and lower value l LLowerValue As cursor Long ByVal l1UpperValue As Long HImageArea Event ChangeCenter Changes the zoom center of the image Event ChangeEnabled Event which is raised when the pfEnabled property changes Event ChangeVisible Event which is raised when the pfVisible property changes Event ChangeZoom Event which is raised when the zoom factor of the image changes Read only property pcParent Object Returns a reference to the parent object of this object If this reference is Nothing this object is the topmost object within the object hierarchy normally the HWindow object of the associated dialog Read only property pfControlAvail Integer Returns a value which specifies whether the object can be controlled by the client programmer This is dependent on the pfVisible and pfEnabled properties and those of its parent Read
125. MainClient HWindow Returns an object reference to the HWindow object Area associated with the main windows client area picture box Read only property pHWinMainDlg HWindow Returns an object reference to the HWindow object associated with the main dialogs main window Read only property pHWinOptDlgQ HWindow Returns an object reference to the HWindow object associated with the options main window Read only property pHWinOptOptions HWindow Returns an object reference to the HWindow object 0 associated with the options dialogs options picturebox Read only property piAcquisitionMod Integer Returns the computers acquisition module Possible ule values are defined in the enumeration AcquisitionModule Read only property piApplicationType Integer Returns the application type Possible values are defined O in the enumeration ApplicationType Read only property piCameraTyp Integer Returns the camera type Possible values are defined in the enumeration CameraType Read only property piFrameGrabber Integer Returns the computers frame grabber Possible values are defined in the enumeration FrameGrabber Read only property piOperatingSystem Integer Returns the computers frame grabber Possible values are 0 defined in the enumeration FrameGrabber Read only property pobjHCamera Object Returns an object reference to the camera object Its type is dependent on the used camera Read only property psAppDate String Return
126. OperateD Integer TBEQ Read write property pfStreakUseDTBE Integer Q Read write property pfUserIFO Integer Read write property piStreakTriggerMe Integer thodQ Read write property plHandleQ Long Read write property pIModelQ Long Function pGetStreakRelated CCDCaps ByRef fCCDCanExtTrig As Integer ByRef fCCDCanStartStop As Integer ByRef sExtTrigCCDMeth od As String ByRef sExtTrigCPUMeth od As String ByRef sStartStopCCDMet hod As String ByRef sStartStopCPUMet hod As String Function psGetStatus String Sub pStopAcquisitionQ HExternalDevices Event DevicesBuilt Event which is raised when the streak devices objects have been setup up properly Event Message By Val Event which is raised to inform the user of ongoing sMessage As operations String Event TASetupExecuted Event which is raised when the TA setup has been executed Event TrigSetExecuted Event which is raised when the Trigger Setup has been executed Read only property pcItem ByVal HExternal Returns a reference to the specified device Index As Integer Device Read only property pfDualTimeBaseE Integer Returns a flag which indicates whether a dual time base xist extender is used as a streak camera option 151 Read only property pfStreakUseDTBE Integer Tells the camera object that a Dual time base extender is O currently used for trigger handshake Read only p
127. OptionsAcqToSame Integer Sets or returns a value which defines whether the acquisition should Wnd always be done in the same window Read write property pfOptionsAutoLiveLU Integer Sets or returns a value which defines whether AUTO Live LUT should TO be excuted during Live mode Read write property pfOptionsAutoLUT Integer Sets or returns a value which defines whether Auot LUT should be excuted aftre image acquisition Read write property pfOptionsFixedITEXHe Integer Sets or returns a value which defines whether the image should be ader saved with fixed header Read write property pfOptionsROIUseMinA Integer Sets or returns a value which defines whether the minimum should be sZero used as zero point for FWHM calculation Read write property pfOptionsWarmUnsaved Integer Sets or returns a value which defines whether the user should be 60 Q warned when an unsaved image is closed Read write property pftOptionsDefZoomFac tor Single Sets or returns the default zooming factor Read write property piOptionsROIPrfO Integer Function pfUpdateImageAfterDa taChange ByVal ilmg As Integer Optional sError As Variant A function that updates all relevant modules after the client programmer has changed the image data its size data depth or status Sub pGetFWHMProperties ByRef fDisplay FWHM As Integer ByRef 1Color As Long ByRef iFontSize As Integer ByRef iNoOfDigits As Int
128. Pic pobjHCamera pHCo4CamLive pcItem LIVE To place a dialog into a window within the client program the p 1HWndParentWindow is used In the following code all image windows dialogs are placed as a child window within the PicClientArea picture box of the client program mHAppHPDTA pHImages pfUserIF True For iC 0 To mHAppHPDTA pHImages pilItemsMax 1 mHAppHPDTA pHImages pcItem iC pHWinImgDlg plHWndParentWindow FormMain PicClientArea hWnd Next iC Depending on the configuration sometimes an object property returns NOTHING or does not exist at all The function mfExistSubObject returns an information whether a depend object exist for a given object In our case this is used to find out whether the camera object has an exposure time property See mfExposureExist mfExistSubOb ject mHAppHPDTA pobjHCamera pHEn4CamExposure 204 Ending the component The component can be ended easily by 1 Freeing all object references except to the application object 2 Executing mHAppHiPic piEndProg or mHAppHPDTA pikEndProg 3 Releasing the reference to the application object Executing and availability of commands Executing of a command is simply done by calling its pClick method See mHComCamLive pClick This executes Live mode Under certain circumstances a command or any other control is not available this is equivalent to disabled or invisible control within the standalone program To be sure whether
129. Q String Returns general scaling info Sub pGetMinAndMax gets minimum and maximum value ByVal iLower As Integer ByVal iUpper As Integer ByRef ftMin As Single ByRef ftMax As Single Sub pLocationToIndex Returns the index corresponding to the given location ByVal ftLocation As Single ByRef ftIndex As Single ByVal fDisplayScaled As Integer HSystemScalingData Read only property XQ HProfileS X Scaling calingDat a Read only property YQ HProfileS Y Scaling calingDat a HImageScalingData Read only property XQ HProfileS X Scaling calingDat a Read only property YQ HProfileS Y Scaling calingDat a Function pfSetScaling isd Integer Sets all scaling data of this object to the values of the AS specified object HImageScalingDat a Optional sError As Variant 198 HPRFParametersData Read only property pfDisplayQ Integer Defines whether the specified profile is displayed Read only property pfExist Integer Defines whether the specified profile exists Read only property pftMinGreaterZero Single Returns the smalles value gt 0 Q Read only property piNrData Integer Returns the number of data Read only property piTypeQ Integer Returns the type of a profile Read only property plColorQ Long Returns the color of a profile Read only property ppsdScaling HProfileS Returns the associated HProfileScalingData calingDat a Read only propert
130. a HDisp mAPIVersion Read only property pHDisCCDSetDriv HDisp erVersion Read only property pHDisCCDSetMo_ HDisp del Read only property pHDisCCDSetMo HDisp duleVersion Read only property pHDisCCDSetVen HDisp dor Read only property pHEdnCCDSetOrc HEditNu aHRComPort mber Read only property pHEntCCDSetMo HEntry delNr Read only property pHExternalDevice HExternal s0 Devices Read only property pHFraCCDSetDCa HFrame mAPI HAppHPDTA New Read only property pHDCamQ HDCam Read only property pHMenMainDefec HMenu tPixelCorrectionSe tupO Modified Sub pUserFunction By Executes User Function This function is kept for Val ilndex As compatibility reason It is no longer recommended to use Integer ByVal this function 1CycleIndex As Long ByRef sOut As String ByVal fGetMemoryPrope rties As Integer ByVal iCycle as integer gt ByVal ICycleIndex As Long HImages New Read only property pHChkOptAutoLut HCheck InROIO Read only property pHChkOptZeroLo HCheck wer Read write property pfOptionsAutoLutl Integer nROI 78 Read write property pfOptionsDisplayF Integer WHMOQ Read write property pfOptionsZeroLow Integer er Read write property piOption
131. ad only property pHComScalSetSet HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object nd associated with the scaling setup dialogs Set pushbutton Read only property pHComScalSetSet HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object SpectrographScali nd associated with the scaling setup dialogs Set ngQ Spectrograph Scaling pushbutton Read only property pHComScalSetSqu HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object areGetFromImage nd associated with the scaling setup dialogs Square Scaling Get From Image pushbutton Read only property pHComScalSetSqu HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object areGetPixel nd associated with the scaling setup dialogs Square Scaling Get Pixel pushbutton 114 Read only property pHComScalSetStre HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object akSetTimeScaling nd associated with the scaling setup dialogs Streak Scaling Set Time Scaling pushbutton Read only property pHComScalSetStre HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object akTFFileGet nd associated with the scaling setup dialogs Streak Scaling Time Focus Get File pushbutton Read only property pHComScalSetStre HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object akTFPixelGet nd associated with the scaling setup dialogs Streak Scaling Time Focus Get Pix
132. adios object erBoardTypeQ associated with the device control dialogs Counter board type radiobutton group Read only property pHRadTrigSetTrig HRadios Returns an object reference to the HRadios object gerMethod associated with the device control dialogs Trigger method radiobutton group Read only property pHWinAutoDelDI HWindow Returns an object reference to the HWindow object g0 associated with the Auto delay setup dialogs main window Read only property pHWinOptionsDlg HWindow Returns an object reference to the HWindow object O associated with the options dialogs main window Read only property pHWinProcDligQ _ HWindow Read only property pHWinSetupDlg Q HWindow Returns an object reference to the HWindow object associated with the device control setup dialogs main window Read only property pHWinTimingDia HWindow Returns an object reference to the HWindow object gram associated with the Timing dialogs timing diagram window Read only property pHWinTimingDlg HWindow Returns an object reference to the HWindow object associated with the Timing dialogs main window Read only property pHWinTrigSetDlg HWindow Returns an object reference to the HWindow object associated with the Trigger setup dialogs main window Read only property piA6538Connected Integer Returns a flag which defines whether an A6538 is O connected to the trigger status adapter Read only property piCounterBoardIns Integer Ret
133. age Document ImageReady InstalShield setup kernel Irkeinet Explore Ver 1 0 logagent Logical Disk Manager Admiristrative Service Logical Disk Manager Remote Chen Media Player Properties Select the Location page and check the option Run application on the following computer Uncheck the other options On the edit field type in either the IP address of the server computer e g 192 5 5 43 or the computer network name e g kweinbuch On WindowsNT and Windows2000 platforms you will find an additional Browse button to browse for the server computer HPOTAIZE e Hint a Properties Fa General Location Security Identity Endpoints The follosang sating sira DOOM bo lipna fhe comet computar hor doin sonication you maka more then one selector then DEOH uses the fsi applicable one Cieni sppiceiors may vaida pow pslectons Alun sppfostion on the computer shma the date is located I Fun spplicstion on the conpuier E Fiun application onthe boking computer E 5543 Bipra 52 b Configuring the COM Client when using explicit server names If the connection to the server is established by explicitly specifying the network address of the server computer no additional configuration of the client is necessary Using this method has the additional advantage that the server application may not be registered on the client machine License and Keys The remote control component for the HiPic
134. ain dialogs Print menu entry Read only property pHMenMainProce HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object ssing associated with the main dialogs Processing menu Read only property pHMenMainProfil HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object e associated with the main dialogs Profile menu entry Read only property pHMenMainRS23 HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object 20 associated with the main dialogs RS232 menu entry Read only property pHMenMainSave HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object AsQ associated with the main dialogs Save As menu entry Read only property pHMenMainSaveR HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object OIJAs associated with the main dialogs Save ROI As menu Read only property pHMenMainScalin HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object g0 associated with the main dialogs Scaling menu entry Read only property pHMenMainSeque HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object nce associated with the main dialogs Sequence menu entry Read only property pHMenMainSetup HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object associated with the main dialogs Setup menu Read only property pHMenMainShadi HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object 100 ngCorrection associated with the main dialogs Sha
135. al fInquireFileName As Integer ByRef sMessage As String ByVal fReadData As Integer Function pfSearchValue ByVal Integer Searches a value within a profile fScaled As Integer ByVal iStartIndex As Integer ByVal iEndIndex As Integer ByVal iStep As Integer 75 ByVal ftSearchVal As Single ByRef ftScaledValue As Single Function pftProfileLocationFT B yVal fScaled As Integer ByVal ft As Single Single Returns the location within a profile floating point Function pftProfileLocationINT ByVal fScaled As Integer ByVal i As Integer Single Returns the location within a profile integer Sub pCalcProfileDef ByVal fDisplayScaled As Integer Calculate profile default values Sub pFitGetPD WDefault B yVal fAbs As Integer Get the profile display window Sub pfSetHPRFParameters Data ByRef ppd As HPRFParametersData Set all data associated with this profile to identical to the specified profile Sub Sub pGetMinAndMax ByV al iLower As Integer ByVal iUpper As Integer ByRef ftMin As Single ByRef ftMax As Single pGetSingleMinMaxPos ByVal iFirst As Integer ByVal iLast As Integer ByRef iMinPos As Integer ByRef iMaxPos As Integer Returns minimum and maximum values get the minimum and maximum positions Sub pProfileLocationToVal ue ByVal ftLocation As Single ByRef iIndex As Integer ByRef ftIndex As Single ByRef f
136. al sToken As String ByVal sDefault As String String Returns a string associated to a specified token and section within the image status string Sub pAsyncLoadImage Optional sFile As Variant Optional fShow As Variant Loads an image asynchronously Sub pAsyncSavelmage Optional sFile As Variant Optional sAreDefault As Variant Optional fSaveROI As Variant Saves the image asynchronously Sub pDisplayImage Displays the current image in the already shown window Sub pGetareSource By Ref iX As Integer ByRef iY As Integer ByRef iDX As Integer ByRef iDY As Integer Returns the source area of the image Sub pGetScaling XInfo ByRef iType As Integer ByRef ftScale As Single ByRef sUnit As String ByRef sScalingFile As String Gets the images scaling info in X direction Sub pGetScaling Y Info ByRef iType As Integer ByRef ftScale As Single ByRef sUnit As String ByRef sScalingFile As String Gets the images scaling info in Y direction Sub pPrint ByVal Prints the image 107 hwndOwner As Long Sub pRemovelmage Removes the image This frees all associated memory All memory handles become invalid afterwards Sub psGetPointScaling ByVal iX As Integer ByVal 1Y As Integer ByRef sX As String ByRef sY As String Returns the scaling oft the indicated pixel the resulting value for every direction sto
137. ast method in the application program 103 Function psErrorString ByV String Returns a string explaining the error with the specified al Index As error code Integer Function psGetStatus String Returns the current application status string Sub pUserFunction By Executes User Function This function is kept for Val iIndex As compatibility reason It is no longer recommended to use Integer ByVal this function 1CycleIndex As Long ByRef sOut As String ByVal fGetMemoryPrope rties As Integer HImage Read only property pfDataSaved Integer Returns a flag defining whether the image data has been saved Read only property pfDisplayOnVGAC Integer Returns a flag defining whether the Image is displayed in the screen Read only property pflmageValidQ Integer Returns a flag which defines whether the image contains vaild data Read only property pHImalmgArea HImageA Returns an object reference to the images HImageArea rea object Read only property pHWinImgDI1g HWindow Returns an object reference to the images main dialog HWindow object Read only property pHWinImgPicture HWindow Returns an object reference to the images picture area HWindow object This is the location where the image is displayed Read only property piBytesPerPixel Integer Returns a value defining the number of bytes per pixel used to store the image Read
138. ation Before you use this method you should free all object references except the reference to the main application object of course After this you should free the reference to the application object As there is a possibility that the user or another client shuts down the application you should free all object references all well Otherwise the component cannot shutdown correctly and will remain in the computers memory To be sure that you will be informed about the shutdown create a WithEvents object reference to the main dialogs HWindow object and release all object references in the Close event of this object like in the following code Private WithEvents mHWinMainDlg As HWindow Private Sub mHWinMainDlg_CloseWindow Cancel As Integer ByVal Mode As Integer Free all object references here End Sub Usage of the application object Besides the interface objects the application objects returns object references to other main objects used in the HiPic or HPD TA See the chapter object model and main objects for details Again beside these references the application object contains the following properties methods and events The piCameraTyp piFrameGrabber psConfigFile and piAcquisitionModule properties return information about the camera and the frame grabber The piApplicationType psAppDate psApplicationString psAppTitle psAppTitleLong psSoftwareVersion properties returns 28 information about the application The piOperatingSyst
139. ay no longer work Function pGetStreakRelated Returns streak trigger related capabilities of the CCD CCDCaps ByRef camera fCCDCanExtTrig As Integer ByRef fCCDCanStartStop As Integer ByRef sExtTrigCCDMeth od As String ByRef 126 sExtTrigCPUMeth od As String ByRef sStartStopCCDMet hod As String ByRef sStartStopCPUMet hod As String Function psGetStatus String Returns the current camera status string Sub pStopAcquisitionO Stops a currently running acquisition HC474295 Read only property pHCh4CamClearF HCheck4 Returns an object reference to the HCheck4Array object rameBuffer Array associated with the camera dialogs Clear frame buffer on start checkbox Read only property pHCh4CamDoRT HCheck4 Returns an object reference to the HCheck4Array object Backsub Array associated with the camera dialogs Do Real Time Backsub checkbox Read only property pHCh4CamStreak HCheck4 Returns an object reference to the HCheck4Array object Trigger Array associated with the camera dialogs Streak Trigger Active checkbox Read only property pHCo4CamAcquir HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand4Array e nd4Array object associated with the camera dialogs Acquire pushbuttonpushbutton Read only property pHCo4CamDoPCS HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand4Array etup nd4Array object associated with the camera
140. been closed Read write property pfUserIFQ Integer Sets or returns a value which defines whether the associated window should be shown on screen A window is only displayed under the following condition pfUserIF TRUE pfVisible TRUE pfHideForm FALSE Read write property pfVisibleQ Integer Returns a value which specifies whether the object is visible Read write property plColorQ Long Sets or returns the clolor of the associated window Read write property p HWndParentWin Long Returns the window handle of the parent window of this dow window If this window is a standalone window this handle is zero Read write property psCaption String Sets or returns the text which is used to label the associated control Read write property psPicture String Sets or returns the file name of a bitmap image which is displayed on this window The followinf formats are supported BMP ICO CUR RLE WMF EMF GIF JPG Read write property psTag String Sets or returns the Tag property of this object The Tag property can be used to communicate with the associated 187 window internal use only Function piGetWindowPosit Integer A method which returns the associated windows ion ByRef iX As position size and window state Only valid when Integer ByRef 1Y pfVisible TRUE and pfUserIF TRUE As Integer ByRef iDX As Integer ByRef iDY As Integer ByRef iWindowState
141. bject ng nd associated with the main dialogs Shading correction pushbutton Read only property pHComOptBackgr HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object oundColor nd associated with the options dialogs Background Color pushbutton Read only property pHComOptCancel HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object nd associated with the options dialogs Cancel pushbutton Read only property pHComOptOK HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object nd associated with the options dialogs OK pushbutton Read only property pHDCamQ HDCam Read only property pHDisMainMessag HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object e associated with the camera setup dialogs Message display area Read only property pHDisMainTempe HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object rature associated with the camera setup dialogs Temperature display area Read only property pHFlatPanel HFlatPane Returns an object reference to the FlatPanel Camera 1 object HFlatPanel If this camera is not used NOTHING is returned Read only property pHImages HImages Returns an object reference to the Images object HImages Read only property pHLicence HLicence Read only property pHLUTControl HLUTCo Returns an object reference to the LUT Control object ntrol HLUTControl Read only property pHMenMain3DDa HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object tal associated w
142. bject associated er ay with the camera dialogs Streak Trigger Active checkbox Read only property pHDi4CamStreakTrigg HDisp4Arra Returns an object reference to the HDisp4Array object associated with er y the camera dialogs Streak Trigger display area Read only property pHEd4CamNrTrigger HEditNumb_ Returns an object reference to the HEditNumber4Array object er4Array associated with the camera dialogs Number of Streak Trigger editbox Read only property pHFr4CamStreakTrigge HFrame4Arr Returns an object reference to the HFrame4Array object associated r0 ay with the camera dialogs Streak Trigger HC474298 New Read write property pfStreakOperate Integer A value that tells the camera object whether vertical streak operation is switched on Don t modify this entry otherwise streak trigger handshake may not longer work Read write property pfStreakOperateDTBE Integer A value that tells the camera object whether horizontal streak operation is switched on Don t modify this entry otherwise streak trigger handshake may not longer work Read write property pfStreakUseDTBE Integer Tells the camera object that a Dual time base extender is currently used for trigger handshake 63 Read write property piStreakTriggerMethod Integer Tells the camera or acquisition sequence object the streak
143. bject reference to the HEditNumber4Array osures mber4Arr object associated with the camera dialogs Number of ay Exposures editbox Read only property pHEd4CamNrTrig HEditNu Returns an object reference to the HEditNumber4Array ger mber4Arr object associated with the camera dialogs Number of ay Streak Trigger editbox Read only property pHEd4CamThresh HEditNu Returns an object reference to the HEditNumber4Array oldQ mber4Arr object associated with the camera dialogs Threshold ay editbox Read only property pHEn4CamExposu HEntry4A Returns an object reference to the HEntry4Array object re rray associated with the camera dialogs Exposure Time entrybox Read only property pHEntSetupGain HEntry Returns an object reference to the HEntry object associated with the camera setup dialogs Gain entrybox Read only property pHEntSetupOffset HEntry Returns an object reference to the HEntry object associated with the camera setup dialogs Offset entrybox Read only property pHEs4CamSMDE HEditStri Returns an object reference to the HEditString4Array xtended ng4Array object associated with the camera dialogs Scan Mode Extended editbox Read only property pHFr4CamAction HFrame4 Returns an object reference to the HFrame4Array object Array associated with the camera dialogs Action frame Read only property pHFr4CamExposu HFrame4 Returns an object reference to the HFrame4Array object reTime Array
144. bject reference to the HEntry4Array object rray associated with the camera dialogs Superpixel entrybox Read only property pHEntSubLower HEntry Returns an object reference to the HEntry object associated with the camera subarray dialogs Lower entrybox Read only property pHEntSubUpper HEntry Returns an object reference to the HEntry object associated with the camera subarray dialogs Upper entrybox Read only property pHFr4CamAction HFrame4 Returns an object reference to the HFrame4Array object Array associated with the camera dialogs Action frame Read only property pHFr4CamExposu HFrame4 _ Returns an object reference to the HFrame4Array object 138 reTime Array associated with the camera dialogs Exposure Time frame Read only property pHFr4CamGainOf HFrame4 an object reference to the HFrame4Array object fset Array associated with the camera dialogs Analog Gain frame Read only property pHFr4CamIntegrat HFrame4 Returns an object reference to the HFrame4Array object ion Array associated with the camera dialogs Integration frame Read only property pHFr4CamPhoton HFrame4 Returns an object reference to the HFrame4Array object Counting Array associated with the camera dialogs Photon Counting frame Read only property pHFr4CamRTBSQ HFrame4 Returns an object reference to the HFrame4Arra
145. ble As Variant Optional NoError As Integer Integer Sets or returns the index of the currenly selected radiobutton It is numbered from piRadio 0 to piNoEntries 1 Read write property piValue Optional DoEvent As Variant Optional IgnoreDisable As Variant Optional NoError As Integer Integer Returns the value which is associated with the currently selected radiobutton Read write property psKey Value Optio nal DoEvent As Variant Optional IgnoreDisable As Variant Optional NoError As Integer String Sets or returns the key value of the object When this value is set the radiobutton with the specified key value is selected Optional parameters added HTab Read only property pfTabEnabled By Val iTab As Integer Optional DoEvent As Integer Returns a value which specifies whether the specified HSingleTab object is enabled 82 Variant Read only property pfTabVisible ByV Integer Returns a value which specifies whether the specified al iTab As Integer HSingleTab object is visible Optional DoEvent As Variant Read write property piTab Optional Integer Sets or returns the index of the currently selected Tab DoEvent As Variant Optional IgnoreDisable As Variant Optional NoError As Integer Read write property piValue Optional Integ
146. caling Assigns image scaling information to the current image ByVal ilmg As according the current system scaling Integer Sub GetImageStatus B Assigns image status information to the current image yVal ilmg As according the current status Integer ByVal fIncludeCameraSta tus As Integer Sub SetMainColor By Sets the applications main window color Val IMainColor As Long THCall2Cam Function CameraHasMecha Integer Returns an flag which defines whether the camera has a nicShutter mechanical shutter Function fAcqCanBeStoppe Integer dO Function iAcqModeForPCT Integer est Sub AbortCamera Aborts the current camera image acquisiton Sub AbortCameraSingl Aborts a single exposure of the camera eExp Sub AboveThresholdC Indicates that the value above threshold has been alculated By Val calculated iAcqMode As Integer ByVal sString As String Sub CameraSuitableFor Returns an flag which defines whether the camera is Backsub suitable for background subtraction Sub ChangeAcqMode Indicates that the current AcqMode has changed ByVal iAcqMode As Integer 192 Sub EnableCameraEnd Response ByVal fEnable As Integer Enables or disables the cameras end response Sub ExternalTriggerEla psed By Val iAcqMode As Integer ByVal lElapsed As Long Indicates that an external trigger ha s been elapsed Sub GetStopStatus By Ref ftExpTime As Single ByRef iTrigger As Integer ByRef iExpStatus A
147. camera setup dialogs OK pushbutton Read only property pHDi4CamAbove HDisp4Ar Returns an object reference to the HDisp4Array object ThresholdQ ray associated with the camera dialogs Above Threshold display area Read only property pHDi4CamMessag HDisp4Ar Returns an object reference to the HDisp4Array object e ray associated with the camera dialogs Message display area Read only property pHDi4CamStreakT HDisp4Ar Returns an object reference to the HDisp4Array object rigger ray associated with the camera dialogs Streak Trigger display area Read only property pHDisSetupCamer HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object alnfo associated with the camera setup dialogs Camera Info display area Read only property pHEd4CamNrExp HEditNu_ Returns an object reference to the HEditNumber4Array osures mber4Arr object associated with the camera dialogs Number of ay Exposures editbox Read only property pHEd4CamNrTrig HEditNu Returns an object reference to the HEditNumber4Array ger mber4Arr object associated with the camera dialogs Number of ay Streak Trigger editbox Read only property pHEd4CamThresh HEditNu Returns an object reference to the HEditNumber4Array oldQ mber4Arr object associated with the camera dialogs Threshold ay editbox Read only property pHEn4CamExposu HEntry4A Returns an object reference to the HEntry4Array object re rray associated with the camera dialogs Exposur
148. cause every camera dialog uses 4 Tabs for the 4 acquisition modes Live Acquire AnalogIntegration and PhotonCounting The same object is placed once on every Tab thus enabling 4 different parameter settings one for every acquisition mode Also sometimes a control is not visible on some Tabs see the screenshot below Sometimes other objects are 16 grouped like in the object HWindow20Array an array of 20 HWindow objects used for the images HExternalDevices three external device types HDevPars containing all device parameters HImages containing all Images The following description does no longer refer to such groups it only refers to the single object OE Poe Terme pHEnd CamE spanare pHEniCamE sposune eT ef ome al T_T pirncaanTesm Rael iene background eubsracton ATES Do RT Backo I pHFrCamRTeS1 pfvisibie FALSE HMenu The HMenu object is almost identical to the HCommand object with one single exception it has an additional property pfChecked and an event ChangeChecked The pfChecked property defines whether the menu item is checked Whenever the property pfChecked changes the event ChangeChecked will be raised HCheck Apart from properties methods and events which already had been described the HCheck object has one additional property and one more event the pfValue property and the ChangeValue event The pfValue is a read write property and can be TRUE or FALSE depending on the status o
149. ce keys which could be found ef fApplicationKeyFound ByRef fLicenceAcquire ByRef fLicenceFitting ByRef fLicenceRCOnly ByRef fLicenceSave ByRef fLicenceSequence ByRef fLicenceTransAbs Removed MsgBoxResult pfApplicationCreated pfApplicationCreation Failed HAppHipic New Read only property pHFlatPanel HFlatPanel Returns an object reference to the FlatPanel Camera object HFlatPanel If this camera is not used NOTHING is returned Read only property pHMenMainFreeze HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object associated with the main dialogs Freeze menu Read only property psWindowsDirectory String Returns the Windows directory of the computer where the component runs Read write property pfOptionLUTTool Integer Sets or returns a value which defines whether the LUT tool should be shown on the main window Read write property pfOptionRestoreWindo Integer Sets or returns a value which defines whether window positions should wPos be restored or not when the window is reactivated Read write property pfOptionUserFunctions Integer Sets or returns a value which defines whether the User function is O called or not Read write property plOptionBackgroundCo Long Sets or returns a value which defines the background color 56 lor Read only property pfCommPortOpen Integer Returns
150. ce to the HCheck object associated with the er24 device control setup dialogs Auto Delay parameter 24 checkbox Read only property pHChkAutoDelParamet HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object associated with the er25 device control setup dialogs Auto Delay parameter 25 checkbox Read only property pHChkAutoDelParamet HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object associated with the er26 device control setup dialogs Auto Delay parameter 26 checkbox Read only property pHChkAutoDelParamet HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object associated with the er27 device control setup dialogs Auto Delay parameter 27 checkbox Read only property pHChkAutoDelParamet HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object associated with the er28 device control setup dialogs Auto Delay parameter 28 checkbox Read only property pHChkAutoDelParamet HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object associated with the er29 device control setup dialogs Auto Delay parameter 29 checkbox Read only property pHChkOptionsAutoDel HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object associated with the ay2Delay device control setup dialogs Auto Delay2 Delay checkbox Read only property pHChkSetupCounterBo HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object associated with the ardInstalled device control setup dialogs Dt2819 Installed checkbox Read only property pHChkSetupGPIBConn HCheck Retur
151. ce to the HCommand4Array etup nd4Array object associated with the camera dialogs Do Photon Counting Setup pushbutton Read only property pHCo4CamFreeze HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand4Array nd4Array object associated with the camera dialogs Freeze pushbutton Read only property pHCo4CamGetBG HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand4Array Data nd4Array object associated with the camera dialogs Get Background Data pushbutton Read only property pHCo4CamLive HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand4Array nd4Array object associated with the camera dialogs Live pushbutton Read only property pHCo4CamSingle HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand4Array Exposure nd4Array object associated with the camera dialogs Single Exposure pushbutton Read only property pHCo4CamStopQ HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand4Array nd4Array object associated with the camera dialogs Stop pushbutton Read only property pHComCamDown HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object O nd associated with the camera dialogs Down pushbutton Small down arrow Read only property pHComCamUp Q HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object nd associated with the camera dialogs Up pushbutton Small up arrow Read only property pHComSetupCanc HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object el nd associated with th
152. cement associated with the camera setup dialogs Contrast Enhacement frame Read only property pHPr4CamPercent HProgress Returns an object reference to the HProgress4Array O 4Array object associated with the camera dialogs Percent progress bar Read only property pHRa4CamAmpG HRadios4 Returns an object reference to the HRadios4Array object ain Array associated with the camera dialogs Amp Gain radiobutton group Read only property pHRa4CamPcMod HRadios4 Returns an object reference to the HRadios4Array object e Array associated with the camera dialogs Photon Counting Mode radiobutton group Read only property pHRa4CamSMD HRadios4 Returns an object reference to the HRadios4Array object Array associated with the camera dialogs Scan Mode radiobutton group Read only property pHRadSetupContr HRadios Returns an object reference to the HRadios object astEnhancement associated with the camera setup dialogs Contast Enhancement Read only property pHTabCamAcqMo HTab Returns an object reference to the HTab object deQ associated with the camera dialogs Acquisition mode tab group Read only property pHWinCamDlg _ HWindow Returns an object reference to the HWindow object associated with the camera dialogs main window Read only property pHWinSetupDlg HWindow Returns an object reference to the HWindow object associated with the camera setup dialogs main window Read only property piDatTypeForAcq
153. ct associated with the camera dialogs Threshold ay editbox Read only property pHEn4CamIntegr HEntry4A Returns an object reference to the HEntry4Array object AfterTrigQ rray associated with the camera dialogs Integrate After Trigger editbox Read only property pHFr4CamAction HFrame4 Returns an object reference to the HFrame4Array object Array associated with the camera dialogs Action frame Read only property pHFr4CamFGTrig HFrame4 Returns an object reference to the HFrame4Array object ger Array associated with the camera dialogs Frame Grabber Trigger frame Read only property pHFr4CamIntegrat HFrame4 Returns an object reference to the HFrame4Array object ion Array associated with the camera dialogs Integration frame Read only property pHFr4CamPcMod HFrame4 Returns an object reference to the HFrame4Array object e Array associated with the camera dialogs Photon Counting Mode frame Read only property pHFr4CamPhoton HFrame4 Returns an object reference to the HFrame4Array object Counting Array associated with the camera dialogs Photon Counting frame 125 Read only property pHFr4CamRTBSQ HFrame4 Returns an object reference to the HFrame4Array object Array associated with the camera dialogs Real Time Backsub frame Read only property pHPr4CamPercent HProgress Returns an object reference to the HPr
154. d Event UpperCursorChan Event which is raised when the upper cursor changes ged ByVal UpperCursor As Long Read only property pcParent Object Returns a reference to the parent object of this object If this reference is Nothing this object is the topmost object within the object hierarchy normally the HWindow object of the associated dialog 188 Read only property pfControlAvail Integer Returns a value which specifies whether the object can be controlled by the client programmer This is dependent on the pfVisible and pfEnabled properties and those of its parent Read only property pfEnabled Integer Returns a value which specifies whether the object is enabled Read only property pfVisible Integer Returns a value which specifies whether the object is visible Read only property piLUTSize Integer Returns a value which specifies the LUTSize Possible values are defined in the enumeration LUTSize Read only property plMinCursorDiff Q Long Returns the minimum difference between lower and upper value cursor Read only property plIMultQ Long For 16x LUT types the data specified and displayed with the LUT tool have to bee multiplied by plMult to get the values valid for image data Read only property psName String Returns the name of the object Read write property piAutoOption Integer Read write property plL
155. d HCommand object Read only property psName String Returns the name of the object HWindow20Array Event Activate Window ByVal Index As Integer Event which is raised when a window is activated Event BeforeWindowVis ible ByVal Index As Integer Event which is raised before window is visible Event ChangeEnabled B yVal Index As Integer Event which is raised when the pfEnable property changes Event ChangeUserlF By Val Index As Integer Event which is raised when the pfUserIF property changes Event ChangeVisible By Val Index As Integer Event which is raised when the pfVisible property changes Event CloseWindow By Val Index As Integer ByRef Cancel As Integer ByVal Mode As Integer Event which is raised when the Window is closed Event KeyDownWindow ByVal Index As Integer ByVal KeyCode As Integer ByVal Shift As Integer Event which is raised when a key is pressed on the window Event MouseDown ByV al Index As Integer ByVal Button As Integer ByVal Shift As Integer ByVal iX As Integer ByVal iY As Integer Event which is raised when the mouse is pressed on the window Event MouseMove ByVa l Index As Integer ByVal Button As Integer ByVal Shift As Integer ByVal iX As Integer ByVal 1Y As Integer Event which is raised when the mouse is moved on the window Event MouseUp ByVal Index As Integer ByVa
156. d by both the ActiveX DLL and ActiveX EXE versions and do not use memory handles To get the data arrays have to be used which can and will be resized by the component The definition should be like Private miData As Integer for getting 2 Byte data with the function pfGetImageData2Byte The functions pfGetImgData and pfSetImgData have been removed The functions for loading and saving images have been improved The now have a return value to show whether the function was successful or not TRUE or FALSE Therefore the functions have been renamed from pLoadImage to pfLoadImage and from pSavelmage to pfSaveImage Loading and saving sequences are modified from pLoadSequence to pfLoadSequence and pSaveSequence to pfSaveSequence New Options of the HImages main object dealing with Auto Live LUT and FWHM display 54 If new data has been written to an image the new pfUpdateImageA fterDataChange function of the HImages main object should be called This is especially true if the data or LUT type of the image has been changed by the pfCreateEmptyImage function or by writing important parameters like LUT parameters to the status string All camera objects now have the following properties which are used in combination with the new trigger setup pfStreakOperate pfStreakOperateDTBE pfStreakUseDTBE piStreakTriggerMethod pGetStreakRelatedCCDCaps These properties are public due to internal reasons do not use them The HC800020 object has two ne
157. d capabilities of the CCD CCDCaps ByRef camera fCCDCanExtTrig As Integer ByRef fCCDCanStartStop As Integer ByRef sExtTrigCCDMeth od As String ByRef sExtTrigCPUMeth od As String ByRef sStartStopCCDMet hod As String ByRef sStartStopCPUMet hod As String Function psGetStatus String Returns the current camera status string Sub pStopAcquisitionO Stops a currently running acquisition HC7300 Read only property pHCh4CamClearF HCheck4 Returns an object reference to the HCheck4Array object rameBuffer Array associated with the camera dialogs Clear frame buffer on start checkbox Read only property pHCh4CamDoRT HCheck4 Returns an object reference to the HCheck4Array object Backsub Array associated with the camera dialogs Do Real Time Backsub checkbox Read only property pHCh4CamStreak HCheck4 Returns an object reference to the HCheck4Array object Trigger Array associated with the camera dialogs Streak Trigger Active checkbox Read only property pHCo4CamAcquir HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand4Array e nd4Array object associated with the camera dialogs Acquire pushbuttonpushbutton Read only property pHCo4CamDoPCS HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand4Array etup nd4Array object associated with the camera dialogs Do Photon Counting Setup pushbutton Read only property pHCo4CamFreeze HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand4Array nd4Array object
158. development it is recommended to set the parameters fInitUserIF and fApplUserIF to TRUE Then the dialogs appear on screen and you 203 can check whether everything you program is executed correctly After some time you may want to hide the dialogs by setting fInitUserIF and fApplUserIF to FALSE To Start the program you just have to click on the init dialogs OK pushbutton Within a client program this is done by writing mHInitHi pHComInitOK pClick As the startup is an Asynchronous Command we have to wait until it is finished either succesful or not This is done by the loop Do If mHInitHi pfiInitStatus gt 0 Then Exit Do DoEvents Loop While True Finally the property mHInitHi pHAppHipic contains a reference to the application object of the HiPic HPDTA ActiveX component Pls note that this object has been created by the HInitHi or HInitTa object and not by the client program Initializing of the client program After the component has been started successfully the client program can be initialized This is performed in the Init routine of the HiMain object which has been created previously by the client program The HiMain object contains many references to objects of the component One example is the Open menu object The reference is made by writing Set mHMenMainOpen mHAppHiPic pHMenMainOpen another is the cameras live mode pushbutton object wv Set mHComCamLive mHAppHi
159. ding Correction menu entry Read only property pHMenMainShow HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object Delay2StatusContr associated with the main dialogs Show Delay2 olQ Status Control menu entry Read only property pHMenMainShow HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object DelayStatusContro associated with the main dialogs Show Delay 10 Status Control menu entry Read only property pHMenMainShow HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object SpecStatusControl associated with the main dialogs Show Spec Status Control menu entry Read only property pHMenMainShow HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object StreakStatusContro associated with the main dialogs Show Streak 10 Status Control menu entry Read only property pHMenMainSuperi HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object mpose associated with the main dialogs Superimpose menu entry Read only property pHMenMainTransi HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object entAbsorption associated with the main dialogs Transient Absorption menu entry Read only property pHMenMainTrigg HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object erSetup associated with the main dialogs Trigger Setup menu entry Read only property pHMenMainUserF HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object unction associated with the main dialogs User Function menu entry Read only property pHMenMainWind HMe
160. e HiStartS EXE or TaStartS EXE in the Autostart folder which launches these small applications at Windows Startup A client program can now create an object within TaStart_U or HiStart_U This object can now create an object HInitHi or HInitTa even if the application is not jet launched because TaStart_U or HiStart_U is running on the same computer The object reference is handled to the client program and no other reference is kept to the object If in the previous samples the flag fUseStarter is set to true the Client program first of all creates an instance of the ClsHiStart or ClsTAStart Set mClsTAStart CreateObject TAStart_u ClsTAStart sRemoteComputer Then it gets the reference to the HInitHi or HInitTa object During execution of the property the ActiveX EXE application HiPic or HPD TA is launched and a new HInitHi or HInitTa object is created Set mHInitTaStart mClsTAStart HPDTA_HInitTa Then the ClsHiStart or ClsTAStart is destroyed Set mClsTAStart Nothing 211 The object reference mHInitHiStart or mHInitTaStart can then be used as if the object has been created directly 212
161. e Time entrybox Read only property pHEn4CamGain HEntry4A Returns an object reference to the HEntry4Array object rray associated with the camera dialogs Analog Gain entrybox Read only property pHEn4CamOffset HEntry4A Returns an object reference to the HEntry4Array object rray associated with the camera dialogs Analog Offset entrybox Read only property pHEntSetupOffset HEntry Returns an object reference to the HEntry object associated with the camera setup dialogs Offset entrybox Read only property pHEntSetupWidth HEntry Returns an object reference to the HEntry object associated with the camera setup dialogs Width entrybox Read only property pHFr4CamAction HFrame4 Returns an object reference to the HFrame4Array object Array associated with the camera dialogs Action frame Read only property pHFr4CamExposu HFrame4 _ Returns an object reference to the HFrame4Array object 141 reTime Array associated with the camera dialogs Exposure Time frame Read only property pHFr4CamGainOf HFrame4 Returns an object reference to the HFrame4Array object fset Array associated with the camera dialogs Analog Gain frame Read only property pHFr4CamIntegrat HFrame4 Returns an object reference to the HFrame4Array object ion Array associated with the camera dialogs Integration frame Read only property
162. e camera dialogs Threshold ay editbox Read only property pHEdnSetupTarget HEditNu Returns an object reference to the HEditNumber object Temperature mber associated with the camera setup dialogs Target Temperature editbox Read only property pHEdnSubVerBin HEditNu Returns an object reference to the HEditNumber object ning mber associated with the camera subarray dialogs Binning editbox Read only property pHEn4CamAMD HEntry4A Returns an object reference to the HEntry4Array object 131 rray associated with the camera dialogs Acquire Mode entrybox Read only property pHEn4CamASH Q HEntry4A Returns an object reference to the HEntry4Array object rray associated with the camera dialogs Acquire Shutter entrybox Read only property pHEn4CamATP HEntry4A Returns an object reference to the HEntry4Array object rray associated with the camera dialogs Acquire Trigger Polarity entrybox Read only property pHEn4CamExposu HEntry4A Returns an object reference to the HEntry4Array object re rray associated with the camera dialogs Exposure Time entrybox Read only property pHEn4CamMCP HEntry4A Returns an object reference to the HEntry4Array object rray associated with the camera dialogs MCP entrybox Read only property pHEn4CamSOP HEntry4A Returns an object reference to the HEntry4Array object rray associated with
163. e camera setup dialogs Cancel pushbutton Read only property pHComSetupOKQ HComma _ Returns an object reference to the HCommand object 137 nd associated with the camera setup dialogs OK pushbutton Read only property pHDi4CamAbove HDisp4Ar Returns an object reference to the HDisp4Array object Threshold ray associated with the camera dialogs Above Threshold display area Read only property pHDi4CamMessag HDisp4Ar Returns an object reference to the HDisp4Array object eQ ray associated with the camera dialogs Message display area Read only property pHDi4CamStreakT HDisp4Ar Returns an object reference to the HDisp4Array object rigger ray associated with the camera dialogs Streak Trigger display area Read only property pHDisSetupActual HDisp Temperature Read only property pHDisSetupCamer HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object alnfo associated with the camera setup dialogs Camera Info display area Read only property pHDisSetupConfig HDisp uration Read only property pHDisSetupVolGa HDisp inQ Read only property pHDisSetupVolOff HDisp set Read only property pHDisSubLower HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object associated with the camera subarray dialogs Lower display area Read only property pHDisSubUpper HDisp Returns an object reference t
164. e command itself is triggered by the DoCommand event Note Don t use this event within the client program because you cannot know whether you will get this event before or after the execution of the command The pfAsyncCommandActive property informs the client programmer that an asynchronous command is active the psActiveAsyncCommand property tells which one While an asynchronous command is active any normal command can be executed but you cannot start a second asynchronous command Asynchronous commands are e HAcq pAsyncLive HAcqg pAsyncAcquire HAcq pAsyncAnalogIntegration HAcq pAsyncPhotonCounting These commands are executed from the corresponding Menu or Pushbutton objects on the main dialog like pHComMainLive e HSequence pAsyncSaveSequence HImages pAsyncSavelmage e HImage pAsyncLoadImage and HImage pAsyncSavelmage The HImages pAsyncLoadImage and HImages pAsyncSaveImage methods are using these methods e HImages pAsyncLoadImage and HImages pAsyncSavelmage e The save and load Menu or Pushbutton objects on the main dialog are using the HSequence pAsyncSaveSequence HImages pAsyncSavelmage or HImages pAsyncLoadImage and HImages pAsyncSaveImage methods e HInitHi pAsyncStartProg and HInitTa pAsyncStartProg The pHComInitOK uses this method e The Start Acquisition pushbutton uses the HSequence pAsyncSeqStartAcquisition function The string sCommand contains the name of the calling command The following is a list of all As
165. e to the HEditNumber object BaseTDQ mber associated with the device control setup dialogs Streakcamera GP IB address editbox Read only property pHEdnSetupGPIBI HEditNu Returns an object reference to the HEditNumber object OBase mber associated with the device control setup dialogs GP IB board IO address editbox Read only property pHEdnTrigSetExp HEditNu osure mber Read only property pHEdnTrigSetPost HEditNu Returns an object reference to the HEditNumber object TriggerTime mber associated with the Trigger setup dialogs Post Trigger Time editbox Read only property pHEdnTrigSetRese HEditNu Returns an object reference to the HEditNumber object tDelay mber associated with the Trigger setup dialogs Reset Delay editbox Read only property pHEntSetupDevice HEntry Returns an object reference to the HEntry object DELAY associated with the device control setup dialogs Delaybox device entrybox Read only property pHEntSetupDevice HEntry Returns an object reference to the HEntry object DELAY2 associated with the device control setup dialogs Delaybox2 device entrybox Read only property pHEntSetupDevice HEntry Returns an object reference to the HEntry object SPECO associated with the device control setup dialogs Spectrograph device entrybox Read only property pHEntSetupDevice HEntry Returns an object reference to the HEntry object TDO associated with the device control setup dialogs S
166. e used to execute some code after an individual acquisition has been ended It is the client programmers responsability not to take too long time within such code otherwise the acquisition will be delayed The StartStreakTrigger is an event which has been introduced intermediately to make a specific sequence in combination with streak triggering possible It will be removed as soon as the standard program is able to handle this sequence Similar to the images object there are some functions for saving loading starting and correcting sequences These are pAsyncLoadSequence pAsyncSaveSequence pCorrectSequence pLoadSequence pRemoveSequence pSaveSequence pAsyncSeqStartAcquisition The HJitter object is not public it is operated from a user I F on the HSequence dialog so every interface object can be found in the HSequence object The Camera objects HC4880 HC488080 HACam HC474295 HC474298 HC7300 HC800010 HC800020 HFlatPanel Every camera object has at least two dialogs the camera dialog pHWinCamDIlg and the setup dialog pHWinSetupDlg Some cameras also have a subarray dialog like the HC4880 object pHWinSubDlg All camera dialogs are designed in a very similar way According to the 4 acquisition modes Live Acquire AnalogIntegration and PhotonCounting the controls of every acquisition mode are located on an individual Tab of a tab control pHTabCamAcqMode To access an interface object one has to select the correct tab first As
167. e written in Visual Basic 6 0 Though client programs can be written in every language it is especially easy to write them in Visual Basic and it is recommended to do so at least when learning how to operate the component A feature described in one sample program which appears in another sample is not described a second time Therefore the client programmer should read the explanation of all samples to understand the meaning of all features The most common case is to use an ActiveX DLL Therefore the first two samples show how to use the components for the HiPic and the HPD TA The project names of both client programs are CItHiDIl and CltTaDIl Before starting the client program it is recommended to start the standalone program and set all parameters correctly to run it Especially the frame grabber and camera should be specified correctly Do not run standalone program and client program at the same time To do so special knowledge is necessary The sample programs are made in a way so that they use the standard ini file where all these settings are stored If you use ActiveX components the working directory of the client program is important to find other DLLs Most of the DLLs the component needs however are located in the Components application directory This is the directory where the HiPic32u exe HiPic32u dll or HPDTA32u exe HPDTA32u dll are located To avoid any problem it is recommended to copy the sample code into this directory Al
168. eady got a handle to the GP IB board If this is not the case he can open a GP IB session by himself These are the corresponding functions Function pHEEE488_AttachDevi Long Low Level IEEE 488 function Attaches a device ce ByVal iBoardNo As Long ByVal i EEE488Address As Long ByVal IpszOutEOS As String ByVal lpszInEOS As String ByVal fDevicelsSlow As Long ByVal uiTimeout As Long Function pIEEE488_Close ByV Long Low Level IEEE 488 function Closes the GP IB session al iBoardNo As Long Function plIEEE488_DetachDevi Long Low Level IEEE 488 function Detaches a device ce ByVal IDeviceHandle As Long Function pHEEE488_IsSRQPend Long Low Level IEEE 488 function Inquires pending SRQs ing ByVal iBoardNo As Long Function pIEEE488_Open ByV_ Long Low Level IEEE 488 function Opens a GP IB session al i1OAddress As Long ByVal iMyIEEE488 Address As Long ByVal fController As Long Function pUEEE488_ParallelPoll Long Low Level IEEE 488 function Executes a parallel poll 31 ByVal l1DeviceHandle As Long ByVal IpszPollStatus As String Function pIEEE488_ReadBinary Byte ByVal Low Level IEEE 488 function Reads GP IB data binary ByVal IDeviceHandle iCount As As Long bByte Long As Long Function plIIEEE488_ReadString Long Low Level IEEE 488 function Reads GP IB data as string ByVal IDeviceHandle As Long IpszString As String ByVal iCount As Long
169. eak Camera checkbox Read only property pHChkSetupGPIBI HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object nstalledQ associated with the device control setup dialogs GP IB installed checkbox Read only property pHChkSetupTDSta HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object tusCableConnected associated with the device control setup dialogs Status O Cable Connected To Streak Camera checkbox Read only property pHChkSetupUseD HCheck _ Returns an object reference to the HCheck object eviceDELA Y associated with the device control setup dialogs Use Delaybox checkbox Read only property pHChkSetupUseD HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object eviceDELA Y2 associated with the device control setup dialogs Use Delaybox2 checkbox Read only property pHChkSetupUseD HCheck _ Returns an object reference to the HCheck object eviceSPEC associated with the device control setup dialogs Use Spectrograph checkbox Read only property pHChkSetupUseD HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object eviceTD associated with the device control setup dialogs Use Streakcamera checkbox Read only property pHChkTrigSetCon HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object nectMonitorOut associated with the trigger setup dialogs Connect Monitor Out checkbox Read only property pHChkTrigSetCon HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object nectResetIn associated
170. eckbox Read only property pHComAIOptCan HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object cel nd associated with the all options dialogs Cancel pushbutton Read only property pHComAIOptOK HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object nd associated with the all options dialogs OK pushbutton Read only property pHComMainAcqui HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object re nd associated with the main dialogs Acquire pushbutton Read only property pHComMainAI HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object nd associated with the main dialogs Analog Integration pushbutton Read only property pHComMainAuto HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object LUTO nd associated with the main dialogs Auto LUT pushbutton Read only property pHComMainBacks HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object ub nd associated with the main dialogs Backsub pushbutton 97 Read only property pHComMainFreez HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object eQ nd associated with the main dialogs Freeze pushbutton Read only property pHComMainInfo HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object nd associated with the main dialogs Info pushbutton Read only property pHComMainLive HComma Returns an object reference to the HComma
171. ect ireWrap associated with the options dialogs Wrap During Sequence Acquisition checkbox Read only property pHChkOptEnable HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object AcquireWrap associated with the options dialogs Enable Wrap During Sequence Acquisition checkbox Read only property pHChkOptEnableS HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object top associated with the options dialogs Enable Stop checkbox Read only property pHChkOptPrompt HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object BeforeStart associated with the options dialogs Prompt before Start checkbox Read only property pHChkOptWarnin HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object g0 associated with the options dialogs Issue Warning checkbox Read only property pHChkSeqAcquire HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object ROIQ associated with the sequence dialogs Acquire ROT checkbox Read only property pHChkSeqAutoFix HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object point associated with the sequence dialogs Auto Fixpoint checkbox Read only property pHChkSeqExclude HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object Sample associated with the sequence dialogs Exclude sample checkbox Read only property pHChkSeqNeverL HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object oadToRAM associated with the sequence dialogs Never Load to RAM c
172. ect reference to the HCheck object ameter11 associated with the device control setup dialogs Auto Delay parameter 11 checkbox Read only property pHChkAutoDelPar HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object ameter 12 associated with the device control setup dialogs Auto Delay parameter 12 checkbox Read only property pHChkAutoDelPar HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object ameter 13 associated with the device control setup dialogs Auto Delay parameter 13 checkbox Read only property pHChkAutoDelPar HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object ameter 14 associated with the device control setup dialogs Auto Delay parameter 14 checkbox Read only property pHChkAutoDelPar HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object ameter 15 associated with the device control setup dialogs Auto 152 Delay parameter 15 checkbox Read only property pHChkAutoDelPar HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object ameter 16 associated with the device control setup dialogs Auto Delay parameter 16 checkbox Read only property pHChkAutoDelPar HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object ameter 17 associated with the device control setup dialogs Auto Delay parameter 17 checkbox Read only property pHChkAutoDelPar HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck objec
173. eger Returns all relevant informations for writing the FWHM assoziated with the quick profile Modified Event CloseSequenceImage B yVal Index As Integer ByVal Mode As Integer ByRef Cancel As Integer ByRef SaveQueryDone As Integer ByRef ImageRemoved As Integer Event which is sent to tell other objects that a sequence image will now be closed This event is used by the HSequence object to free all related memory Event CurrentImageChanged ByVal ilmg As Integer Event which is raised when the current image changes Event FileNameChanged ByV al ilmg As Integer Event which is raised when the File name has changed Event ImageDataChanged By Val ilmg As Integer Event which is raised when the image data has changed Event ImageRemoved ByVal Index As Integer Event which is raised when the image has been removed Event Message By Val sMessage As String Event which is raised to inform the user of ongoing operations Event Removelmage ByVal Index As Integer ByRef Cancel As Integer Event which is raised when an image will be removed Function pfLoadImage Optional sFile As Variant Optional fShow As Variant Optional ilmgIndex As Integer Integer Loads an image Function pfLoadImageNoShow ByVal sFile As String ByVal iType As Integer ByRef iImg As Integer Integer Loads an image without showing it HSystemScaling
174. egration pAsyncPhotonCounting and pStopAcquisition The client programmer does not need these functions he can use the interface objects on the camera dialogs to initiate the same acquisition processes Several events can be used by the client programmer to be informed about actions happening within the object These are CameraTemperature ChangeAcqMode EndAcquisition EndBacksub Message SeqSingleAcqEnded StartAcquisition StartBacksub StartAcquisition and EndAcquisition indicates the starting and ending of an acquisition StartBachksub and EndBacksub indicates the starting and ending of a backsub acquisition Don t use SeqSingleAcqEnded of this object use the same event which is raised from the HSequence object instead Utility objects HLicence HAsyncCommand HMsgBox HError There are some small utility objects which can be useful from time to time The HLicence object provides information about the licenses which are contained in the connected dongle Use of the HiPic HPDTA remote component without any license is impossible The function pfGetCustomKey returns an information whether a custom made key is located on the dongle special customers only 36 The HAsyncCommand manages asynchronous commands These are commands which returns control to the client program immediately but the execution of this command starts only in this moment By using some properties of the HAsyncCommand the client programmer can get information about whe
175. el pushbutton Read only property pHComScalSetStre HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object akXFileGet nd associated with the scaling setup dialogs Streak Scaling X Direction Get File pushbutton Read only property pHComScalSetStre HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object akXPixelGet nd associated with the scaling setup dialogs Streak Scaling X Direction Get Pixel pushbutton Read only property pHComSpecScalA HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object ssign nd associated with the spectrograph scaling dialogs Assign pushbutton Read only property pHComSpecScalCl HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object ose nd associated with the spectrograph scaling dialogs Close pushbutton Read only property pHComSpecScalD HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object efinePosWavel _ nd associated with the spectrograph scaling dialogs Define Position Wavelength 1 pushbutton Read only property pHComSpecScalD HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object efinePosWave2 __ nd associated with the spectrograph scaling dialogs Define Position Wavelength 2 pushbutton Read only property pHComSpecScalD HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object ispersion nd associated with the spectrograph scaling dialogs Set Dispersion pushbutton Read only property pHComSpecScalG HComma Returns an object reference to the
176. em property return the operating system The psApplicationDirectory property returns the application directory The psWindowsDirectory property returns Windows directory where the component is running The psGetStatus function returns the status of the application object The psErrorString returns a comprehensive explanation of an error code returned by a function call The HImages and the HImage object The HImages HImage and the HImage area object are working together closely and they can be regarded as one unit The HImages object is the topmost object of these objects in the object model The HImages object The HImages objects is owning the ROI I F and the options dialog every HImage object owns one image display dialog window Access to the individual HImage objects is done by the HImages pcItem Index property The pcItemCurrent property returns the currently selected HImage object The piCurrentImageValid property tells the client whether there is any valid active image Access to all Image Dialog and Image Picture the area where the image is displayed windows is possible through the pHWinImgDlg20Array and pHWinImgPicture20Array objects Management of image numbers is also done within the HImage object Special image numbers have special meaning There is pilndexAcquirelImg pilndexCurrentImg pilndexLivelmg pilndexLoadImg pilndexSequencelmg pilndexAcqImg see the object catalog for details of these index numbers The HImages objects co
177. ent on the pfVisible and pfEnabled properties and those of its parent Read only property pfEnabled Integer Returns a value which specifies whether the object is enabled Read only property pftPercent Single Returns a value indication the displayed percentage Read only property pfVisibleQ Integer Returns a value which specifies whether the object is visible Read only property psMessageQ String Returns a string indicating the displayed message Read only property psName Q String Returns the name of the object 182 Read write property psCaption String Sets or returns the text which is used to label the associated control Sub pRegEvent ByVal Should not be used by clients Registers an event to the sEvent As String error handler ByVal fBasicEvent As Integer HProgress4Array Event ChangePercent By Event which is raised when the pfPercent property Val Index As changes Integer Event ChangeVisible By Event which is raised when the pfVisible property Val Index As changes Integer Read only property pcltem ByVal HProgress Returns an object reference to the specified HCommand Index As Integer object Read only property psName String Returns the name of the object HRadios Event ChangeEnabled Event which is raised when the pfEnabled property changes Event ChangeNoEntries Event which is raised when the piNoEntries proper
178. er editbox Read only property pHEd4CamThresh HEditNu Returns an object reference to the HEditNumber4Array oldQ mber4Arr object associated with the camera dialogs Threshold ay editbox Read only property pHEdnSetupHOffs HEditNu Returns an object reference to the HEditNumber object O mber associated with the setup dialogs Horizontal Offset subarray mode editbox Read only property pHEdnSetupHWid HEditNu Returns an object reference to the HEditNumber object tho mber associated with the setup dialogs Horizontal Width subarray mode editbox Read only property pHEdnSetupVOffs HEditNu Returns an object reference to the HEditNumber object O mber associated with the setup dialogs Vertical Offset subarray mode editbox Read only property pHEdnSetupVWid HEditNu Returns an object reference to the HEditNumber object tho mber associated with the setup dialogs Vertical Width subarray mode editbox Read only property pHEn4CamExposu HEntry4A Returns an object reference to the HEntry4Array object re rray associated with the camera dialogs Exposure Time entrybox Read only property pHEn4CamGain HEntry4A Returns an object reference to the HEntry4Array object rray associated with the camera dialogs Analog Gain entrybox Read only property pHEn4CamOffset HEntry4A Returns an object reference to the HEntry4Array object rray associated with the camera dialogs Analog Offset entrybox Read only pr
179. er Returns the value which is associated with the currently DoEvent As selected Tab Variant Optional IgnoreDisable As Variant Optional NoError As Integer Read write property psKeyValue Optio String Sets or returns the key value of the object When this nal DoEvent As value is set the Tab with the specified key value is Variant Optional selected IgnoreDisable As Variant Optional NoError As Integer Optional parameters added HLut New Read write property piAutoOptionQ Integer THCall2Appl Modified Sub GetImageStatus B Assigns image status information to the current image yVal ilmg As according the current status Integer ByVal fIncludeCameraSta tus As Integer Added fIncludeCameraStatus THCall2Exttrig Modified Sub SetupExtTrig By V Setup external triggering al iMode As Integer ByVal fPolarityPositiv As Integer ByVal ftInterval As Single Added iMode ftInterval THCall2LUTControl New Sub SetZeroLower By Val fZeroLower THCall2Sequence Modified Function fPSeqGetMask By Integer Gets the mask string for the specified filename Val sFile As 83 String ByRef sMask As String ByRef INr As Long ByRef iPrf As Integer Function SeqGetCurrentSam pleQ Long Returns the current sample Sub SeqDisplaySample ByVal INr As Long Displays the specified sample Sub SeqSingleAcqEnde d C As Long Sub ValueExcludedSa mples ByVal IExcludedSamples As
180. er object o mber associated with the sequence dialogs Profile Number editbox Read only property pHEstSeqAcquirel HEditStri Returns an object reference to the HEditString object 122 nterval ng associated with the sequence dialogs Acquire Interval editbox Read only property pHEstSeqFirstImg HEditStri Returns an object reference to the HEditString object ToStore ng associated with the sequence dialogs First Image To Store editbox Read only property pHEstSeqFirstPrfT HEditStri Returns an object reference to the HEditString object oStore ng associated with the sequence dialogs First Profile To Store editbox Read only property pHEstSeqPlayInter HEditStri Returns an object reference to the HEditString object val ng associated with the sequence dialogs Play Interval editbox Read only property pHFraSeqAcquireI HFrame Returns an object reference to the HFrame object mages associated with the sequence dialogs Acquire Images frame Read only property pHFraSeqAcquire HFrame Returns an object reference to the HFrame object Profiles associated with the sequence dialogs Acquire Profiles frame Read only property pHFraSeqCycleFe HFrame Returns an object reference to the HFrame object atures associated with the sequence dialogs Cycle Features frame Read only property pHFraSeqCycleSta HFrame Returns an
181. erMode of the parameter Possible values are described in the enumeration DevParMode The piMode property is dependent on the two properties pfControlAvailable and pfStatusAvailable which describe whether the parameter can be inquired or controlled Do not mix up the pfControlAvailable property which refers to the hardware with the pfControlAvail property which exists for every interface object and tells the client programmer that the interface object is currently available because it is visible and enabled etc The piParameter returns a value identifying the parameter Possible values of known parameters are described in the enumeration StreakParameter SpectrographParameter and DelayParameter The psParameterName property returns the parameter name The pvValue propery returns the value of the parameter For entry type parameter pv Value propery is the index within the list starting from 1 Possible values pvValue are in the range between pvMinValue and pyMaxValue The property pdbStep returns a value which defines the step width of two neighboring values If it is zero all values between pvyMinValue and pvMaxValue are possible The property psKeyValue specifies the parameter value in string format For entry type parameters the property psSetKey Value Index can be used to get an individual entry out of the list 26 4 C1587 M1952 control x Parameter name Parameter value Time Range ba Hode Focus psParameterName Gate Mode Normal
182. erty pHWinDevDlg HWindow Returns an object reference to the HWindow object associated with the devices dialogs main window Read only property piDeviceIndex Integer Returns the current devices index Read only property piGPIBBase Integer Returns the GP IB base address of the device if connected Read only property piGPIBCableConn Integer Returns a flag which defines whether the device is ected connected to the GP IB board Read only property piGPIBCableConn Integer Returns a flag which defines whether the device is ectionSuccess connected to the GP IB board successfully Read only property piNoOfControlQ Integer Returns the number of controls of the device Read only property piNoOfOptions Integer Returns the number of installed options Read only property piNoOfUnknownP Integer Returns the number of unknown parameters ar Read only property piOptionInstalled Integer Returns a flag which defines whether the specified ByVal ilndex As option is installed in the device Integer 162 Read only property piPluginIndex Integer Returns the current plugin index Read only property piUseDevice Integer Returns a flag which indicates whether the devce is used Read only property psDeviceName String Returns the device name Read only property psDevTypeQ String Returns a string describing the device type Read only property psOptionName By S
183. erty pUpperValue changes The CursorsChanged event is raised when either of the properties plLowerValue or plUpperValue changes The Resize event is raised when the LUT control is resized In the case of LUTSize16x a bit shift is performed prior to LUT operation The property plMult defines the multiplication factor related to this shift Example If the shift is 3 the multiplication factor is 8 HLutControl pHWinLUTContrDlig LUT Control ell Intens g aoti 2000 3000 4000 f HLutControl pHLutLUTContrControl HImageArea The HImageArea object describes the area where an image is displayed First of all let us look on the numerical values describing the image The image has a size of iDX width x iDY height pixels and an offset of 1X horizontal offset and iY vertical offset For the ease of handling a structure of type are contains these numbers This area is called the source area of the image areSource The first screenshot shows the full image In our case the size is areSource iX 0 areSource iY 0 areSource iDX 512 areSource iDY 512 A part of the image is displayed on the screen see the second screen shot The part of the image which is displayed in the second image is marked in the first image as an ROI The part of the image which should be displayed is described in the structure arelmgToDisplay In our case this area is areImgToDisplay ixX 69 areImgToDisplay 1Y 160 areImgToDisplay iDX 388 areImgToDisplay iD
184. es Thus it is recommended that you read the whole chapter as one unit because later parts of the chapter assume that you know the content of earlier parts It starts form the simples interface objects and ends up with the most complex ones Properties Methods and Events Properties are referring to a single value like an integer number or a string They can have read only or read write attribute Many properties have read only attribute Only those properties which allows access to features which are also accessible to a user of the standalone program have read write attribute Properties normally can be read at any time they can however be written only if the corresponding object is accessible This is only true if the pfEnabled and pfVisible property of the object is TRUE and if this is true for all related parent objects See the chapter Availability of I F objects for details As a property cannot have a return value there is no way to know whether the property could be set correctly To inform the client program of any problem during access of a property an error is raised in such cases It is the clients programs responsibility to correctly handle the errors raised by the component or to avoid such errors An unhandled error will lead to a fatal problem in the client program Normally the property has a valid range of values Writing a value to a property which is out of range will also result in an error A simple example of a property is the
185. es of the CCD camera Caps ByRef fCCDCanExtTrig As Integer ByRef fCCDCanStartStop As Integer ByRef sExtTrigCCDMethod As String ByRef sExtTrigCPUMethod As String ByRef sStartStopCCDMethod As String ByRef sStartStopCPUMethod As String HC488080 New Read write property pfStreakOperate Integer A value that tells the camera object whether vertical streak operation is switched on Don t modify this entry otherwise streak trigger handshake may not longer work Read write property pfStreakOperateDTBE Integer A value that tells the camera object whether horizontal streak operation is switched on Don t modify this entry otherwise streak trigger handshake may not longer work Read write property pfStreakUseDTBE Integer Tells the camera object that a Dual time base extender is currently used for trigger handshake Read write property piStreakTriggerMethod Integer Tells the camera or acquisition sequence object the streak trigger 0 method Don t modify this entry otherwise Steak trigger handshake may no longer work Function pGetStreakRelatedCCD Returns streak trigger related capabilities of the CCD camera Caps ByRef fCCDCanExtTrig As Integer ByRef fCCDCanStartStop As Integer ByRef sExtTrigCCDMethod As String ByRef sExtTrigCPUMethod As String ByRef sStartStopCCDMethod As String ByRef sStartStopCPUMethod As String Read only property pHCh4CamStreakTrigg HCheck4Arr Returns an object reference to the HCheck4Array o
186. etLiveModeFile BD ebAyn VHP ae 17 ie Fe Analog lrbege E228 App Pict 5m 008 oq Inet Add constant aber background subtraction lo pHEdnCorrAddConstant A Gel real time backsub dala lom camera Shadi z PHCHkKCorrGetRTBSFromCamera Shading Hex JENI2BMApp HiPicd shading img Get pHComCorrOK PHComCorrCancel We will look at the Correction setup dialog as an example The HEditNumber object pHEdnCorrAddControl is embedded into the HFrame object pHFraCorrbackgroundSource The object pHFraCorrbackgroundSource is embedded in the pHWinCorrDlg Therefore the parents of these objects are pHEdnCorrAddControl pcParent pHFraCorrbackgroundsource pHFraCorrbackgroundSource pcParent pHWinCorrDlg pHWinCorrDlg pcParent Nothing This is the topmost element in the hierarchy To fascilitate the task to find out whether an interface object is accessible or not every interface object has an additional property pfControlAvail If this is true the control element is accessible The pfControlAvail property internally checks all pfVisible and pfEnabled properties of all higher order interface objects up to the dialogs window HWindow object Using the HiPic HPD TA User Interface There are three ways of using the HiPic HPD TA User I F 10 The simplest way is to use the standalone version of the HiPic HPD TA In this case the full HiPic HPD TA User I F is shown No other dialogs can be used iF Hite J7 High Pehomance
187. etParameterBy Integer Sets the value of a parameter specified by string String By Val sParameterName As String ByVal sNewValue As String Function pfSetParameterTo Integer Sets the specified parameter to the maximum value Maximum ByVal iParameter As Integer Function pfSetParameterTo Integer Sets the specified parameter to the minimum value Minimum ByVal iParameter As Integer Function psGetStatus String Returns the current device status string HDevPars Event ChangeEnabled B Event which is raised when the pfEnabled property 163 yVal Index As changes Integer Event ChangeLimits By Event which is raised when either pyMinValue or Val Index As pvMax Value changes Integer Event ChangeType ByVa Event which is raised when the piDevParType property 1 Index As Integer changes Event ChangeValue ByV Event which is raised when the pfValue property al Index As changes Integer ByVal dbOldValue As Double ByVal fFromDevice As Integer Event ChangeVisible By Event which is raised when the pfVisible property Val Index As changes Integer Read only property pcltem ByVal HDevPar Returns an object reference to the specified HDevPar Index As Integer object Read only property psName Q String Returns the name of the object Read write property piNrValidItems Integer Returns a value which specifies the number of valid HDevPar objects These
188. etup dialogs Acquire Mode Background File editbox Read only property pHEstCorrBackAI HEditStri Returns an object reference to the HEditString object ntFileQ ng associated with the Correction Setup dialogs Analog Integration Mode Background File editbox 167 Read only property pHEstCorrBackLiv HEditStri Returns an object reference to the HEditString object eFileQ ng associated with the Correction Setup dialogs Live Mode Background File editbox Read only property pHEstCorrLampFil HEditStri Returns an object reference to the HEditString object e ng associated with the Correction Setup dialogs Lamp File editbox Read only property pHEstCorrShading HEditStri Returns an object reference to the HEditString object FileQ ng associated with the Correction Setup dialogs Acquire Mode Shading File editbox Read only property pHEstDefPixImag HEditStri eDeadPixel ng Read only property pHEstDefPixImag HEditStri eHotPixel ng Read only property pHEstOptDefectPi HEditStri xelFile ng Read only property pHFraCorrBackgro HFrame Returns an object reference to the HFrame object undSubtraction associated with the Correction Setup dialogs Background Subtraction frame Read only property pHFraCorrShading HFrame Returns an object reference to the HFrame object Correction associated with the Correctio
189. eturns an object reference to the HFrame4Array object fset Array associated with the camera dialogs Analog Gain frame Read only property pHFr4CamIntegrat HFrame4 Returns an object reference to the HFrame4Array object ion Array associated with the camera dialogs Integration frame Read only property pHFr4CamPhoton HFrame4 Returns an object reference to the HFrame4Array object Counting Array associated with the camera dialogs Photon Counting frame Read only property pHFr4CamRTBSQ HFrame4 Returns an object reference to the HFrame4Array object Array associated with the camera dialogs Real Time Backsub frame Read only property pHFraSetupSubarr HFrame Returns an object reference to the HFrame object ay associated with the setup dialogs Subarray frame Read only property pHPr4CamPercent HProgress Returns an object reference to the HProgress4Array O 4Array object associated with the camera dialogs Percent progress bar Read only property pHRa4CamPcMod HRadios4 Returns an object reference to the HRadios4Array object e Array associated with the camera dialogs Photon Counting Mode radiobutton group Read only property pHRadSetupBinni HRadios Returns an object reference to the HRadios object ng associated with the camera setup dialogs Binning radiobutton group Read only property pHRadSetupScan HRadios Returns an object reference to the HRadios object Mode associated with the camera setup d
190. f 0 to NoEntries 1 The psKey Value is used to label the individual radio buttons Sometimes one needs to know the piRadio value from a given Value psSetValue Index therefore a function piRadioFromValue iValue is provided for convenience Camera Typa mHRadIinitCamera piRadio 0 gt Wo camera Radiant or CABO at com 7 mHRadinitCamera_piRadio 1 CBE fi a Ca74d2 35 at LM a 1 Cancel mHRadinitCamera piValue 7 C CRI00 10 a fT C474295 7 mHRadinitCamera Yogram Files HiPici 00 digital Gel HTab The HTab object is very similar to the HRadios object the usage of course is a little bit different It is used when controls are arranged on a tabbed control In opposite to the HRadios object the properties containing information about the visibility or enabled status of a single tab are pfTabVisible iTab and pfTabEnabled iTab The respective events are ChangeTabVisible and ChangeTabEnabled is a string value and a numerical value associated to each Tab psKeyValue and piValue additionally there are psSetKey Value iTab and psSetValue iTab The property piTab sets or gets the index of the selected Tab Possible values are in the range of 0 to NoEntries 1 Sometimes one needs to know the piTab value from a given Value psSetValue Index therefore a function piTabFromValue iValue is provided for convenience miTabCamAcg Mode pital plilab 1 pilale pital peSetheyValue j Fhoton Co
191. f sISeqTime As String ByRef dbRSeqStart Time As Executes an AB sequence 68 Integer ByVal areGRBScaniDY As Integer ByVal iBytesPerPixel As Integer ByVal fWrap As Integer IRSeqPtr Double ByRef HEdnSeqCu rrentSample As HEditNumb er ByVal fEnableStopi nSequence As Integer ByVal iNrSamples As Integer ByRef THCall2Acq Control As THCall2Acq Control ByVal ftTimeout As Single As Integer Sub pAcqAverageMultipleF rames ByVal flCPAverageMultipleFr ames As Integer ByVal iICPAverageMultipleFr amesCount As Integer ByVal lpvBufferArea As Long ByVal areBufferiX As Integer ByVal areBufferiY As Integer ByVal areBufferiDX As Integer ByVal areBufferiDY As Integer ByVal iBufferBytesPerPixel As Integer ByVal 1Bufferl6Handle As Long Average a series of 8 bit images acquired from video camera with external trigger Sub pAcqGrbStartTrigSeqS nap ByVal flCPAverageMultipleFr ames As Integer ByVal ilCPAverageMultipleFr amesCount As Integer ByVal miAdditionalTimeout As Integer ByRef THCall2AcqControl As THCall2AcqControl Start a triggered sequential snap Sub pCreateFrame ByVal iBits As Integer ByVal fSeqFrame As Integer ByVal iNrSeqFrames As Integer Creates a frame on the frame grabber Sub pfGrbCopyFBToBuffer ByVal lpvBufferArea As Long ByRef areBufferiX As Integer ByRef areBufferiY As Integer ByRef areBufferiDX As Integer ByRef areB
192. f the associated checkbox Whenever the pfValue property changes the ChangeValue event will be raised HFrame The HFrame object is used to describe a frame used to group several controls All properties methods and events are already described HDisp The HDisp object has one additional property and one more event the psMessage property and the ChangeMessage event The psMessage property is the string which will be displayed in the display box When this string changes the ChangeMessage event will be raised HEditString The HEditString object is used to enter a string value like file names or comments etc It has the property psText describing the text which has been entered by the user When this text changes the ChangeText event is raised HEditNumber The HEditNumber is used to enter numbers The number can have 4 different number types integer 16bit long 32bit single 32bit and double 64 bit The number type is defined by the property piNumberType There is a read write property pvValue which returns the entered number The data type of pvValue is Variant and can take any of the a m types Suitable conversions are done with the characters the user is inputting The property pv Value is limited by two values pyMinValue and pyMaxValue When the inputted number exceeds these limits an error is raised When the limiting values are changed the event ChangeLimit is raised HEntry The HEntry object represents a list of string entrie
193. g setup dialogs Streak Scaling frame Read only property pHFraSpecScalSet HFrame Returns an object reference to the HFrame object Dispersion associated with the spectrograph scaling setup dialogs Dispersion frame Read only property pHFraTimScalIndi HFrame Returns an object reference to the HFrame object vidualAssignment associated with the time scaling dialogs Individual Assignment frame Read only property pHFraTimScalScal HFrame Returns an object reference to the HFrame object ing associated with the time scaling dialogs Scaling frame Read only property pHFraTimScalScal HFrame Returns an object reference to the HFrame object ingTypeQ associated with the time scaling dialogs Scaling Type frame Read only property pHFraTimScalTim HFrame Returns an object reference to the HFrame object eRange associated with the time scaling dialogs Time Range frame Read only property pHMenScalEditAd HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object do associated with the scaling editor dialogs Add menu entry Read only property pHMenScalEditDif HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object ferentialDisplayQ associated with the scaling editor dialogs Differential Display menu entry Read only property pHMenScalEditDif HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object fPolynomial associated with the scaling editor dialogs Create Differental Polynomial menu entry Read only property
194. g whether a key for acquiring images could be found Read only property pfLicenceFitting Returns a flag defining whether a key for fitting could be found Read only property pfLicenceRCOnly Returns a flag defining whether a key for RC only could be found Read only property pfLicenceSave Returns a flag defining whether a key for saving images and profiles could be found Read only property pfLicenceSequenc Returns a flag defining whether a key for sequence e acquisition could be found Read only property pfLicenceTransAb Returns a flag defining whether a key for transien sQ absorption could be found Read only property piLicenceDemoMo Integer Returns a value defining which demo mode is used in the de case no licence could be found HUtils Event CloseComm Event which is raised when the RS232 communication is closed Event CommPortChange Event which is raised when the com prt has been dQ changed Event EndDetected Event which is raised when an END string is detected in the communication from the camera Event GeneralMessage B yVal sMessage As String Read only property pfRS232DlgVisibl Integer Returns a flag which defines whether the RS232 dialog is e visible HAsyncCommand Event AfterCommand By Event which is raised after the execution of an Val sCommand As asynchronous command String Event BeforeCommand Event which is raised before the execution of an ByVal sCommand asynchronous command 175 As String
195. ge changes Event FileNameChanged ByVal ilmg As Integer Event which is raised when the File name has changed 108 Event ImageDataChange Event which is raised when the image data has changed d ByVal ilmg As Integer Event ImagePainted ByV Event which is raised when the image has been painted al ilmg As Integer ByVal ftFWHM As Single ByVal sUnit As String Event ImageRemoved B Event which is raised when the image has been removed yVal Index As Integer Event Message By Val Event which is raised to inform the user of ongoing sMessage As operations String Event Removelmage By Event which is raised when an image will be removed Val Index As Integer ByRef Cancel As Integer Read only property pcItem ByVal HImage Returns a reference to the specified image Index As Integer Read only property pcltemCurrent HImage Returns a reference to the currently active image If no image is currently active this function does not return any value Read only property pfFixedITEXHead Integer Sets or returns a value defining whether images are saved er with a fixed header 10K in the case ITEX file type is used Read only property pHChkOptAcqToS HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object ame Wnd associated with the options dialogs Acquire Always To Same Window checkbox Read only property pHChkOptAutoLiv HCheck
196. gress bar Read only property pHRa4CamPcMod HRadios4 Returns an object reference to the HRadios4Array object e Array associated with the camera dialogs Photon Counting Mode radiobutton group Read only property pHRadSetupBinni HRadios Returns an object reference to the HRadios object ng associated with the camera setup dialogs Binning radiobutton group Read only property pHRadSetupSubty HRadios Returns an object reference to the HRadios object peQ associated with the camera setup dialogs Subtype radiobutton group Read only property pHRadSetupTimin HRadios Returns an object reference to the HRadios object gMode associated with the camera setup dialogs Timing Mode radiobutton group Read only property pHTabCamAcqMo HTab Returns an object reference to the HTab object deQ associated with the camera dialogs Acquisition mode 148 tab group Read only property pHWinCamDlg _ HWindow Returns an object reference to the HWindow object associated with the camera dialogs main window Read only property pHWinSetupDlg HWindow Returns an object reference to the HWindow object associated with the camera setup dialogs main window Read only property piDatTypeForAcq Integer Returns the data type in ACQUIRE mode uire Read only property piDatTypeForAIQ _ Integer Returns the data type in Analog Integrati
197. h is raised when the pfVisible property of the ex As Integer specified HDisp object changes Read only property pcItem ByVal HDisp Returns an object reference to the specified HDisp object Index As Integer Read only property psName String Returns the name of the object HEditNumber Event ChangeEnabled Event which is raised when the pfEnabled property changes Event ChangeLimits Event which is raised when either pyMinValue or pvMax Value changes Event ChangeValue Event which is raised when the pfValue property changes Event ChangeVisible Event which is raised when the pfVisible property changes Read only property pcParent Object Returns a reference to the parent object of this object If this reference is Nothing this object is the topmost object 178 within the object hierarchy normally the HWindow object of the associated dialog Read only property pfControlAvail Integer Returns a value which specifies whether the object can be controlled by the client programmer This is dependent on the pfVisible and pfEnabled properties and those of its parent Read only property pfEnabled Integer Returns a value which specifies whether the object is enabled Read only property pfVisibleQ Integer Returns a value which specifies whether the object is visible Read only property piNumberType Integer Returns the number type of the objec
198. hanges Event ChangeVisible Event which is raised when the pfVisible property changes Read only property pcParent Object Returns a reference to the parent object of this object If this reference is Nothing this object is the topmost object within the object hierarchy normally the HWindow object of the associated dialog Read only property pfControlAvail Integer Returns a value which specifies whether the object can be controlled by the client programmer This is dependent on the pfVisible and pfEnabled properties and those of its parent Read only property pfEnabled Integer Returns a value which specifies whether the object is enabled 179 Read only property pfVisibleQ Integer Returns a value which specifies whether the object is visible Read only property psName Q String Returns the name of the object Read write property psCaption String Sets or returns the text which is used to label the associated control Read write property psText Optional String Sets or returns the text of the object DoEvent As Variant Optional IgnoreDisable As Variant Optional NoError As Integer Sub pRegEvent ByVal Should not be used by clients Registers an event to the sEvent As String error handler ByVal fBasicEvent As Integer HEntry Event ChangeEnabled Event which is raised when the pfEnabled property changes Event ChangeNoEnt
199. he HMenu object owFile08 associated with the main dialogs Window File 8 menu entry Read only property pHMenMainWind HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object owFile09 associated with the main dialogs Window File 9 menu entry Read only property pHMenMainWind HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object owFile100 associated with the main dialogs Window File 10 menu entry 101 Read only property pHMenMainWind HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object owFile11 associated with the main dialogs Window File 11 menu entry Read only property pHMenMainWind HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object owFile12 associated with the main dialogs Window File 12 menu entry Read only property pHMenMainWind HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object owFile13 associated with the main dialogs Window File 13 menu entry Read only property pHMenMainWind HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object owFile14 associated with the main dialogs Window File 14 menu entry Read only property pHMenMainWind HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object owFile15 associated with the main dialogs Window File 15 menu entry Read only property pHMenMainWind HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object owFile16 associated with
200. he HRadios object tMode associated with the camera setup dialogs Trigger Mode radiobutton group Read only property pHRadSetupTrigge HRadios Returns an object reference to the HRadios object rPolarity associated with the camera setup dialogs Trigger Polarity radiobutton group Read only property pHRadSetupTrigge HRadios Returns an object reference to the HRadios object rSource associated with the camera setup dialogs Trigger Source radiobutton group Read only property pHRadSetupXDire HRadios Returns an object reference to the HRadios object ction associated with the camera setup dialogs X Direction radiobutton group Read only property pHTabCamAcqMo HTab Returns an object reference to the HTab object de associated with the camera dialogs Acquisition mode tab group Read only property pHWinCamDlgO HWindow Returns an object reference to the HWindow object associated with the camera dialogs main window Read only property pHWinSetupDlgO HWindow Returns an object reference to the HWindow object associated with the camera setup dialogs main window Read only property piDatTypeForAcq Integer Returns the data type in ACQUIRE mode uire Read only property piDatTypeForAI _ Integer Returns the data type in Analog Integration mode Read only property piDatTypeForLive Integer Returns the data type in LIVE mode Q Read only property piDatT ypeForPCQ Integer Returns the data type in Photon Counti
201. he camera or acquisition sequence object the 136 CCDCaps ByRef streak trigger method Don t modify this entry otherwise fCCDCanExtTrig Steak trigger handshake may no longer work As Integer ByRef fCCDCanStartStop As Integer ByRef sExtTrigCCDMeth od As String ByRef sExtTrigCPUMeth od As String ByRef sStartStopCCDMet hod As String ByRef sStartStopCPUMet hod As String Function psGetStatus String Returns the current camera status string Sub pStopAcquisitionO Stops a currently running acquisition HC474298 Read only property pHCh4CamClearF HCheck4 Returns an object reference to the HCheck4Array object rameBuffer Array associated with the camera dialogs Clear frame buffer on start checkbox Read only property pHCh4CamDoRT HCheck4 Returns an object reference to the HCheck4Array object Backsub Array associated with the camera dialogs Do Real Time Backsub checkbox Read only property pHCh4CamStreak HCheck4 Returns an object reference to the HCheck4Array object Trigger Array associated with the camera dialogs Streak Trigger Active checkbox Read only property pHChkSetupCoole HCheck rO Read only property pHCo4CamAcquir HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand4Array e nd4Array object associated with the camera dialogs Acquire pushbutton Read only property pHCo4CamDoPCS HComma Returns an object referen
202. he data type in Analog Integration mode Read only property piDatTypeForLive Integer Returns the data type in LIVE mode Q Read only property piDatTypeForPCO Integer Returns the data type in Phton Counting mode Read only property psCameraName String Returns the camera name Read write property pfRestoreWindow Integer Sets or returns a value which defines whether the Pos window position its size and window state is restored when the window is displayed again after it has been closed Read write property pfUserIFQ Integer Sets or returns a value which defines whether the associated window should be shown on screen A window is only displayed under the following condition pfUserIF TRUE pfVisible TRUE pfHideForm FALSE Function psGetStatus String Returns the current camera status string Sub pStopAcquisition Stops a currently running acquisition HC800020 Read only property pHCh4CamBGSub HCheck4 Returns an object reference to the HCheck4Array object O Array associated with the camera dialogs Background subtraction camera feature checkbox Read only property pHCh4CamClearF HCheck4 Returns an object reference to the HCheck4Array object rameBuffer Array associated with the camera dialogs Clear frame buffer on start checkbox Read only property pHCh4CamDoRT HCheck4 Returns an object reference to the HCheck4Array object Backsub Array associated with the camera dialogs Real Time Background Subtraction chec
203. heckbox 120 Read only property pHChkSeqSaveIm HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object ages associated with the sequence dialogs Save Images checkbox Read only property pHChkSeqSavePro HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object filesQ associated with the sequence dialogs Save Profiles checkbox Read only property pHChkSeqWrapPl HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object ay associated with the sequence dialogs Wrap During Play checkbox Read only property pHComOptCancel HComma Returns an object reference to the HCheck object nd associated with the options dialogs Cancel pushbutton Read only property pHComOptOK HComma Returns an object reference to the HCheck object nd associated with the options dialogs Cancel pushbutton Read only property pHComSeqCopyT HComma Returns an object reference to the HCheck object oNewImg nd associated with the sequence dialogs Copy To New Image pushbutton Read only property pHComSeqFirstSa HComma Returns an object reference to the HCheck object mple nd associated with the options dialogs Cancel pushbutton Read only property pHComSeqGetlstI HComma Returns an object reference to the HCheck object mage nd associated with the options dialogs Get First Image pushbutton Read only property pHComSeqGetlst HComma Returns an objec
204. hentication Leva species pecurdy af the packat larval Pore The lnprtbonabon Larval apiha whia appbcatons ciri deiere who k callie Pen and mete the spoles can do opersiions using the oba identity impersonate T Paride adilar security fot rekererice hackig Then go to TAB page Default security and place a checkmark on item Enable remote connection Esgenechahtien von Dretnbuted COM Conis atsan DE Apelicatiors Cietsult Properties Default Security Daimi Apra Pamios ou map edi who ja dosed io acen appiowions hal do mot f ip 41 If you need to change specific properties of the COM server application activate the Application TAB page and from the Applications list highlight the module you are interested in and click the Properties button afterwards Eigenschaften von Distributed COM Configuration 7 UN etree iar On the first page of the module properties dialog you can view some general information about the selected module Eegens chahien yon HPD Era Hin Ta Paty Location Securty 42 Go to the Location page and verify that the item Run application on this computer is checked Uncheck all other items Esgenschahten yor HPOTADAE cs HiniT a bE Mt acai perl a le sopkcstion vou maka more than one selecion then DEOH uses the best appka ons Chen sppicshore may ovenich pra pelertions Alun sppdcation on the computer shee the data is joca
205. hey are used In any case you should take care that TCP IP is installed and placed on the top of the protocol list Dittnbyted DOM Comliquraton Properties Apolicatiors Cietault Properties Desu Securty Delsut Protocol DCOM Protocols ie Oort ried T ORAP T Coredionorerisd MelBEUI Connechon cmerted SPS Conmechon onerted Metbaos over P 46 If you want to view or change the individual settings of a certain COM server go to the Applications TAB page and select the desired component Press the Properties button afterwards Disinbyted DOM Conlquraton Propertess Apolicstors Delal Properties Default Security Defaut Protocols Kager Logical Disk Manage dchmanistatve Senice Logica Dist Misnager Perus Cieri Mada Flyer On the General page you can view some general information related to the selected module Additionally you can select an individual Authentication Level our case make sure that None is selected HPOTARYE re HiniTa Properties Fix General Location Security Identity Endpoints Geral pipats of this DOIM application Application nae HPOTASVEwe Hind a Application ipa bta parve Authentication Let i Local pai DAgg iS p iriI E ada TeHPO TAL 47 On the Location page make sure that item Run application on this computer has a check mark Uncheck all other items HPOTAIHE re HinitT a Propesties HE General Location Security
206. hich defines whether the User function is 0 called or not Read write property plOptionBackgroundCo Long Sets or returns a value which defines the background color lor Function pfReadFile ByVal Byte ByRef Reads the content of a file stored at the remote computer sFileName As String ILength As bArray Long Optional sError As Variant Function pfWriteFile ByVal Byte ByRef Writes a file at the remote computer sFileName As String ILength As bArray Long ByVal fDontOverw rite As Integer Optional sError As Variant Removed pHMenMainStreakSetup Modified Function psErrorString ByVal String Returns a description of the Error related to error No Index Index As Integer Himage New Function pfSetImageDatalByte Byte Sets lbyte pixel data 8 bit within a specified area of the image If the ByVal iX As Integer Optional image contains another type of data an error is returned ByVal iDX As Integer sError As ByVal iY As Integer Variant As ByVal iDY As Integer Integer ByRef bImgDataQ Function pfSetImageData2Byte _ Integer Sets 2byte pixel data 8 bit within a specified area of the image If the ByVal iX As Integer Optional image contains another type of data an error is returned ByVal iDX As Integer sError As ByVal iY As Integer Variant As ByVal iDY As Integer Integer ByRef ilmgData Function pfSetImageData4Byte _ Long Sets 4byte pixel data 8 bit within a specified area of the image If the ByVal iX As
207. hy normally the HWindow object of the associated dialog Read only property pfControlAvail Integer Returns a value which specifies whether the object can be controlled by the client programmer This is dependent on the pfVisible and pfEnabled properties and those of its parent Read only property pfEnabled Integer Returns a value which specifies whether the object is enabled Read only property pfVisibleQ Integer Returns a value which specifies whether the object is visible Read only property psNameQ String Returns the name of the object Read write property psCaption String Sets or returns the text which is used to label the associated control Sub pClickQ Method which raises the Click Event and executes the associated command Sub pRegEvent ByVal Should not be used by clients Registers an event to the 177 sEvent As String error handler ByVal fBasicEvent As Integer HCommand4Array Event ChangeEnabled B Event which is raised when the pfEnabled property yVal Index As changes Integer Event ChangeVisible By Event which is raised when the pfVisible property Val Index As changes Integer Event Click Index As Integer Read only property pcltem ByVal HComma Returns an object reference to the specified HCommand Index As Integer nd object Read only property psName String Returns the name of the object HDis
208. ialogs Scan Mode radiobutton group Read only property pHRadSetupScanS HRadios Returns an object reference to the HRadios object peed associated with the camera setup dialogs CCD Area radiobutton group Read only property pHRadSetupTimin HRadios Returns an object reference to the HRadios object gMode associated with the camera setup dialogs Timing Mode radiobutton group Read only property pHRadSetupTrigge HRadios Returns an object reference to the HRadios object rMode associated with the camera setup dialogs Trigger Mode radiobutton group 144 Read only property pHRadSetupTrigge HRadios Returns an object reference to the HRadios object rPolarity associated with the camera setup dialogs Trigger Polarity radiobutton group Read only property pHTabCamAcqMo HTab Returns an object reference to the HTab object deQ associated with the camera dialogs Acquisition mode tab group Read only property pHWinCamDlg _ HWindow Returns an object reference to the HWindow object associated with the camera dialogs main window Read only property pHWinSetupDlg Q HWindow Returns an object reference to the HWindow object associated with the camera setup dialogs main window Read only property piDatTypeForAcq Integer Returns the data type in ACQUIRE mode uire Read only property piDatTypeForAIQ_ Integer Returns t
209. iated with the camera dialogs Percent progress bar Read only property pHRa4CamPcMod HRadios4 Returns an object reference to the HRadios4Array object e Array associated with the camera dialogs Photon Counting Mode radiobutton group 128 Read only property pHRadSetupBinni HRadios Returns an object reference to the HRadios object ng associated with the camera setup dialogs Binning radiobutton group Read only property pHRadSetupCCD HRadios Returns an object reference to the HRadios object Area associated with the camera setup dialogs CCD Area radiobutton group Read only property pHRadSetupLight HRadios Returns an object reference to the HRadios object Mode associated with the camera setup dialogs Light Mode radiobutton group Read only property pHRadSetupScan HRadios_ Returns an object reference to the HRadios object Mode associated with the camera setup dialogs Scan Mode radiobutton group Read only property pHRadSetupTimin HRadios Returns an object reference to the HRadios object gMode associated with the camera setup dialogs Timing Mode radiobutton group Read only property pHRadSetupTrigge HRadios Returns an object reference to the HRadios object rMode associated with the camera setup dialogs Trigger Mode radiobutton group Read only property pHRadSetupTrigge HRadios Returns an object reference
210. ication properties The duthentcshion Level species reui al the packet level Moral T Tha mpetenration Level species uhata date wo scaling tem and waa Ine ppion cari d Opetations using the cients i Default leperconation Level inpar T Pasahe clei secur fa beoe hackig L J a On the Default Security TAB page you can configure the security options provided by WindowsNT and Windows2000 Dittnbyted DOM Comliqurston Properties Fi Apelicatiors Cietault Poperties Default Security Chatault Protocols Dalal tocas Fermionit ou map edi who ja aboeediio access appkcatons thal do nat pade thea cam sling Dalel Launch Pamaran fou map eli who ja alowed io lunch apploations that do mot poowvede her oan saling _ Eda eta Default Configursiion Pesis sore Wise seine er bral sens tel abla nga infona This includes intaling mer OLE serene a sbeoalryae ly Edibe 45 Press the Edit Default button to change the settings for access launching and configuration permissions Regeire Value Permirsions Evans Af Launch INTERACTIAE Alien Launch every user that should have access to a server component to the Windows user lists of a matching using group or you can change the individual component settings as described below On the Default Protocols TAB page you can specify the network protocols that can be used to access the server component and the order in which t
211. igger Setup dialogs H Monitor Out display area Read only property pHDisTrigSetHRe HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object setIn associated with the Trigger Setup dialogs H Reset In display area Read only property pHDisTrigSetHTri HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object gInQ associated with the Trigger Setup dialogs H Trigger In display area Read only property pHDisTrigSetMain HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object UnitTypeQ associated with the Trigger Setup dialogs Main Unit Type display area Read only property pHDisTrigSetPlugi HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object nMode associated with the Trigger Setup dialogs Plugin Mode 155 display area Read only property pHDisTrigSetPlugi HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object nTypeQ associated with the Trigger Setup dialogs Plugin Type display area Read only property pHDisTrigSetRese HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object tByGPIB associated with the Trigger Setup dialogs Reset by GPIB display area Read only property pHDisTrigSetStrea HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object kCameraGPIB associated with the Trigger Setup dialogs Streak camera GPIB display area Read only property pHDisTrigSetTrigI HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object nQ as
212. ile02 associated with the main dialogs Window File 2 menu entry Read only property pHMenMainWind HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object owFile03 associated with the main dialogs Window File 3 menu entry Read only property pHMenMainWind HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object owFile04 associated with the main dialogs Window File 4 menu entry Read only property pHMenMainWind HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object owFile05 associated with the main dialogs Window File 5 menu entry Read only property pHMenMainWind HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object owFile06 associated with the main dialogs Window File 6 menu entry Read only property pHMenMainWind HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object owFile07 associated with the main dialogs Window File 7 menu entry Read only property pHMenMainWind HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object owFile08 associated with the main dialogs Window File 8 menu entry Read only property pHMenMainWind HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object owFile09 associated with the main dialogs Window File 9 menu entry Read only property pHMenMainWind HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object owFile10Q associated with the main dialogs Window File 10 menu entry Read only property pHMenMainWind HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object owFile11 associa
213. ilndexLoadImg _ Integer Returns the image index of the currently or last loaded image Read only property pilndexSequencel Integer Returns the image index of the sequence image If there mg is no sequence image the value is 1 Read only property piltemsMax Integer Returns the maximum number of images Read only property psDefaultScalingD String Returns the default scaling directory This is only irectory necessary for old type file where scaling tabels are not saved in the image and only a file reference is stored in the image Read write property pfDisplayToTIFF Integer Sets or returns a value defining whether images are saved Mode in DisplayToTiff mode in the case TIFF is selected as the file type Read write property pfOptionsAcqToSa Integer Sets or returns a value which defines whether the meWnd acquisition should always be done in the same window Read write property pfOptionsAutoLiv Integer Sets or returns a value which defines whether AUTO eLUT Live LUT should be excuted during Live mode Read write property pfOptionsAutoLU Integer Sets or returns a value which defines whether Auot LUT TO should be excuted aftre image acquisition Read write property pfOptionsAutoLutl Integer nROI Q Read write property pfOptionsDisplayF Integer WHMQ Read write property pfOptionsFixedIT Integer Sets or returns a value which defines whether the image EXHeader should be saved with fixed header Read write
214. ing menu entry Read only property pHMenMainSeque HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object nce associated with the main dialogs Sequence menu entry 90 Read only property pHMenMainSetup HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object associated with the main dialogs Setup menu Read only property pHMenMainShadi HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object ngCorrection associated with the main dialogs Shading Correction menu entry Read only property pHMenMainSuperi HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object mpose associated with the main dialogs Superimpose menu entry Read only property pHMenMainUserF HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object unction associated with the main dialogs User Function menu entry Read only property pHMenMainWind HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object ow associated with the main dialogs Window menu Read only property pHMenMainWind HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object owFile00Q associated with the main dialogs Window File 0 menu entry Read only property pHMenMainWind HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object owFile01 associated with the main dialogs Window File 1 menu entry Read only property pHMenMainWind HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object owF
215. ing the filename and type When a client program wants to save or load images by specifying the filename and its fileype the functions pfSaveImage and pfLoadImage of the HImage Object can be used The piDefaultImageType property of the HImages object can be used to specify the file type in case of file save see mSavelImages routine Executing image acquisitions and image analysis in one function Sometimes the client program wants to acquire image data and analyze it then acquire new data change some settings and so on To perform such kind of operations the sample function mDoMeasurement is provided The function does 1 Start image acquisition The code is same as for other acquisition functions already explained 2 Wait for the completion of the acquisition Be careful Basically the component needs all the time to do the acquisition process here Do not place any other code in such waiting loop Especially do not output message boxes or other user interaction If you want to stop the action you can do this from another event like a timer or pushbutton event 3 Check whether the acquisition operation has been succeeded 4 Get Image Scaling or profile data and analyze it The function pGetareSource gets the valid area of the image The pfGetImageData2Byte function gets 2 Byte data only useful of the image contains 2 byte data otherwise you have to use pfGetImageDatal Byte or 206 pfGetImageData4Byte pfGetArrayOfValues gets sca
216. isible Read only property psName String Returns the name of the object Read write property psCaption String Sets or returns the text which is used to label the associated control Sub pRegEvent ByVal Should not be used by clients Registers an event to the sEvent As String error handler ByVal fBasicEvent As Integer HFrame4Array Event ChangeEnabled B Event which is raised when the pfEnabled property 181 yVal Index As changes Integer Event ChangeVisible By Event which is raised when the pfVisible property Val Index As changes Integer Read only property pcItem ByVal HFrame Returns an object reference to the specified HFrame Index As Integer object Read only property psName String Returns the name of the object HMenu Event ChangeChecked Event which is raised when the pfChecked property changes Event ChangeEnabled Event which is raised when the pfEnabled property changes Event ChangeVisible Event which is raised when the pfVisible property changes Event ClickQ Event which is raised when the pClick method is executed Read only property pcParent Object Returns a reference to the parent object of this object If this reference is Nothing this object is the topmost object within the object hierarchy normally the HWindow object of the associated dialog Read only property pfChecked Integer Returns a
217. isplay area Read only property pHDisTrigSetConfigura HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object associated with the tion Trigger Setup dialogs Configuation display area Read only property pHDisTrigSetDetectMo HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object associated with the nitorByGPIB Trigger Setup dialogs Detect Monitor By GPIB display area Read only property pHDisTrigSetDTBEQ HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object associated with the Trigger Setup dialogs Dual time base extender display area Read only property pHDisTrigSetHMonitor HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object associated with the Out Trigger Setup dialogs H Monitor Out display area Read only property pHDisTrigSetHResetIn HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object associated with the Trigger Setup dialogs H Reset In display area Read only property pHDisTrigSetHTrigIn HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object associated with the Trigger Setup dialogs H Trigger In display area Read only property pHDisTrigSetMainUnit HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object associated with the TypeQ Trigger Setup dialogs Main Unit Type display area Read only property pHDisTrigSetPluginMo HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object associated with the de Trigger Setup dialogs Plugin Mode display area 65
218. ist of entries or an integer number or a floating point number The sample program uses a simplified way of displaying all these features It distinguishes between miParameterStyle ParameterStyleDisp Values which can be displayed only miParameterStyle ParameterStyleCombo List values and miParameterStyle ParameterStyleEdit Numerical values which can be entered Depending on this style a different code is executed 207 Sample program CItHiExe and CltTaExe The sample programs CltHiExe and CltTaExe are used to control the features of the HiPic or HPD TA from another application The HiPic or HPD TA is running in a different address space on the same or another computer If the HiPic or HPD TA is running on a different computer the user I F provided by the HiPic HPD TA cannot be used on the local computer because the HiPic HPD TA can only output dialog windows on the remote computer All user I F and other features which access the local computer like file save on the local computer must be programmed by the client programmer Image display To display images in live mode the event Private Sub mhAcq_NewLivelImage of the HAcq object is used Other events like the mHSequence_EndSequence end of sequence mode can be used as well to display updated images The function gGetAndDisplayCurrentImage is transferring and displaying the current image The methods pGetareSource get the image size and pfGetDisplayData get dis
219. ite property pfOptionLUTTool Integer Sets or returns a value which defines whether the LUT tool should be shown on the main window Read write property pfOptionRestoreW Integer Sets or returns a value which defines whether window indowPos positions should be restored or not when r r nthe window is reactivated Read write property pfOptionUserFunct Integer Sets or returns a value which defines whether the User ions function is called or not Read write property pfRestoreWindow Integer Sets or returns a value which defines whether the Pos window position its size and window state is restored when the window is displayed again after it has been closed Read write property pfUserIFQ Integer Sets or returns a value which defines whether the associated window should be shown on screen A window is only displayed under the following condition pfUserIF TRUE pfVisible TRUE pfHideForm FALSE Read write property plOptionBackgrou Long Sets or returns a value which defines the background ndColor color Function pfReadFile ByVal Byte Reads the content of a file stored at the remote computer sFileName As ByRef String bArray ILength As Long Optional sError As Variant Function pfWriteFile ByVal Byte Writes a file at the remote computer sFileName As ByRef String bArray ILength As Long ByVal fDontOve rwrite As Integer Optional sError As Variant Function piEndProg Integer Ends the program This should be the l
220. ith the main dialogs 3DData menu entry Read only property pHMenMainAbout HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object 0 associated with the main dialogs About menu entry Read only property pHMenMainAcqui HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object re associated with the main dialogs Acquire menu entry Read only property pHMenMainAcqui HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object sition associated with the main dialogs Acquisition menu Read only property pHMenMainAnalo HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object gIntegration associated with the main dialogs Analog Integration menu entry Read only property pHMenMainAnaly HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object sis associated with the main dialogs Analysis menu Read only property pHMenMainArith HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object metic associated with the main dialogs Arithmetic menu entry Read only property pHMenMainBackg HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object roundSubtraction associated with the main dialogs Background Subtraction menu entry Read only property pHMenMainBlank HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object 10 associated with the main dialogs Blank1 menu entry Read only property pHMenMainBlank HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object 20 associated with the main dialogs Blank2 menu entry Read only property pHMenMainB
221. ition Event StartBacksub Event which is raised before a backsub acquisition has been started In the case of an acquisition which consists of several individual images Analog integratio photon counting it is only called once at the start of the complete acquisition Read only property pfAcqPending Integer Returns a flag which indicates whether an acquisition is 164 currently running Read only property pfGrbIs4MType Integer Returns a flag which defines whether the current frame grabber is a 4M type Read only property pfOptionAutoBack Integer sub Read only property pfProcPending Integer Returns a flag which indicates whether an image processing is currently running Read only property pfProcStopped Integer Rreturns a flag which defines that a currently pending processing should be stopped Read only property pftDefaultExposur Single Returns the default exposure time when the application eTime starts In the case the camera cannot set this value precisely the nearest possible value is set Read only property pHChkCorrGetRT HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object BSFromCamera associated with the correction setup dialogs Get RTBS form Camera checkbox Read only property pHChkCorrSpectS HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object ensitivityCorr associated with the correction setup dialogs Spec
222. k Read write property pfStreakOperateD Integer A value that tells the camera object whether horizontal TBEQ streak operation is switched on Don t modify this entry otherwise streak trigger handshake may not longer work Read write property pfStreakUseDTBE Integer Tells the camera object that a Dual time base extender is O currently used for trigger handshake Read write property pfUserIFQ Integer Sets or returns a value which defines whether the associated window should be shown on screen A window is only displayed under the following condition pfUserIF TRUE pfVisible TRUE pfHideForm FALSE Read write property piStreakTriggerMe Integer Tells the camera or acquisition sequence object the thod streak trigger method Don t modify this entry otherwise Steak trigger handshake may no longer work Function pGetStreakRelated Returns streak trigger related capabilities of the CCD CCDCaps ByRef camera fCCDCanExtTrig 133 As Integer ByRef fCCDCanStartStop As Integer ByRef sExtTrigCCDMeth od As String ByRef sExtTrigCPUMeth od As String ByRef sStartStopCCDMet hod As String ByRef sStartStopCPUMet hod As String Function psGetStatus String Returns the current camera status string Sub pStopAcquisition Stops a currently running acquisition HC488080 Read only property pHCh4CamClearF HCheck4 Returns an object reference to the HCheck4Array object
223. k Returns an object reference to the HCheck object associated with the er170 device control setup dialogs Auto Delay parameter 17 checkbox Read only property pHChkAutoDelParamet HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object associated with the er180 device control setup dialogs Auto Delay parameter 18 checkbox Read only property pHChkAutoDelParamet HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object associated with the 64 erl9Q device control setup dialogs Auto Delay parameter 19 checkbox Read only property pHChkAutoDelParamet HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object associated with the er20 device control setup dialogs Auto Delay parameter 20 checkbox Read only property pHChkAutoDelParamet HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object associated with the er21 device control setup dialogs Auto Delay parameter 21 checkbox Read only property pHChkAutoDelParamet HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object associated with the er22 device control setup dialogs Auto Delay parameter 22 checkbox Read only property pHChkAutoDelParamet HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object associated with the er23 device control setup dialogs Auto Delay parameter 23 checkbox Read only property pHChkAutoDelParamet HCheck Returns an object referen
224. k object associated with the er010 device control setup dialogs Auto Delay parameter 01 checkbox Read only property pHChkAutoDelParamet HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object associated with the er02 device control setup dialogs Auto Delay parameter 02 checkbox Read only property pHChkAutoDelParamet HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object associated with the er03 device control setup dialogs Auto Delay parameter 03 checkbox Read only property pHChkAutoDelParamet HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object associated with the er04 device control setup dialogs Auto Delay parameter 04 checkbox Read only property pHChkAutoDelParamet HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object associated with the er05 device control setup dialogs Auto Delay parameter 05 checkbox Read only property pHChkAutoDelParamet HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object associated with the er06 device control setup dialogs Auto Delay parameter 07 checkbox Read only property pHChkAutoDelParamet HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object associated with the er07 device control setup dialogs Auto Delay parameter 07 checkbox Read only property pHChkAutoDelParamet HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object associated with the er08 device control setup dialogs Auto Delay parameter 08 checkbox Read only property pHChkAutoDelParamet HCheck Returns an objec
225. kbox Read only property pHCh4CamHighV HCheck4 Returns an object reference to the HCheck4Array object oltageQ Array associated with the camera dialogs High Voltage checkbox Read only property pHCh4CamRecurF HCheck4 Returns an object reference to the HCheck4Array object ilter Array associated with the camera dialogs Recursive Filter checkbox Read only property pHCo4CamAcquir HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand4Array e nd4Array object associated with the camera dialogs Acquire pushbuttonpushbutton Read only property pHCo4CamDoPCS HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand4Array etup nd4Array object associated with the camera dialogs Do Photon Counting Setup pushbutton Read only property pHCo4CamFreeze HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand4Array nd4Array object associated with the camera dialogs Freeze pushbutton Read only property pHCo4CamGetBG HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand4Array Data nd4Array object associated with the camera dialogs Get Background Data pushbutton Read only property pHCo4CamLive Q HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand4Array nd4Array object associated with the camera dialogs Live pushbutton Read only property pHCo4CamSingle HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand4Array 145 Exposure nd4A
226. kbox Read only property pHChkOptionsAut HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object oStreakShutter associated with the device control setup dialogs Auto Streak Shutter checkbox Read only property pHChkSetupA653 HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object 8Connected associated with the device control setup dialogs A6538 Connected To Status Port checkbox 153 Read only property pHChkSetupCount HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object erBoardInstalledQ associated with the device control setup dialogs Dt2819 Installed checkbox Read only property pHChkSetupGPIB HCheck _ Returns an object reference to the HCheck object ConnectedToDEL associated with the device control setup dialogs GP IB AY connected To Delay checkbox Read only property pHChkSetupGPIB HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object ConnectedToDEL associated with the device control setup dialogs GP IB AY2 connected To Delay2 checkbox Read only property pHChkSetupGPIB HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object ConnectedToSPEC associated with the device control setup dialogs GP IB O connected To Spectrograph checkbox Read only property pHChkSetupGPIB HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object ConnectedToTD associated with the device control setup dialogs GP IB connected To Str
227. l Button As Integer ByVal Shift As Integer ByVal iX As Integer ByVal iY As Integer Event which is raised when the mouse is released on the window Event NowWindowVisib le ByVal Index As Integer Event which is raised when the window is getting visible 191 Event ResizeWindow By Event which is raised when the window is resized Val Index As Integer Read only property pcltem ByVal HWindow Returns an object reference to the specified HWindow Index As Integer object Read only property psName String Returns the name of the object IHCall2A ppl Function 1GetMainColorQ Long Returns the applications main color Function IhWndClientWind_ Long Returns the handle to the applications client area window ow Function IhWndMainWindo Long Returns the handle to the applications main window w Sub AutoActionAfterA Executes auto action after acquisition cq Sub AutoActionBefore Executes auto action before acquisition Acq ByVal fDisableAutoInqui ry As Integer Sub DisablePanelMess Enables or disables the panel message on the age ByVal applications window fDisablePanelMess age As Integer Sub EnableMainWindo Enables or disables the applications main window w ByVal fEnabled As Integer Sub EnableSequenceCo Enables or disables the sequence controls on the ntrols ByVal applications window fEnable As Integer Sub GetImageS
228. lank HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object 30 associated with the main dialogs Blank3 menu entry Read only property pHMenMainBlank HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object 60 associated with the main dialogs Blank6 menu entry Read only property pHMenMainBlank HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object 70 associated with the main dialogs Blank7 menu entry Read only property pHMenMainCame HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object ra associated with the main dialogs Camera Setup menu entry Read only property pHMenMainClearI HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object 89 mage associated with the main dialogs Clear Image menu entry Read only property pHMenMainClose HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object AllO associated with the main dialogs Close All menu entry Read only property pHMenMainCorre HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object ctions associated with the main dialogs Corrections menu Read only property pHMenMainCorre HMenu ctionSetup Read only property pHMenMainCreate HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object ScalingFiles associated with the main dialogs Create Scaling Files menu entry Read only property pHMenMainDefec HMenu tPixelCorrectionSe tupO Read
229. ld realize such function for training purposes Sample program CItHiExe2 and CltTaExe2 The sample program CItHiExe2 and CltTaExe2 is using two components One is running on the remote computer and is acquiring data another is running on the local computer and is used for display and handling images The component on the local computer is an ActiveX DLL The handling of the local ActiveX DLL is similar to the handling in the sample programs CltHiDIl and CltTaDIUI The two components are initialized with the functions pcStartRemoteHPDTA and pcStartLocalHPDTA and separate object references are held on both components Distinguished by the ending Rem or Loc like mHInitTaRem and mHInitTaLoc for the Init objects Copying data and display with the local component To display the images acquired on remote component an empty window is created the image data is transferred and copied to the image buffer Only one image window is used at a time Whenever the image size changes in x y or pixel depth direction the function to create an empty window is used f mHImagesLoc pcItem 0 pfCreateEmptyImage iX iY iDX iDY iBytesPerPixel Image SHOWADJUSTSIZE lt To copy image data the functions pfGetImageData1Byte pfGetImageData2Byte or pfGetImageData2Byte is used depending on the piBytesPerPixel property of the image These functions are expecting an array which can be sized freely within the component Therefore it should be
230. ling data pfMemGetPRFData gets profile data The above can be repeated and parameters like exposure time can be changed at the end of each cycle this would be item 5 Using the HExternalDevices object HPD TA only The HExternalDevices objects controls the behaviour of all general features of the connected streak camera and related devices It contains all dialogs related to these dialogs and User I F objects belonging to these dialogs It also contains general features like GP IB base address of the GB IB board and such general properties As these properties are defined in the INI file the sample program does not access any of these properties within HExternalDevices Except the object references to the individual ExternalDevice objects Using the HExternalDevice object HPD TA only The HExternalDevice object contains all features of the individual device To get a list of all parameters associated to the device the following code is used iNoOfControl mHExternalDevices pcItem miDevice piNoOfControl For iC 0 To iNoOfControl 1 FormMain ComboParameter AddiItem mHExternalDevices pclItem miDevice pHDevPars pcItem iC psParameterName Next ic Using the HDevPar object HPD TA only To get the value of an individual Parameter HDevPar object the mHDevPar psKeyValue can be used It returns the value in string format see the GetDevParValue function The HDevPar object has different ways of containing data e g a l
231. logs main window Read only property pHWinOptOptions HWindow Returns an object reference to the HWindow object 0 associated with the options dialogs options picture box Read only property piAmMod Integer Returns the acquisition module Possible values are described in the enumeration AcquisitionModule Read write property pfDisableAutoActi Integer Sets or returns a flag which defines whether automatic on actions should be executed Read write property pfDisableAutoInqu Integer Sets or returns a flag which defines whether an inquiry is iryQ shown to the user before the autoaction takes place Read write property pfOption32BitInAl Integer Q 168 Read write property pfOptionAutoCurv Integer Sets or returns a value which defines whether Auto ature curvature function should be executed Read write property pfOptionAutoShad Integer Sets or returns a value which defines whether Auto ingQ shading function should be executed Read write property pfOptionClipZero Integer Sets or returns a value which defines whether clip to Zero function should be executed during background subtraction Read write property pfOptionDefectCor Integer rection Read write property pfOptionSlowDisp Integer Sets or returns a value which defines whether slow layO display function should be executed during LIVE mode Read write property pfOptionWriteDP
232. lowing I F classes are existing Short Name Description Che HCheck Check Box Ch4 HCheck4Array Array of 4 check boxes for the 4 acquisition modes Com HCommand Command button Co4 HCommand4 Array Array of 4 command buttons for the 4 acquisition modes Dis HDisp Display element Di4 HDisp4Array Array of 4 display elements for the 4 acquisition modes Edn HEditNumber Edit box for number input Ed4 HEditNumber4 Array Array of 4 edit boxes for number input for the 4 acquisition modes Est HEditString Edit box for string input Es4 HEditString4Array Array of 4 edit boxes for string input for the 4 acquisition modes Ent HEntry Entry input slidebar with edit box or combo box En4 HEntry4Array Array of 4 entry input slidebar with edit box or combo box Fra HFrame Frame control Fr4 HFrame4Array Array of 4 frame controls for the 4 acquisition modes Men HMenu Menu Entry Pro HProgress Progress bar Pr4 HProgress4Array Array of 4 Progress bars for the 4 acquisition modes Rad HRadios Group of radio buttons Ra4 HRadios4Array Array of 4 group of radio buttons s for the 4 acquisition modes Sta HSingleTab Single Tab on a Tab array Tab HTab Tab array Win HWindow Dialog Window or a dependent window W20 HWindow20Array Array of 20 Window controls for image windows Lut HLut LUT control within the LUT control dialog Ima HImageArea Image display area on
233. ly property pHDisInitDCamA HDisp PIVersion Read only property pHDisInitDriverVe HDisp rsion 85 Read only property pHDisInitMessage HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object O associated with the init dialogs Message display area Read only property pHDisInitModelQ HDisp Read only property pHDisInitModule HDisp Version Read only property pHDisInitVendor Q HDisp Read only property pHEdnInitC47429 HEditNu Returns an object reference to the HEditNumber object 5ComPort mber associated with init dialogs C474295 Com Port editbox Read only property pHEdnInitC47429 HEditNu Returns an object reference to the HEditNumber object 8ComPort mber associated with init dialogs C474298 Com Port editbox Read only property pHEdnInitC48808 HEditNu Returns an object reference to the HEditNumber object OComPort mber associated with init dialogs C488080 Com Port editbox Read only property pHEdnInitC4880C HEditNu Returns an object reference to the HEditNumber object omPort mber associated with init dialogs C4880 Com Port editbox Read only property pHEdnInitC7300C HEditNu Returns an object reference to the HEditNumber object omPort mber associated with init dialogs C7300 Com Port editbox Read only property pHEdnInitC80001 HEditNu Returns an object reference to the HEditNumbe
234. mExposu HFrame4 reTime Array Read only property pHFr4CamGainOf HFrame4 fsetQ Array Read only property pHFr4CamlIntegrat HFrame4 ion Array Read only property pHFr4CamPcMod_ HFrame4 ed Array Read only property pHFr4CamPhoton HFrame4 Counting Array Read only property pHFr4CamRTBS HFrame4 Array Read only property pHFr4CamStreakT HFrame4 rigger Array Read only property pHFraSetupSubarr HFrame ay Read only property pHPr4CamPercent HProgress 0 4Array Read only property pHRa4CamPcMod HRadios4 ed Array Read only property pHRadSetupBinni HRadios ngO Read only property pHRadSetupScan HRadios Mode Read only property pHRadSetupTrigge HRadios rMode 150 Read only property pHRadSetupTrigge HRadios rPolarityQ Read only property pHRadSetupTrigge HRadios rSource Read only property pHTabCamAcqMo HTab deQ Read only property pHWinCamDlgQ HWindow Read only property pHWinSetupDlgQ HWindow Read only property piDatTypeForAcq Integer uire Read only property piDatTypeForAIQ_ Integer Read only property piDatTypeForLive Integer Q Read only property piDatTypeForPCO Integer Read only property psCameraName String Read write property pfRestoreWindow Integer Pos Read write property pfStreakOperate Integer Read write property pfStreak
235. mapa Coin feelin Fla Getup cquinton Comectore Ages eplay Procesung iinde ria la bso Ea bel 0 _ 2 lale Cara 35 Ca E ELET Ae A Hipic code HiPic HPD TA Standalone The second way is using some or all dialogs from the HiPic HPD TA User I F together with a client programs main window The dialogs from the HiPic HPD TA User I F can be placed into the client s main window like a child window or can be used as a standalone popup window This is very convenient for the client programmer No code has to be written for accessing the individual controls on these dialogs Showing these dialogs is done by setting the pfUserIF and the pfVisible properties of the main dialogs HWindow object to TRUE By setting the plLHWndParentWindow property of this HWindow object to the window handle of the window which should be the parent window My chen pogam CTi agumi contrel Ur Braa Client program Clientprogram is using dialogs from the HiPic HPD TA User I F The third way of using functionality within the HiPic HPD TA ActiveX component is to use the individual controls without showing the HiPic HPD TA User I F In this case individual access has to be made to the Interface Objects This is mandatory if the client is running on a different computer than the server HiPic Activex Component Client Live Click program Client program using only the functionality of the HiPic without using the
236. me EntryTypeString EntryTypeNumber If EntryType EntryTypeString no special meaning is assigned to the string value If EntryType EntryTypeNumber the strings are representing numbers If EntryType EntryTypeTime the strings are representing time information Normally they describe exposure times If the property pfSearchNext is set to TRUE in combination with EntryType EntryTypeNumber Or EntryType EntryTypeTime then the nearest value will be set In the case of EntryType EntryTypeTime the search algorithm additionally understands time information In such cases 8050ms is smaller then 9s the units m s ms us ns ps can be used and are correctly detected HRadios The HRadios object represents a group of radio buttons The HRadios object is similar to the HEntry object except that Every radio button can be disabled or set visible individually There are the properties pfRadioEnabled Index and pfRadioVisible Index to define whether an individual radiobutton is enabled or visible The events ChangeRadioEnabled iRadio and ChangeRadioVisible iRadio are raised when the corresponding properties are changed Every radiobutton can have an associated string value and a numeric value These are the properties psKey Value and the piValue Any string and numerical values can be get by the psSetKey Value iRadio and the piSetValue iRadio The property piRadio sets or gets the index of the selected radio button Possible values are in the range o
237. me HFrame4Array HMenu 120 124 124 124 127 130 134 137 140 143 145 147 149 151 161 162 163 164 169 175 175 175 176 176 176 177 177 178 178 178 178 179 179 180 181 181 181 182 HProgress 182 HProgress4Array 183 HRadios 183 HRadios4Array 184 HSingleTab 184 HTab 185 HWindow 186 HLut 188 HImageArea 189 HEditString4Array 190 HWindow20Array 191 THCall2A ppl 192 THCall2Cam 192 THCall2Exttrig 194 THCall2Licence 194 THCall2UserFunc 194 JHCall2LUTControl 194 THCall2Sequence 195 THCall2AcqControl 196 ThCall2ExtDevs 196 ThCall2Shutdown 196 THCall2TransAbs 196 THCall2MC 196 HProfileScalingData 196 HSystemScalingData 198 HImageScalingData 198 HPRFParametersData 199 Sample programs 201 Sample program CItHiDII and CltTaDIl 201 Basic structure of CItHiDII and CltTaDIl 202 Startup 202 Initializing of the client program 204 Ending the component 205 Executing and availability of commands 205 Setting the exposure time 205 Using events 206 Saving and loading images specifying the filename and type 206 Executing image acquisitions and image analysis in one function 206 Using the HExternalDevices object HPD TA only 207 Using the HExternalDevice object HPD TA only 207 Using the HDevPar object HPD TA only 207 Sample program CItHiExe and CltTaExe 208 Image display 208 Measurement cycles Sample program CltHiExe2 and CltTaExe2 Copying data and display with the l
238. mera dialogs Background ay Offset camera feature checkbox Read only property pHEd4CamNrExp HEditNu_ Returns an object reference to the HEditNumber4Array osures mber4Arr object associated with the camera dialogs Number of ay Exposures editbox Read only property pHEd4CamThresh HEditNu_ Returns an object reference to the HEditNumber4Array oldQ mber4Arr object associated with the camera dialogs Threshold ay editbox Read only property pHEn4CamGain HEntry4A Returns an object reference to the HEntry4Array object rray associated with the camera dialogs Analog Gain entrybox Read only property pHEn4CamH Volta HEntry4A Returns an object reference to the HEntry4Array object geQ rray associated with the camera dialogs High Voltage entrybox Read only property pHEn4CamOffset HEntry4A Returns an object reference to the HEntry4Array object rray associated with the camera dialogs Analog Offset entrybox Read only property pHEn4CamRecur HEntry4A Returns an object reference to the HEntry4Array object Number rray associated with the camera dialogs Recursive Number entrybox Read only property pHFr4CamAction HFrame4 Returns an object reference to the HFrame4Array object Array associated with the camera dialogs Action frame Read only property pHFr4CamControl HFrame4 Returns an object reference to the HFrame4Array object lerFeatures Array associated with the camera dialogs Exposure Time
239. mmand object xtPixel nd associated with the scaling editor dialogs Next Pixel pushbutton Read only property pHComScalEditPr HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object eviousPixel nd associated with the scaling editor dialogs Previous Pixel pushbutton Read only property pHComScalSetCan HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object cel nd associated with the scaling setup dialogs Cancel pushbutton Read only property pHComScalSetFre HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object eGetFromImage nd associated with the scaling setup dialogs Free Scaling Get From Image pushbutton Read only property pHComScalSetFre HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object eHFileGet nd associated with the scaling setup dialogs Free Scaling Horizontal Get File pushbutton Read only property pHComScalSetFre HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object eHPixelGet nd associated with the scaling setup dialogs Free Scaling Horizontal Get Pixel pushbutton Read only property pHComScalSetFre HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object eVFileGet nd associated with the scaling setup dialogs Free Scaling vertical Get File pushbutton Read only property pHComScalSetFre HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object eVPixelGet nd associated with the scaling setup dialogs Free Scaling vertical Get Pixel pushbutton Re
240. mote computer pfWriteFile Writes a file at the remote computer These functions can be used to transfer data to or from a remote computer prior to start the main application HiPic or HPD TA Be careful with the pfWriteFile function In the worst case you can destroy essential files on the remote computer The same functions psApplicationDirectory psWindowsDirectory pfReadFile pfWriteFile are also available in the HAppHiPic and HAppHPDTA main objects getting the start status is now made more easy The properties pfApplicationCreated and pfApplicationCreationFailed has been removed Everything can now be inquired with the pfInitStatus property There are the following possibilities InitStatusNotInitialized 2 InitStatusInitializing 1 InitStatusInitialized 0 InitStatusErrorDuringInit 1 InitStatusNoLicence 2 InitStatusCancel 3 Generally if pfInitStatus lt 0 means not initialized pfInitStatus 0 means Initialization succesful pfInitStatus gt 0 Initialization not succesful Pls distinguish pfInitStatus from piStartStatus piStartStatus tells you if the application has already been started from another location Basically ActiveX EXE only If piStartStatus StartStatusNone the application has not been started If piStartStatus StartStatusInit the application just shows thew init screen If piStartStatus StartStatusRunning the application is running In the latter two cases you can get objects references to the HInitHi Ta or HApp
241. mpt As String ByVal sTitle As String ByVal Style As Integer ByVal Buttons As Integer ByRef default As Integer The iID parameters gives an indication which dialog text is used I refers to the entry in the HiPicTa Res file The client program can the react according to this parameter Example i D 2092 refers to The currently selected image is not or not fully saved Do you want to save it now Image If e g the client program wants to make a silent shutdown he can set default vbNo sPrompt is the text normally outputted sTitle the title which normally is located on the caption of the messagebox Style can be one of the following vboxonly 0 vocritical 16 vbQuest ion 32 vbExclamat ion 48 vbInformat ion 64 Buttons can be vbOKOn1ly 0 vbOKCancel 1 vbAbortRetryIgnore 2 vbYesNoCancel 3 vbYesNo 4 vbRetryCancel 5 The client program can reply to the message box by setting the default value Possible values are vbOK 1 vbCancel 2 vbAbort 3 vbRetry 4 vbIgnore 5 vbYes 6 vbNo 7 There is one issue to take into account If the message boxc is a consequence of an action issued by the client program this event should not output a messagebox to the user and wait for the reply because then the component request is pending Therefore the client program should distinguish whether the event has been raised due to an action of the component either issued by the components user I F or by an asyncronous command in this case it is allowed to
242. n pGrbGetScanArea ByVal iCameraDX As Integer ByVal iCameraDY As Integer ByRef pntDummyX As Integer ByRef pntDummyY As Integer ByRef pntCamWidthxX As Integer ByRef pntCamWidthY As Integer ByRef areGRBScanix As Integer ByRef areGRBScaniY As Integer ByRef areGRBScaniDX As Integer ByRef areGRBScaniDY As Integer ByRef are ValidIMGiX As Integer ByRef areValidIMGiY As Integer ByRef are ValidIMGiDX As Integer ByRef are ValidIMGiDY As Integer ByRef pntOrigFBX As Integer ByRef pntOrigFBY As Integer Integer Get the scan area Function pGrbGetWindowF orSubArea By Val iX ByVal iY ByVal iDX ByVal iDY ByRef hOff ByRef hAct ByRef vOff ByRef vAct ByRef sError Integer Get the window generator hardware parameters for a given subarrea Function pgrbgrabQ Integer Starts grabbing 172 Function pGrbSetDefaultSet tings ByVal iFrameDX As Integer ByVal iFrameDY As Integer Integer Set default settings Function pgrbsnap Q Integer Snaps a single image Function pGrbWaitEndOfIm gReadout ByVal ftTimeout As Single Integer Wait unti end of image readout Function pGrbWriteLinearIn putLUT ByVal iDat As Integer Integer Writes a linear input LUT Function pGrbWriteReduce dLinLUT ByVal iDat As Integer ByVal iThreshold As Integer Integer Write a linear LUT which reduces the image to 8 bit
243. n Setup dialogs Shading Correction frame Read only property pHFraDefPixDead HFrame Pixels Read only property pHFraDefPixHotPi HFrame xels Read only property pHFraDefPixResul HFrame tsQ Read only property pHProBackProgres HProgress Returns an object reference to the HProgress object s associated with the backsub dialogs Progress progress bar Read only property pHRadCorrBackgr HRadios Returns an object reference to the HRadios object oundSource associated with the Correction setup dialogs Background Source radiobutton group Read only property pHRadCurvcorrCu HRadios Returns an object reference to the HRadios object rvatureDirection associated with the Correction setup dialogs Curvature Direction radiobutton group Read only property pHRadDefPixMeth HRadios odQ Read only property pHWinBackDlgQ HWindow Returns an object reference to the HWindow object associated with the Backsub dialogs main window Read only property pHWinCorrDlg HWindow Returns an object reference to the HWindow object associated with the Correction Setup dialogs main window Read only property pHWinCurvcorrDI HWindow Returns an object reference to the HWindow object g0 associated with the Curvature Correction dialogs main window Read only property pHWinDefPixDlg HWindow Read only property pHWinOptDlgQ HWindow Returns an object reference to the HWindow object associated with the Options dia
244. n dialogs Quick Profile checkbox Read only property pHChkMainProfile HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object QO associated with the main dialogs Profile checkbox Read only property pHChkMainROI Q HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object associated with the main dialogs ROI I F checkbox Read only property pHChkOptLUTTo HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object olQ associated with the option dialogs LUT Tool checkbox Read only property pHChkOptRestore HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object WindowPos associated with the option dialogs Restore Window Position checkbox Read only property pHChkOptUserFu HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object nctions associated with the option dialogs User Functions checkbox Read only property pHComAIlOptCan HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object cel nd associated with the all options dialogs Cancel pushbutton Read only property pHComAIOptOK HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object nd associated with the all options dialogs OK pushbutton Read only property pHComMainAcqui HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object re nd associated with the main dialogs Acquire pushbutton Read only property pHComMainAI HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object nd associated with the main dialogs Analog Integration
245. n parameters are described in the enumerations StreakParameter SpectrographParameter and DelayParameter Read only property pfStatusAvailable Integer Returns a value which defines whether status information of the associated parameter can be provided by the external device 161 Read only property pfVisibleQ Integer Returns a value which specifies whether the object is visible Read only property piDevParType Integer Returns a value which defines the ParameterType of the parameter Possible values are described in the enumeration DevParType Read only property piMode Integer Returns a value which defines the ParameterMode of the parameter Possible values are described in the enumeration DevParMode Read only property piParameter Integer Returns a value identifying the parameter Possible values of known parameters are described in the enumerations StreakParameter SpectrographParameter and DelayParameter Read only property psNameQ String Returns the name of the object Read only property psParameterName String Returns a value defining the parameter name Read only property psSetKeyValue By String Returns the key value of a specified entry index Not Val ilndex As necessarily the current one Integer Read only property pyMaxValue Variant Maximum value limiting the range for pvValue Read only propert
246. nce to the HCommand object associated with the init dialogs Setup CCD pushbutton Read only property pHComInitSetupStreak HCommand Returns an object reference to the HCommand object associated with Devices the init dialogs Setup Streak Devices pushbutton Read only property pHDisInitCCDCamera _ HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object associated with the init dialogs CCD Camera display area Read only property pHDisInitDevice1 HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object associated with the init dialogs Device 1 display area Read only property pHDisInitDevice2 HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object associated with the init dialogs Device 2 display area Read only property pHDisInitDevice3 HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object associated with the init dialogs Device 3 display area Read only property pHDisInitDevice4 HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object associated with the init dialogs Device 4 display area Read only property pHDisInitGPIBAddr1 HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object associated with the init dialogs GPIB Address 1 display area Read only property pHDisInitGPIBAddr2 HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object associated with the init dialogs GPIB Address 2 display area Read only property pHDisInitGPIBAddr3 HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object associated with the init dialogs GPIB Address 3 dis
247. nce to the HCommand4Array e nd4Array object associated with the camera dialogs Acquire pushbuttonpushbutton Read only property pHCo4CamDoPCS HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand4Array etup nd4Array object associated with the camera dialogs Do Photon Counting Setup pushbutton Read only property pHCo4CamFreeze HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand4Array nd4Array object associated with the camera dialogs Freeze pushbutton Read only property pHCo4CamGetBG HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand4Array Data nd4Array object associated with the camera dialogs Get Background Data pushbutton Read only property pHCo4CamLive HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand4Array nd4Array object associated with the camera dialogs Live pushbutton Read only property pHCo4CamSingle HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand4Array Exposure nd4Array object associated with the camera dialogs Single Exposure pushbutton Read only property pHCo4CamStopQ HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand4Array nd4Array object associated with the camera dialogs Stop pushbutton Read only property pHComCamDown HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object O nd associated with the camera dialogs Down pushbutton Small down arrow Read only property pHComCamUpQ HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object
248. nd object nd associated with the main dialogs Live pushbutton Read only property pHComMainOpen HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object nd associated with the main dialogs Open pushbutton Read only property pHComMainPC HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object nd associated with the main dialogs Photon Counting pushbutton Read only property pHComMainRecal HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object 110 nd associated with the main dialogs Recall1 pushbutton Read only property pHComMainRecal HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object 120 nd associated with the main dialogs Recall2 pushbutton Read only property pHComMainSave HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object nd associated with the main dialogs Save pushbutton Read only property pHComMainSavel HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object 0 nd associated with the main dialogs Save1 pushbutton Read only property pHComMainSave2 HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object 0 nd associated with the main dialogs Save2 pushbutton Read only property pHComMainShadi HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object ngQ nd associated with the main dialogs Shading correction pushbutton Read only property pHComOptBackgr HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object oundColor nd associated with the options dialogs Backg
249. ne The program is not running piStartStatus StartStatusInit The program shows the Init dialog piStartStatus StartStatusRunning The program has been started If piStartStatus StartStatusNone the Init dialog can be showed by calling the piInit method If piStartStatus StartStatusInit the property pStartHInitHi or pStartHInitTa returns a reference to the HInitHi or HInitTa object which currently shows the Init dialog Executing the pHComOK pClick method will start the program If piStartStatus StartStatusRunning the property pStartHAppHiPic or pStartHAppHPDTA returns a reference to the already existing Application object 2 Showing the Init dialog The pilnit method is used to show the Init dialog and has the following parameters Public Function pilInit ByVal sIniFile As String ByVal fInitUserIF As Integer ByVal fApplUserIF As Integer ByVal fNoDialogs As Integer As Integer 27 The sIniFile parameter specifies the INI file which should be used for this session The fInitUserIF defines whether the Init dialog should be started with or without UserlF The fApplUserIF defines whether the whole application should be started with or without UserIF This is more convenient then setting all pfUserIF properties of all dialogs manually The fNoDialogs defines whether the program should suppress message boxes 3 Starting the program Executing the pHComOK pClick method of the HInitHi or HInitTa object will start the program The client program ha
250. ng mode Read only property psCameraName String Returns the camera name Read write property pfRestoreWindow Integer Sets or returns a value which defines whether the Pos window position its size and window state is restored when the window is displayed again after it has been closed Read write property pfUserIFQ Integer Sets or returns a value which defines whether the associated window should be shown on screen A 142 window is only displayed under the following condition pfUserIF TRUE pfVisible TRUE pfHideForm FALSE Function psGetStatus String Returns the current camera status string Sub pStopAcquisitionO Stops a currently running acquisition HC800010 Read only property pHCh4CamClearF HCheck4 Returns an object reference to the HCheck4Array object rameBuffer Array associated with the camera dialogs Clear frame buffer on start checkbox Read only property pHCh4CamDoRT HCheck4 Returns an object reference to the HCheck4Array object Backsub Array associated with the camera dialogs Do Real Time Backsub checkbox Read only property pHCo4CamAcquir HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand4Array e nd4Array object associated with the camera dialogs Acquire pushbuttonpushbutton Read only property pHCo4CamDoPCS HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand4Array etup nd4Array object ass
251. ng program operation Startup The startup is done in the routine Sub Main Sub Main Dim HiInit As HilInit Dim fSuccess As Integer Dim sError As String Set HiInit New HilInit HiInit pfClientEvent True Set gHAppHiPic HilInit pcStartHiPic fSuccess sError HiInit pfClientEvent False If Not fSuccess Then MsgBox Error loading the ActiveX component HiPic32u sError Set HiInit Nothing Exit Sub End If Set HiInit Nothing Set gHiMain New HiMain gHiMain pfClientEvent True gHiMain Init gHAppHiPic gHiMain pfClientEvent False End Sub The Routine Sub Main creates an object of type Hilnit or Talnit see the respective class modules and calls the function pcStartHiPic or pcStartHPDTA In case of success an object of type HiMain or TaMain see again the respective class modules is created and its Init method is called The function peStartHiPic or pcStartHPDTA does the following Public Function pcStartHiPic fSuccess As Integer sError As String As HAppHiPic Dim iError As Integer FormInit Show Create Init object Set mHInitHi New HInitHi If mHInitHi piStartStatus lt gt StartStatusNone Then sError Component is already in use Aborted Set mHInitHi Nothing fSuccess False Exit Function End If Show init screen virtually default ini file no init UselI F no application User I F No Dialogs By specifying an ini file other than the client program can initialize the p
252. ngeVisible ByVal Event which is raised when the pfVisible property changes Index As Integer HEditString Removed pfDlgHasUserlIF pfEndUserIFEvent pfStartUserIFEvent HEntry New Read write property pftValue Single Sets or returns a numerical value associated to the entry type Time values in ms numerical values or entry indexes are used depending on the EntryType Removed pfDlgHasUserIF pfEndUserIFEvent pfStartUserIFEvent HEntry4Array Modified Event ChangeEnabled ByVal Event which is raised when the pfEnabled property changes Index As Integer Event ChangeLimits By Val Index As Integer Event ChangeValue ByVal Event which is raised when the pfValue property changes Index As Integer Event Change Visible ByVal Event which is raised when the pfVisible property changes Index As Integer HFrame4Array Modified Event ChangeEnabled Event which is raised when the pfEnabled property changes Event ChangeVisible Event which is raised when the pfVisible property changes HMenu Removed pfDlgHasUserlIF pfEndUserIFEvent pfStartUserIFEvent HProgress Removed pfDlgHasUserlIF pfEndUserIFEvent pfStartUserIFEvent HProgress4Array Modified Event ChangePercent Event which is raised when the pfPercent property changes Event ChangeVisible Event which is raised when the pfVisible property changes HRadios 72 Modified
253. nges Event ChangeLimits Event which is raised when either pyMinValue or pvMax Value changes Event ChangeType Event which is raised when the piDevParType property changes Event ChangeValue ByV Event which is raised when the pfValue property al dbOldValue As changes Double ByVal fFromDevice As Integer Event ChangeVisible Event which is raised when the pfVisible property changes Read only property pcParent Object Returns a reference to the parent object of this object If this reference is Nothing this object is the topmost object within the object hierarchy normally the HWindow object of the associated dialog Read only property pdbStepQ Double Returns a value which defines the step width of two neighbouring values If it is zero all values between pvyMinValue and pyMaxValue are possible Read only property pfControlAvail Integer Returns a value which specifies whether the object can be controlled by the client programmer This is dependent on the pfVisible and pfEnabled properties and those of its parent Read only property pfControlAvailable Integer Returns a value which defines whether the associated O parameter on the external device can be controlled by the software Read only property pfEnabled Integer Returns a value which specifies whether the object is enabled Read only property pfKnownParamete Integer Returns a value which defines whether the parameter is a r known one The values for allknow
254. nly property pHEstDefPixImag HEditStri eHotPixel ng Read only property pHEstOptDefectPi HEditStri xelFile ng Read only property pHFraDefPixDead HFrame Pixels 80 Read only property pHFraDefPixHotPi HFrame xels Read only property pHFraDefPixResul HFrame tsQ Read only property pHRadDefPixMeth HRadios odQ Read only property pHWinDefPixDlg HWindow Read write property pfOptionDefectCor Integer rection Read write property pfStartImagesIndiv Integer iduallyQ Read write property psOptionDefectPix String elFileQ Sub pUpdateCameraPa rms HGrb New Function Test Sub pSetHMsgBox H MsgBox As HMsgBox HCheck Modified Read write property pfValue Optional Integer Sets or returns the value of the object true if checked DoEvent As and false if unchecked Variant Optional IgnoreDisable As Variant Optional NoError As Integer Optional parameters added HEditNumber Modified Read write property pyValue Optional Variant Returns the value of the object DoEvent As Variant Optional IgnoreDisable As Variant Optional NoError As Integer Optional parameters added HEditString Read write property psText Optional String Sets or returns the text of the object DoEvent As Variant Optional IgnoreDisable As Variant Optional NoE
255. ns an object reference to the HCheck object associated with the ectedToDELA Y2 device control setup dialogs GP IB connected To Delay2 checkbox Read only property pHChkSetupUseDevice Hcheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object associated with the DELAY2 device control setup dialogs Use Delaybox2 checkbox Read only property pHChkTrigSetConnect Hcheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object associated with the MonitorOut trigger setup dialogs Connect Monitor Out checkbox Read only property pHChkTrigSetConnect Hcheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object associated with the ResetIn trigger setup dialogs Conect Reset In checkbox Read only property pHChkTrigSetUseDTB HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object associated with the EQ Trigger setup dialogs Use dual time base extender checkbox Read only property pHComAutoDelCancel HCommand Returns an object reference to the HCommand object associated with the auto delay setup dialogs Cancel command button Read only property pHComAutoDelOK HCommand_ Returns an object reference to the HCommand object associated with the auto delay setup dialogs OK command button Read only property pHComAutoDelResetSt HCommand Returns an object reference to the HCommand object associated with oredValues the auto delay setup dialogs Reset Stored Values command button Read only property pHComTrigSetCancel HCommand Returns an object reference
256. ns an object reference to the HMenu object 99 eControlOptions associated with the main dialogs Device Control Options menu entry Read only property pHMenMainDispla HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object yO associated with the main dialogs Display menu Read only property pHMenMainEmer HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object gencyOff associated with the main dialogs Emergency Off menu entry Read only property pHMenMainExit HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object associated with the main dialogs Exit menu entry Read only property pHMenMainFile HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object associated with the main dialogs File menu Read only property pHMenMainFittin HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object g0 associated with the main dialogs Fitting menu Read only property pHMenMainFrami HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object ng2Sequence associated with the main dialogs Framing To Sequence menu Read only property pHMenMainFrami HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object ngSetup associated with the main dialogs Framing Setup menu Read only property pHMenMainFreez HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object e associated with the main dialogs Freeze
257. ns an object reference to the HMenu object nt associated with the scaling editor dialogs Print menu entry Read only property pHMenScalEditSa HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object ve associated with the scaling editor dialogs Save menu entry Read only property pHRadScalSetFree HRadios Returns an object reference to the HRadios object HT ypeQ associated with the scaling setup dialogs Free Scaling Horizontal Type radiobutton group Read only property pHRadScalSetFree HRadios Returns an object reference to the HRadios object VT ypeQ associated with the scaling setup dialogs Free Scaling Vertical Type radiobutton group Read only property pHRadScalSetScal HRadios Returns an object reference to the HRadios object ingMethod associated with the scaling setup dialogs Scaling Method radiobutton group Read only property pHRadScalSetStre HRadios Returns an object reference to the HRadios object akScalingTimeAxi associated with the scaling setup dialogs Streak Scaling sQ Time Axis radiobutton group Read only property pHRadScalSetStre HRadios Returns an object reference to the HRadios object akTFType associated with the scaling setup dialogs Streak Scaling Time Focus Type radiobutton group Read only property pHRadScalSetStre HRadios Returns an object reference to the HRadios object akXTypeQ associated with the scaling setup dialogs Streak Scaling X Direction Type radiobutton group Read
258. nt before SetLiveControlsToPC Integer Sub SetAcqControlsToPC B Sets the live mode controls to the values which exists in photon yVal iAcqMode As counting mode Integer Sub SetClearFBOnStart By Val fClearFBOnStart As Integer ByVal iAcqMode As Integer New object IHCall2MC All events properties and methods are new ProfileScalingData Modified Function pfCreateDiffPoynomial ByVal iOrder As Integer ByRef ftCoeff Single ByVal iNrValidCha nnels As Integer ByVal sUnit As String Optional sError As Variant As Integer Create differential polynomial Function pfCreateIntegPoynomia ByVal iOrder As Integer ByRef ftCoeff Single ByVal iNrValidCha nnels As Integer ByVal sUnit As String Optional sError As Variant As Integer Create integral polynomial Function pfGetArrayOfValues B yRef ftArray Single ByVal iEntries As Integer Optional sError As Variant As Integer Returns an array of values Function pfReadScalingTable By Val sFileName As String ByVal sOffset As String ByVal fCheck As Integer ByVal sUnit As String Optional sError As Variant Optional Integer Reads a scaling table from file 74 varCheckFromChannel As Variant Function pfSetLinearData ByVal Integer Sets linear scaling ftScale As Single ByVal sUnit As String Optional sError
259. nt whether control and status information is available for the device Every parameter has an individual pfControlAvaileable and pfStatusAvaileable property as well The properties pfStatusOutExist and pfTriggerConnectorExist refer only to streak cameras and gives an information about the status out port and the cabling of the streak trigger connectors for a single shot configuration All these informations have to be specified in the device control setup first of course The pHWinDevDlg returns access to the device status control dialog window The piGPIBCableConnected and piGPIBBase properties returns information whether the device is connected by GP IB and to which base address The piUseDevice property informs the client whether the device is used at all the piDeviceIndex and piPluginIndex returns the entry numbers in the device and plugin list provided by the HPDTA32 DLL The HDevPars property returns a reference to an array containing all parameters of this device The piNoOfControl property informs the user about the number of controls arranged on the devices status control box Though all parameters can be inquired and controlled by the HDevPars object some additional functions are provided for convenience These are 32 pfGetParameter pfGetParameterByString pfParameter2Control pfParameterName2Control pfSetParameter pfSetParameterByString pfSetParameterToMaximum pfSetParameterToMinimum To understand the differences of these f
260. ntains functions for loading and saving images with or without file dialog and with or without asynchronous execution The available functions and properties related to file save are pfSaveImage pfLoadImage ordinary save load pAsyncSavelmage pAsyncLoadImage asynchronous save load pfLoadImageNoShow load without show piGetLoadImageFile piGetSaveImageFile Opens file dialog to get file names piDefaultImageType pfDisplayToTIFFMode piSeqMode psDefaultScalingDirectory special properties The pPrint methods prints an image The pChangeActiveImage changes the active image There are several events which are raised to inform the client about specific situations These events are CloseSequenceImage CurrentImageChanged FileNameChanged ImageDataChanged ImagePainted Message and Removelmage The HImage object All properties of the HImage object are referring only to the specified image There are some methods which exist for both HImages and HImage object If you use the methods of the HImage object you can make sure that it is applied on this individual image The methods which are similar for the HImage and HImage object are pAsyncLoadImage pAsyncSavelmage pPrint pfSaveImage pfLoadImage Access to the HImageArea object and the involved windows is possible by the pHImaImgArea pHWinImgDlg and pHWinImgPicture properties There are several properties and methods describing the image these are piBytesPerPixel pGetareSource piReside
261. nteger ByVal iPropertyID As Integer varReturn As Variant Sub pTA_HandleSRQs Gives the device DLLs the opportunity to handle SRQs if any Function tTA_TrigSet Integer Sub pSetCCDCaps fCCDCa Sets CCD capabilities related to streak trigger handshake nExtTrig As Integer fCCDCanStartStop As Integer sExtTrigCCDMethod As String sExtTrigCPUMethod As String sStartStopCCDMethod As String sStartStopCPUMethod As String Modified Event Message By Val Event which is raised to inform the user of ongoing operations sMessage As String Removed pfTriggerControlAvail pHChkSetupDt2819Installed pHEdnSetupDT2819IOBase piDT28 19Installed piDT28 19IOBase piTDTriggerCableConnected HDevPar Modified Event ChangeValue ByVal Event which is raised when the pfValue property changes dbOldValue As Double 66 ByVal fFromDevice As Integer Removed pfDlgHasUserlIF pfEndUserIFEvent pfStartUserIFEvent HExternalDevice New Read only property piGPIBCableConnectio Integer Returns a flag which defines whether the device is connected to the nSuccess GP IB board successfully Function pfSetParameterToMaxi Integer Sets the specified parameter to the maximum value mum ByVal iParameter As Integer HDevPars Modified Event ChangeEnabled ByVal Event which is raised when the pfEnabled propert
262. ntrol Sub pClickO Method which raises the Click Event and executes the associated command Sub pRegEvent ByVal Should not be used by clients Registers an event to the error handler sEvent As String ByVal fBasicEvent As Integer The HCommand has 3 events ChangeEnabled ChangeVisible and Click The ChangeEnabled event is raised when the pfEnabled property changes The Change Visible event is raised when the pfVisible property changes The Click event is raised when the pClick method was called by either the HiPic HPD TA or the client program was called The HCommand has 6 read only properties pcParent pfControlAvail pfDlgHasUserlIF pfEnabled pfVisible and psName The pfEnabled and pfVisible properties define whether the associated control is enabled or visible The pfControlAvail property returns a value which specifies whether the object can be controlled by the client programmer This is dependent on the pfVisible and pfEnabled properties and those of its parent Use this property to make sure that you can write to read write properties or execute methods of the object The pfDlgHasUserIF property returns the UserIF property of the dialog on which the object is located This may be of interest if you want to know whether there is already a user interface for the object you want to access Sometimes it may be misleading or confusing if the client program changes values of control which are visible to the user The pcParent property 15
263. nu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object ow associated with the main dialogs Window menu Read only property pHMenMainWind HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object owFile00 associated with the main dialogs Window File 0 menu entry Read only property pHMenMainWind HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object owFile01 associated with the main dialogs Window File 1 menu entry Read only property pHMenMainWind HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object owFile02 associated with the main dialogs Window File 2 menu entry Read only property pHMenMainWind HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object owFile03 associated with the main dialogs Window File 3 menu entry Read only property pHMenMainWind HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object owFile04 associated with the main dialogs Window File 4 menu entry Read only property pHMenMainWind HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object owFile05 associated with the main dialogs Window File 5 menu entry Read only property pHMenMainWind HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object owFile06 associated with the main dialogs Window File 6 menu entry Read only property pHMenMainWind HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object owFile07 associated with the main dialogs Window File 7 menu entry Read only property pHMenMainWind HMenu Returns an object reference to t
264. o TRUE otherwise the window will not be created but it should not be displayed To archive this the property pfHideWindow can be used to hide the window To perform this task set the pfHideWindow property to TRUE then set the properties pfVisible and pfUserIF to TRUE after that the window is created and can be accessed with its window handle To show the window finally it is sufficient to set the pfHide Window property back to FALSE Sometimes showing and hiding of a dialog is done by another command Let us take the a m example of the correction setup Showing is normally done by executing the menu command Correction Setup and hiding is done by the OK or Cancel pushbutton It is recommended to do the same thing by calling the corresponding interface objects not just setting the pfVisible property to TRUE and FALSE The program may need to execute the code which is associated with the menu or pushbutton calls E g the Setup will not correctly be performed if the dialog is just hidden by using the pfVisible property Executing the pHComCorrOK pClick method is necessary to make correct setup in this case Standalone program and COM components For both HiPic and HPD TA there will be two versions An ActiveX EXE and an ActiveX DLL ActiveX is another word for COM component The ActiveX EXE its filename is HiPic32u exe and HPDTA32u exe can be started as a standalone program just by clicking on the icon It can also be started from a client
265. o the HDisp object associated with the camera subarray dialogs Upper display area Read only property pHDisSubWidth HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object associated with the camera subarray dialogs Width display area Read only property pHEd4CamNrExp HEditNu_ Returns an object reference to the HEditNumber4Array osures mber4Arr object associated with the camera dialogs Number of ay Exposures editbox Read only property pHEd4CamNrTrig HEditNu Returns an object reference to the HEditNumber4Array ger mber4Arr object associated with the camera dialogs Number of ay Streak Trigger editbox Read only property pHEd4CamThresh HEditNu Returns an object reference to the HEditNumber4Array oldQ mber4Arr object associated with the camera dialogs Threshold ay editbox Read only property pHEdnSetupTarget HEditNu Temperature mber Read only property pHEn4CamExposu HEntry4A Returns an object reference to the HEntry4Array object re rray associated with the camera dialogs Exposure Time entrybox Read only property pHEn4CamGain HEntry4A Returns an object reference to the HEntry4Array object rray associated with the camera dialogs Analog Gain entrybox Read only property pHEn4CamOffset HEntry4A Returns an object reference to the HEntry4Array object rray associated with the camera dialogs Analog Offset entrybox Read only property pHEn4CamSPX HEntry4A Returns an o
266. object reference to the HDisp object e associated with the Backsubs dialogs Message display area Read only property pHDisDefPixAver HDisp ageDeadPixel Read only property pHDisDefPixAver HDisp ageHotPixel Read only property pHDisDefPixNrDe HDisp fectColumns Read only property pHDisDefPixNrDe HDisp fectLines Read only property pHDisDefPixNrDe HDisp fectPixels Read only property pHDisDefPixStand HDisp DevDeadPixel Read only property pHDisDefPixStand HDisp DevHotPixel Read only property pHDisDefPixStatu HDisp sQ Read only property pHEdnCorrAddCo HEditNu Returns an object reference to the HEditNumber object nstant mber associated with the Correction setup dialogs Add Constant During Backsub editbox Read only property pHEdnDefPixLine HEditNu ColumnsPercentag mber eQ Read only property pHEdnDefPixThre HEditNu sholdDeadLines mber Read only property pHEdnDefPixThre HEditNu sholdDeadPixels mber Read only property pHEdnDefPixThre HEditNu sholdHotLines mber Read only property pHEdnDefPixThre HEditNu sholdHotPixels mber Read only property pHEdnOptAdditio HEditNu Returns an object reference to the HEditNumber object nalTimeout mber associated with the Correction setup dialogs Additional Timeout editbox Read only property pHEstCorrBackAc HEditStri Returns an object reference to the HEditString object qFileQ ng associated with the Correction S
267. ocal component TaMonit and HiMonit TaStart_U and HiStart_U 208 209 209 211 211 General The following document describes how the HiPic HPD TA can be controlled by another application This documentation is written for programmers who intends to make a client program using the HiPic or HPD TA remote control component It is assumed that the programmer is familiar with the purpose and the usage of the standalone version of these programs Its is also assumed that the programmer is familiar with a programming language capable of using a COM component This document is no programming lecture for those not familiar with either of the a m topics For those not familiar how to use the standalone versions of these programs it is recommended to read the HiPic or HPD TA user manual first It is also recommended to provide all the hardware which is needed to run the application which should be developed About this manual As the concept for HiPic and HPD TA is the same and most of objects are identical this manual describes both versions The manual starts to describe the basic concept of programming the HiPic HPD TA ActiveX component As a basic feature the interface objects are described next The usage of the main objects like the Application or the Images object are described roughly mentioning the available features of all these main objects The configuration of a remote server is described in detail in the following chapter For those
268. ociated with the camera dialogs Do Photon Counting Setup pushbutton Read only property pHCo4CamFreeze HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand4Array nd4Array object associated with the camera dialogs Freeze pushbutton Read only property pHCo4CamGetBG HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand4Array Data nd4Array object associated with the camera dialogs Get Background Data pushbutton Read only property pHCo4CamLive HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand4Array nd4Array object associated with the camera dialogs Live pushbutton Read only property pHCo4CamSingle HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand4Array Exposure nd4Array object associated with the camera dialogs Single Exposure pushbutton Read only property pHCo4CamStopQ HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand4Array nd4Array object associated with the camera dialogs Stop pushbutton Read only property pHComCamDown HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object O nd associated with the camera dialogs Down pushbutton Small down arrow Read only property pHComCamUp Q HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object nd associated with the camera dialogs Up pushbutton Small up arrow Read only property pHComSetupCanc HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object el nd associated with the camera setup dialogs Cancel pushbutton Read only p
269. ogo intro bitmap is displayed The following properties methods or events does not refer to HWindow objects associated with a picturebox do not use them in combination with such a type of window BeforeWindowVisible NowWindowVisible psTag piSetWindowPosition ActivateWindow KeyDownWindow CloseWindow pSetFocus pClose piClientAreaX Offset piClientAreaY Offset pfHideForm pfUserIF plHWndParentWindow The visibility of a picturebox type HWindow is same as for all other control it is defined by the flag pfVisible The default for the property pfVisible is FALSE so it must be set to visible explicitly The visibility of a dialog type HWindow is dependent on the properties pfVisible pfUserIF and pfHideForm This was already described in detail in the chapter Showing and hiding dialogs The following description will describe all properties methods or events which are not jet described together with another object 20 The pfWindowSizable property returns a value which defines whether the associated window is sizeable The client program should not attempt to change the windows size if this property is FALSE Due to the borders and the window caption the starting coordinates of the window and its client area are different This difference is described by the properties piClientAreaX Offset and piClientAreaY Offset The plHWnd property returns the associated windows window handle If there is no associated window this handle is zero If you
270. ogress4Array O 4Array object associated with the camera dialogs Percent progress bar Read only property pHRa4CamPcMod HRadios4 Returns an object reference to the HRadios4Array object e Array associated with the camera dialogs Photon Counting Mode radiobutton group Read only property pHRadSetupStartA HRadios Returns an object reference to the HRadios object cq associated with the camera setup dialogs Start Acquisition radiobutton group Read only property pHRadSetupSync HRadios_ Returns an object reference to the HRadios object Mode associated with the camera setup dialogs Sync Mode radiobutton group Read only property pHTabCamAcqMo HTab Returns an object reference to the HTab object deQ associated with the camera dialogs Acquisition mode tab group Read only property pHWinCamDlg _ HWindow Returns an object reference to the HWindow object associated with the camera dialogs main window Read only property pHWinSetupAMV HWindow Returns an object reference to the HWindow object SSettingQ associated with the camera setup dialogs window displaying the AMVS settings Read only property pHWinSetupDlg Q HWindow Returns an object reference to the HWindow object associated with the camera setup dialogs main window Read only property piDatTypeForAcq Integer Returns the data type in ACQUIRE mode uire Read only property piDatTypeForAI _ Integer Returns the data type in Analog Integration mode Read onl
271. ogs CCD Camera display area Read only property pHDisInitDevice1 HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object associated with the init dialogs Device 1 display area 94 Read only property pHDisInitDevice2 HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object associated with the init dialogs Device 2 display area Read only property pHDisInitDevice3 HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object associated with the init dialogs Device 3 display area Read only property pHDisInitDevice4 HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object associated with the init dialogs Device 4 display area Read only property pHDisInitGPIBAd HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object drl1Q associated with the init dialogs GPIB Address 1 display area Read only property pHDisInitGPIBAd HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object dr2 associated with the init dialogs GPIB Address 2 display area Read only property pHDisInitGPIBAd HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object dr3 associated with the init dialogs GPIB Address 3 display area Read only property pHDisInitGPIBAd HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object dr4 associated with the init dialogs GPIB Address 4 display area Read only property pHDisInitMessage HDisp Returns an object reference to
272. on pfGetImageData2 Byte ByVal iX As Integer ByVal iDX As Integer ByVal iY As Integer ByVal iDY As Integer ByRef ilmgDataQ Integer Optional sError As Variant As Integer Gets 2byte pixel data 16 bit within a specified area of the image If the image contains another type of data an error is returned Function pfGetImageData4 Byte ByVal iX As Integer ByVal iDX As Integer ByVal iY As Integer ByVal iDY As Integer ByRef lImgData Long Optional sError As Variant As Integer Gets 4byte pixel data 32 bit within a specified area of the image If the image contains another type of data an error is returned Function pfGetPointIntensit y ByVal iX As Integer ByVal iY As Integer ByRef IIntensity As Long Integer Returns a pixel intensity value 105 Function pfLoadImage Opti Integer Loads an image onal sFile As Variant Optional fShow As Variant Function pfMemGetPRFDat Long Returns an array of profile values within a specified ROI a ByRef IProfile ByRef iNrData AS Integer ByVal iX AS Integer ByVal iY AS Integer ByVal iDX As Integer ByVal iDY As Integer ByVal iProfileTy pe As Integer ByRef iDatType AS Integer ByVal iMaxLen AS Integer ByRef sError As String As Integer Function pfSaveImage Opti Integer Saves the image onal sFile As Variant Optional sAreDefault As Variant Optional fSaveROI A
273. on mode Read only property piDatTypeForLive Integer Returns the data type in LIVE mode Q Read only property piDatT ypeForPCQ Integer Returns the data type in Photon Counting mode Read only property psCameraName String Returns the camera name Read write property pfRestoreWindow Integer Sets or returns a value which defines whether the Pos window position its size and window state is restored when the window is displayed again after it has been closed Read write property pfUserIFQ Integer Sets or returns a value which defines whether the associated window should be shown on screen A window is only displayed under the following condition pfUserIF TRUE pfVisible TRUE pfHideForm FALSE Function psGetStatus String Returns the current camera status string Sub pStopAcquisitionO Stops a currently running acquisition HDCam Read only property pHCh4CamClearF HCheck4 rameBuffer Array Read only property pHCh4CamDoRT HCheck4 Backsub Array Read only property pHCh4CamStreak HCheck4 Trigger Array Read only property pHCo4CamAcquir HComma ed nd4Array Read only property pHCo4CamDoPCS HComma etup Q nd4Array Read only property pHCo4CamFreeze HComma nd4Array Read only property pHCo4CamGetBG HComma Data nd4Array Read only property pHCo4CamLive HComma nd4Array Read only property pHCo4CamSingle HComma Exposure nd4Array Read only property pHCo4CamStop HComma nd4Array Read only pro
274. on pfReadFile ByVal Byte Reads the content of a file stored at the remote computer sFileName As ByRef String bArray ILength As Long Optional sError As Variant Function pfWriteFile ByVal Byte Writes a file at the remote computer sFileName As ByRef String bArray ILength As Long ByVal fDontOve rwrite As Integer Optional sError As Variant Function pilnit ByVal Integer Initializes the HInit object This places the INIT dialog sIniFile As String on screen if started with InitUserIF ByVal fInitUserlF As Integer ByVal fApplUserIF As Integer ByVal fNoDialogs As Integer Sub pAsyncStartProg Starts the program asynchronously Sub pGetLicenceKeys Returns information about all licence keys which could ByRef be found fApplicationKeyFo und ByRef fLicenceAcquire ByRef fLicenceFitting ByRef fLicenceRCOnly ByRef fLicenceSave ByRef fLicenceSequence ByRef fLicenceTransAbs Sub pMode ByVal s As String ByVal ft As Single HAppHiPic Event Message ByVal s Event which is raised to inform the user of ongoing As String operations Read only property pfCommPortOpen Integer Returns a value which defines whether the communication port could be opened succesfully for camera control Read only property pHACam HACam Read only property pHAcq HAcq Returns an object reference to the Acquisition object HAcq Read only property pHAsyncComman HAsyncC Returns an object reference to the Asynchronous dQ
275. onent outputs Message boxes ot not If no message box is outputted the HMsgBox raises an event instead MsgBox If the client program wants to output a message box inside this MsgBox Event it should distinguish whether the event has been raised due to an action of the component either issued by the components user I F or by an asyncronous command in this case it is allowed to wait inifinitely or by an action of the client program For this purpose the samples uses the pfClientEvent property internally Configuring a remote COM client and COM server environment This chapter is a summary report about the attempt to setup HPD TA V 6 0 as a remote server written in Visual Basic 6 0 application using different remote client applications written in Visual C 6 0 and Visual Basic 6 0 The operating system platforms used for the server application were Win98 WindowsNT4 and Windows2000 We also tried Window95 as server platform In this case we found that COM communication basically worked however we found that in case the Visual Basic server component was created using the option WithEvents we got the error message COM automation error Up to now we couldn t find a solution for this problem Target operating system platform issues General Topics on Windows 95 and Windows 98 Platforms e Windows 9x has no intrinsic support for distributed COM applications In order to enable distributed COM on these platforms the DCOM support ha
276. only property pfEnabled Integer Returns a value which specifies whether the object is enabled Read only property pfVisibleQ Integer Returns a value which specifies whether the object is visible Read only property piPRFDirection Integer Sets or returns a value which defines the quick profile direction Possible values are HORINTEGRPROFILE and VERINTEGRPROFILE Read only property plIHWndImageAre Long Window handle of the window where the image is a Q displayed Read only property psName String Returns the name of the object Read write property pftZoom Q Single Sets or returns the current zooming factor of the image 189 Read write property piROITypeQ Integer Sets or returns a value which defines the ROI Type Possible values are defined in the enumeration ROIType Read write property psCaption String Sets or returns the text which is used to label the associated control Sub pEnlargeROI ByV al fDirection As Integer Enlarges the ROi in the specified direction Possible values are defined in the enumeration EnlargeDirection Sub pGetareImgToDisp lay ByRef iX As Integer ByRef 1Y As Integer ByRef iDX As Integer ByRef iDY As Integer Returns the area of the displayed image Sub pGetareROI ByRe fiX As Integer ByRef iY As Integer ByRef iDX As Integer ByRef iDY As Integer Returns the ROI area Sub pGetftpntCenter B yRef X As Single
277. only property piMaxScalingX Integer Returns a value which defines the maximum pixel index useable for scaling in x direction Read only property piResideQ Integer Returns a value which defines where the image data resides Possible values are described in the enumeration ImageResidence Read only property pisdImage HImageSc Returns an object variable to the HImageScalingData alingData object describing the scaling data associated with this image Read only property plDataBytes Long Returns the number of bytes in the image data Read only property plDataHandle Long Returns the handle to the image data Read only property plDisplayBytes Long Returns the number of bytes in the image display data Read only property plDisplayHandleQ Long Returns the handle to the image display data Read write property pfDisplayDataVali Long Returns a flag defining whether the display data is valid d0 or not If true pDisplayImage does not recalculate the display data Read write property pfRestoreWindow Integer Sets or returns a value which defines whether the Pos window position its size and window state is restored when the window is displayed again after it has been closed Read write property pfUserIFQ Integer Sets or returns a value which defines whether the associated window should be shown on screen A window is only displayed under the following condition pfUserIF TRUE pfVisible TRUE pfHideForm FALSE Read write property
278. operty pHEstScalSetFree HEditStri Returns an object reference to the HEditString object HFile ng associated with the scaling setup dialogs Free Scaling Horizontal File editbox Read only property pHEstScalSetFree HEditStri Returns an object reference to the HEditString object HUnit ng associated with the scaling setup dialogs Free Scaling Horizontal Unit editbox Read only property pHEstScalSetFree HEditStri Returns an object reference to the HEditString object VFileQ ng associated with the scaling setup dialogs Free Scaling Vertical File editbox Read only property pHEstScalSetFree HEditStri Returns an object reference to the HEditString object VUnit0 ng associated with the scaling setup dialogs Free Scaling Vertical Unit editbox Read only property pHEstScalSetScali HEditStri Returns an object reference to the HEditString object ngDirectory ng associated with the scaling setup dialogs Free Scaling 117 Horizontal File editbox Read only property pHEstScalSetSqua HEditStri Returns an object reference to the HEditString object reUnit ng associated with the scaling setup dialogs Square Scaling Unit editbox Read only property pHEstScalSetStrea HEditStri Returns an object reference to the HEditString object kTFFileQ ng associated with the scaling setup dialogs Streak Scaling Time Focus File editbox
279. operty pHFr4CamAction HFrame4 Returns an object reference to the HFrame4Array object Array associated with the camera dialogs Action frame Read only property pHFr4CamExposu HFrame4 Returns an object reference to the HFrame4Array object reTime Array associated with the camera dialogs Exposure Time frame Read only property pHFr4CamGainOf HFrame4 Returns an object reference to the HFrame4Array object fset Array associated with the camera dialogs Analog Gain frame Read only property pHFr4CamIntegrat HFrame4 Returns an object reference to the HFrame4Array object ion Array associated with the camera dialogs Integration frame Read only property pHFr4CamPhoton HFrame4 Returns an object reference to the HFrame4Array object Counting Array associated with the camera dialogs Photon Counting frame Read only property pHFr4CamRTBSQ HFrame4 Returns an object reference to the HFrame4Array object Array associated with the camera dialogs Real Time Backsub frame Read only property pHFr4CamStreakT HFrame4 Returns an object reference to the HFrame4Array object rigger Array associated with the camera dialogs Streak Trigger frame Read only property pHFraSetupSubarr HFrame Returns an object reference to the HFrame object ay associated with the setup dialogs Subarray frame Read only property pHPr4CamPercent HProgress Returns an object reference to the HProgress4Array O 4Array object assoc
280. operty psName String Returns the name of the object Read write property pfValue Optional Integer Sets or returns the value of the object true if checked DoEvent As and false if unchecked Variant Optional IgnoreDisable As Variant Optional NoError As Integer Read write property psCaption String Sets or returns the text which is used to label the associated control Sub pRegEvent ByVal Should not be used by clients Registers an event to the sEvent As String error handler ByVal fBasicEvent As Integer HCheck4Array Event ChangeEnabled B Event which is raised when the pfEnabled property yVal Index As changes Integer Event ChangeValue ByV Event which is raised when the pfValue property al Index As changes Integer Event ChangeVisible By Event which is raised when the pfVisible property Val Index As changes Integer Read only property pcltem ByVal HCheck Returns an object reference to the specified HCheck Index As Integer object Read only property psName String Returns the name of the object HCommand Event ChangeEnabled Event which is raised when the pfEnabled property changes Event ChangeVisible Event which is raised when the pfVisible property changes Event ClickQ Event which is raised when the pClick method is executed Read only property pcParent Object Returns a reference to the parent object of this object If this reference is Nothing this object is the topmost object within the object hierarc
281. p Event ChangeMessage Event which is raised when the psMessage property changes Event ChangeVisible Event which is raised when the pfVisible property changes Read only property pcParent Object Returns a reference to the parent object of this object If this reference is Nothing this object is the topmost object within the object hierarchy normally the HWindow object of the associated dialog Read only property pfControlAvail Integer Returns a value which specifies whether the object can be controlled by the client programmer This is dependent on the pfVisible and pfEnabled properties and those of its parent Read only property pfEnabled Integer Returns a value which specifies whether the object is enabled Read only property pfVisibleQ Integer Returns a value which specifies whether the object is visible Read only property psMessage String Returns a text containing the message which is displayed on the corresponding control Read only property psName Q String Returns the name of the object Read write property psCaption String Sets or returns the text which is used to label the associated control Sub pRegEvent ByVal Should not be used by clients Registers an event to the sEvent As String error handler ByVal fBasicEvent As Integer HDisp4Array Event ChangeMessage In Event which is raised when the psMessage property of dex As Integer the specified HDisp object changes Event ChangeVisible Ind Event whic
282. p Read only property pHRadSeqSample HRadios Returns an object reference to the HRadios object TypeQ associated with the sequence dialogs Sample Type radiobutton group Read only property pHRadSeqStorelm HRadios Returns an object reference to the HRadios object ages associated with the sequence dialogs Store Images radiobutton group Read only property pHTabSeqTopic HTab Returns an object reference to the HTab object associated with the sequence dialogs Topic tab group Read only property pHWinOptDlgQ HWindow Returns an object reference to the HWindow object associated with the option dialogs main window Read only property pHWinOptOptions HWindow Returns an object reference to the HWindow object O associated with the option dialogs options window Read only property pHWinSeqDlg HWindow Returns an object reference to the HWindow object associated with the sequence dialogs main window Read only property piSeqProcessing Integer Returns a value which defines which Processing Mode will be selected Possible values are defined in the enumeration SequenceProcessing Read write property pfRestoreWindow Integer Sets or returns a value which defines whether the 123 Pos window position its size and window state is restored when the window is displayed again after it has been closed Read write property pfUserIFQ Integer Sets or retu
283. p Read only property pHTabCamAcqMo HTab Returns an object reference to the HTab object deQ associated with the camera dialogs Acquisition mode tab group Read only property pHWinCamDlg HWindow Returns an object reference to the HWindow object associated with the camera dialogs main window Read only property pHWinSetupDlg Q HWindow Returns an object reference to the HWindow object associated with the camera setup dialogs main window Read only property pHWinSubDlg Q HWindow Returns an object reference to the HWindow object associated with the camera subarry dialogs main window Read only property piDatTypeForAcq Integer Returns the data type in ACQUIRE mode uire Read only property piDatTypeForAIQ_ Integer Returns the data type in Analog Integration mode Read only property piDatTypeForLive Integer Returns the data type in LIVE mode Q Read only property piDatTypeForPCO Integer Returns the data type in Photon Counting mode Read only property psCameraName String Returns the camera name Read write property pfRestoreWindow Integer Sets or returns a value which defines whether the Pos window position its size and window state is restored when the window is displayed again after it has been closed Read write property pfStreakOperate Integer A value that tells the camera object whether vertical streak operation is switched on Don t modify this entry otherwise streak trigger handshake may not longer wor
284. pQ HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand4Array nd4Array object associated with the camera dialogs Stop pushbutton Read only property pHComCamDown HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object O nd associated with the camera dialogs Down pushbutton Small down arrow Read only property pHComCamUp Q HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object nd associated with the camera dialogs Up pushbutton Small up arrow Read only property pHComSetupCanc HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object elQ nd associated with the camera setup dialogs Cancel pushbutton Read only property pHComSetupOK HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object nd associated with the camera setup dialogs Setup pushbutton Read only property pHDi4CamAbove HDisp4Ar Returns an object reference to the HDisp4Array object ThresholdQ ray associated with the camera dialogs Above Threshold display area Read only property pHDi4CamMessag HDisp4Ar Returns an object reference to the HDisp4Array object e ray associated with the camera dialogs Message display area Read only property pHEd4CamNrExp HEditNu_ Returns an object reference to the HEditNumber4Array osures mber4Arr object associated with the camera dialogs Number of ay Exposures editbox Read only property pHEd4CamThresh HEditNu_ Returns an object reference to the HEditNumber4Array oldQ mber4Arr obje
285. pStopAcquisition Stops the currently running acquisition Sub pUpdateCameraPa rms HGrb Read only property pfGrbIs4MTypeQ Integer Return whether or not the framebuffer has 4 MB Read only property piFrameBytesPerPi Integer Returns the number of bytes per pixel within the frame xel grabbers frame Read write property pGrbDataValid Integer Returns a value whether or not the data in the frame grabber is valid Read write property pVideoExtSync Integer Sets or returns whether external sync is used for a video camera Read write property pVideoStartField Q Integer Sets the start field for a video camera Function pAcqAverageMulti Integer Average a series of 8 bit images acquired from video 169 pleFrames ByVal fICPAverageMulti pleFrames As Integer ByVal ilCPAverageMulti pleFramesCount As Integer ByVal IpvBufferArea As Long ByVal areBufferiX As Integer ByVal areBufferiY As Integer ByVal areBufferiDX As Integer ByVal areBufferiDY As Integer ByVal iBufferBytesPerPi xel As Integer ByVal IBuffer16Handle As Long camera with external trigger Function pAcqGrbStartTrig SeqSnap ByVal fICPAverageMulti pleFrames As Integer ByVal ilCPAverageMulti pleFramesCount As Integer ByVal miAdditionalTime out As Integer ByRef THCall2AcqContro 1As THCall2AcqContro D Integer Start a triggered sequential snap Function pCheckVideoCam era Integer Check operation of a
286. perty pHComCamDown HComma Q nd Read only property pHComCamUpO HComma nd Read only property pHComSetupCanc HComma el nd Read only property pHComSetupOK HComma nd Read only property pHDi4CamAbove HDisp4Ar Threshold ray Read only property pHDi4CamMessag HDisp4Ar e ray Read only property pHDi4CamStreakT HDisp4Ar rigger ray Read only property pHDisSetupCamer HDisp alnfo 149 Read only property pHDisSetupScanA HDisp rea Read only property pHEd4CamNrExp HEditNu osures mber4Arr ay Read only property pHEd4CamThresh HEditNu oldQ mber4Arr ay Read only property pHEdnSetupHOffs HEditNu 0 mber Read only property pHEdnSetupHWid HEditNu thO mber Read only property pHEdnSetupTemp HEditNu erature mber Read only property pHEdnSetupVOffs HEditNu 0 mber Read only property pHEdnSetupVWid HEditNu thd mber Read only property pHEn4CamExposu HEntry4A re rray Read only property pHEn4CamGain HEntry4A rray Read only property pHEn4CamOffset HEntry4A rray Read only property pHEntSetupIIGain HEntry Q Read only property pHEntSetupLight HEntry Mode Read only property pHEntSetupScanS_ HEntry peedQ Read only property pHEntSetupTempe HEntry ratureSwitch Read only property pHFr4CamAction HFrame4 Array Read only property pHFr4Ca
287. pfUserIF property changes Event ChangeVisible Event which is raised when the pfVisible property changes Event CloseWindow By Event which is raised when the window is closed Ref Cancel As Integer ByVal Mode As Integer Event KeyDownWindow Event which is raised when a key is pressed on the ByVal KeyCode window As Integer ByVal Shift As Integer Event MouseDown ByV Event which is raised when the mouse is pressed on the al Button As window Integer ByVal Shift As Integer ByVal iX As Integer ByVal iY As Integer Event MouseMove ByVa Event which is raised when the mouse moves on the 1 Button As window Integer ByVal Shift As Integer 186 ByVal iX As Integer ByVal 1Y As Integer Event MouseUp ByVal Event which is raised when the mouse is released on the Button As Integer window ByVal Shift As Integer ByVal iX As Integer ByVal iY As Integer Event NowWindowVisib Event which is raised after the associated Window is leQ shown on the screen Event Resize Window Event which is raised when the window is resized Read only property pcParent Object Returns a reference to the parent object of this object If this reference is Nothing this object is the topmost object within the object hierarchy normally the HWindow object of the associated dialog Read only property pfControlAvail Integer Returns a value which specifies whether the objec
288. play area Read only property pHDisInitGPIBAddr4 HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object associated with the init dialogs GPIB Address 4 display area Read only property pHEdnCCDSetC47429 HEditNumb Returns an object reference to the HEditNumber object associated with 5ComPort er init dialogs C474295 Com Port editbox Read only property pHEdnCCDSetC47429 HEditNumb Returns an object reference to the HEditNumber object associated with 8ComPort er init dialogs C474298 Com Port editbox Read only property pHEdnCCDSetC48808 HEditNumb Returns an object reference to the HEditNumber object associated with OComPort er init dialogs C4880 8X Com Port editbox Read only property pHEdnCCDSetC4880C HEditNumb Returns an object reference to the HEditNumber object associated with omPort er init dialogs C4880 Com Port editbox Read only property pHEdnCCDSetGrabber HEditNumb Returns an object reference to the HEditNumber object associated with SysNo Q er init dialogs Board number editbox Also referred to system number Read only property pHEstCCDSetConfiFile HEditString Returns an object reference to the HEditString object associated with O the init dialogs Config File editbox 57 Read only property pHFraCCDSetCamera HFrame Returns an object reference to the HFrame object associated with the init dialog
289. play data are used to get the image data It is the clients programmers responsability to output the image In the sample program a function provided by the Hipic HPD TA is used for the propose WING4VB_DrawImage Strictly speaking this function is not part of the developers kit but is used here for easiness The function mResizePicImage resizes the picturebox control where to display the image to provide correct aspect ratio Measurement cycles The function mDoMeasurement gives an example how to perform measurent cycles In a first step the acquisition is started In a next step the program waits until completion of the acquisition The following code is performing this wait operation mfCommandEnded False Do mfClientEvent Fals DoEvents mfClientEvent Tru Loop Until mfCommandEnded True The flag mfCommandEnded is set to TRUE in an event raised by the HAsyncCommand object See the following code Private Sub mHAsyncCommand_AfterCommand sCommand As String mfCommandEnded True End Sub 208 The function DoSaveAs gets the data of the current image and saves it in ITEX format This function is given as an example to show how image data is saved generally It is assumed that the user wants to use his own file formats under this circumstance The function mfGetFileName uses the common dialog to get the file name where to save image file A function for file open is not provided The client programmer cou
290. pplicationType Read only property piCameraTypQ Integer Returns the camera type Possible values are defined in the enumeration CameraType Read only property piFrameGrabber Integer Sets or returns the computers frame grabber Possible values are defined in the enumeration FrameGrabber Read only property piOperatingSystem Integer Returns the operating system Win95 1 WINNT 0 2 r n Read only property pobjHCamera Object Returns an object reference to the camera object Its type is dependent on the used camera Read only property psAppDate String Returns the application date Read only property psApplicationDire String Returns the application directory ctory Read only property psApplicationStrin String Returns a string identifying the application g0 Read only property psAppTitleQ String Returns the title of the application Read only property psAppTitleLong String Returns the long version of the title of the application Read only property psConfigFileQ String Sets or returns the frame grabbers configuration file Read only property psIniFileQ String Sets or returns the name of the ini file used for storage of permanent parameters Read only property psSoftwareVersion String Returns the software version 0 Read only property psWindowsDirecto String Returns the Windows directory of the computer where ryQ the component runs Read wr
291. ptROIPrf HRadios Returns an object reference to the HRadios object associated with the options dialogs ROI profile default direction radiobutton group Read only property pHRadRoiPrfDirec HRadios Returns an object reference to the HRadios object tion associated with the ROI interface dialogs ROI profile direction radiobutton group Read only property pHWinImgD1g20A HWindow Returns an object reference to the HWindow20Array rray 20Array object associated with the images main windows Read only property pHWinImgPicture HWindow Returns an object reference to the HWindow20Array 20Array 20Array object associated with the images imagedisplay pictureboxes Read only property pHWinOptDlgQ HWindow Returns an object reference to the HWindow object associated with the options dialogs main window Read only property pHWinOptOptions HWindow Returns an object reference to the HWindow object O associated with the options dialogs options picturebox Read only property pHWinRoiDlgQ HWindow Returns an object reference to the HWindow object associated with the ROI interface dialogs main window Read only property piCurrentImageVal Integer Returns a value which defines whether the current image id is valid Read only property pilndexCurrentImg Integer Returns the image index of the current image O 110 Read only property p
292. ption 2 then the lower LUT cursor will be set to Zero in the case of AutoLUT if piAutoOption 0 then the lower LUT cursor will be set according to the histogram Do not use this feature use the option pfOptionsZeroLower within the HImages object instead Details The following is a list of modification of the IF in detail HInitHi New Read only property pHDisInitBus HDisp Read only property pHDisInitCameral HDisp DO Read only property pHDisInitCamera HDisp Version Read only property pHDisInitDCamA HDisp PIVersion Read only property pHDisInitDriverVe HDisp rsion Read only property pHDisInitModelQ HDisp Read only property pHDisInitModule HDisp Version Read only property pHEdnInitOrcaHR HEditNu ComPort mber Read only property pHEntInitModelNr HEntry O Read only property pHFraInitDCamA HFrame PIO Read only property pHRadInitCCDCa HRadios meraAccess HAppHiPic 77 New Read only property pHDCamQ HDCam Read only property pHLicence HLicence Read only property pHMenMainDefec HMenu tPixelCorrectionSe tupO HInitTA New Read only property pHDisCCDSetBus HDisp Q Read only property pHDisCCDSetCa HDisp meraID Read only property pHDisCCDSetCa HDisp meraVersion Read only property pHDisCCDSetDC
293. r As Variant Function pSaveScalingFile sFil Integer Saves the scaling data to file e As String Optional sError As Variant 34 Internal or old type functions only needed in special cases Read only property pftScaleQ Single Returns the scaling factor Read only property pilypeQ Integer Returns the type linear table Read only property psOrigin String Returns the scaling origin Read only property psScalingFile String Returns the scaling file name Function gfCheckSwapScaling Integer Swaps the scaling and profile data in case the scaling is descending Function psScalingInfoQ String Returns general scaling info Sub pGetMinAndMax iLo gets minimum and maximum value wer As Integer iUpper As Integer ftMin As Single ftMax As Single HSequence and HJitter The HSequence objects has two dialogs the sequence dialog pHWinSeqDlg and the options dialog pHWinOptDlg The pfSequenceIsInRAM property informs the client whether the sequence is loaded to RAM There are several events informing the client about specific situations EndSequence ErrorEndSequence Message SeqSingleAcqEnded StartSequence The StartSequence and EndSequence events can be used to set some parameters at the start and end position of a sequence like opening a shutter or switching on microscope illumination In case of an error the ErrorEndSequence event will come instead The SeqSingleAcqEnded event can b
294. r object OComPort mber associated with init dialogs C8000 10 Com Port editbox Read only property pHEdnInitC80002 HEditNu Returns an object reference to the HEditNumber object OComPort mber associated with init dialogs C8000 20 Com Port editbox Read only property pHEdnInitGrabber HEditNu Returns an object reference to the HEditNumber object SysNoQ mber associated with init dialogs Grabber System Number editbox Read only property pHEdnInitOrcaHR HEditNu ComPort mber Read only property pHEntInitModelNr HEntry O Read only property pHEstInitConfiFile HEditStri Returns an object reference to the HEditString object 0 ng associated with the init dialogs Config File editbox Read only property pHFraInitCamera HFrame Returns an object reference to the HFrame object associated with the init dialogs Camera frame Read only property pHFraInitDCamA HFrame PIO Read only property pHRadInitCamera HRadios Returns an object reference to the HRadios object associated with the init dialogs Camera radiobutton group Read only property pHRadInitCCDCa HRadios meraAccess Read only property pHRadInitFrameG HRadios Returns an object reference to the HRadios object rabber associated with the init dialogs Frame Grabber group Read only property pHWinInitDlg HWindow Returns an object reference to the HWindow object associated with the init dialogs main window Read only property pHWinInitLogo
295. rameBuffer Array associated with the camera dialogs Clear frame buffer on start checkbox Read only property pHCh4CamDoRT HCheck4 Returns an object reference to the HCheck4Array object Backsub Array associated with the camera dialogs Do Real Time Backsub checkbox Read only property pHCh4CamExtern HCheck4 Returns an object reference to the HCheck4Array object alTrigger Array associated with the camera dialogs Streak Trigger Active checkbox Read only property pHCh4CamStreak HCheck4 Returns an object reference to the HCheck4Array object Trigger Array associated with the camera dialogs Streak Trigger Active checkbox Read only property pHCo4CamAcquir HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand4Array e nd4Array object associated with the camera dialogs Acquire pushbuttonpushbutton Read only property pHCo4CamDoPCS HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand4Array etup nd4Array object associated with the camera dialogs Do Photon Counting Setup pushbutton Read only property pHCo4CamFreeze HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand4Array nd4Array object associated with the camera dialogs Freeze pushbutton Read only property pHCo4CamGetBG HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand4Array Data nd4Array object associated with the camera dialogs Get Background Data pushbutton Read only property pHCo4CamLive HComma Returns an object reference to
296. rd is talledQ installed Read only property piCounterBoardIO Integer Returns the DT2819 board IO base adress Base Read only property piGPIBInstalledQ Integer Returns a flag which defines whether a GP IB board is installed in the system Read only property piGPIBIOBase Integer Returns the GP IB board IO base address Read only property piPostTriggerTime Integer Returns the Post Trigger Time Q Read only property piStreakTriggerMe Integer Returns the currently selected streak trigger method thodQ Read only property piTDStatusCableC Integer Returns a flag which defines whether a status cable is 30 onnected connected to the streak camera Read only property plTriggerDelayQ Long Returns the trigger delay Read write property pfAutoMCP Integer Returns a flag which defines whether Auto MCP is active Read write property pfAutoStreakShutt Integer Returns a flag which defines whether Auto Streak er Shutter is active Read write property pfDoStatusRegular Integer Sets or returns a flag which defines whether the status lyO should inquired regularly Typically once per second The properties pfAutoMCP and pfAutoStreakShutter returns information about the AutoMCP and AutoDelay device control option If the property pfDoStatusRegularly is TRUE the HPD TA inquires the status from the external devices regularly If it is FALSE the client programmer can update the sta
297. red in one string Sub psGetPointScaling XY ByVal 1X As Integer ByVal 1Y As Integer ByRef ftX Value As Single ByRef sXUnit As String ByRef ftY Value As Single ByRef sYUnit As String Returns the scaling oft the indicated pixel the resulting value for every direction stored in a numerical value and a string Sub psGetWidthScalin g ByVal iX As Integer ByVal iY As Integer ByVal iDX As Integer ByVal iDY As Integer ByRef sX As String ByRef sY As String Returns the distance of two pixels in scaled units Sub pShowImage ByV al fAdjust As Integer Shows the image This places the associated window on screen Sub pStatus WriteSectio n ByVal sSection As String Writes the specified section within the image status string Sub pStatus WriteString ByVal sSectionIdentifier As String ByVal sToken As String ByVal sValue As String Optional fAddQuotes Writes a string associated to a specified token and section within the image status string HImages Event CloseSequenceIma ge ByVal Index As Integer ByVal Mode As Integer ByRef Cancel As Integer ByRef SaveQueryDone As Integer ByRef ImageRemoved As Integer Event which is sent to tell other objects that a sequence image will now be closed This event is used by the HSequence object to free all related memory Event CurrentImageChan ged ByVal ilmg As Integer Event which is raised when the current ima
298. ree locations where scaling data is active System Scaling Image Scaling and Profile scaling The current version does not jet allow to access profiles by automation which may be possible with future versions System and image scaling data however can be accessed by automation The system and image scaling objects consits of two other objects one HProfileScalingData object for each coordinate X and Y To understand how to access profile scaling the HProfileScalingData is most important HProfileScalingData Internally the profile scaling can be of the type linear or table The HProfileScalingData object contains functions and properties which refers directly to this type There are however functions which hide this fact to the user and are therefore more convenient to use Additionally there are functions to set different types of scaling The basic functions to get scaling are Read only property psUnit String Returns the unit Read only property pftValue iEntry As Single Returns the value of a given index Integer Optional sError As Variant Function pfGetArrayOfValues f Single Returns an array of values tArray ByVal iEntries As Integer 33 Optional sError As Variant As Integer Function pfValueExist Entry Integer Returns a flag whether or not the value at the specified location exist As Integer Function piMaxEntries
299. reference is Nothing this object is the topmost object within the object hierarchy normally the HWindow object of the associated dialog Read only property pcSingleTab ByVa HSingleT a reference to the HSingleTab object associated to the 1iTab As Integer ab specified Tab Read only property pfControlAvail Integer Returns a value which specifies whether the object can be controlled by the client programmer This is dependent on the pfVisible and pfEnabled properties and those of its parent Read only property pfEnabled Integer Returns a value which specifies whether the object is enabled Read only property pfTabEnabled By Integer Returns a value which specifies whether the specified Val iTab As HSingleTab object is enabled Integer Optional DoEvent As Variant Read only property pfTabVisible ByV Integer Returns a value which specifies whether the specified al iTab As Integer HSingleTab object is visible Optional DoEvent As Variant Read only property pfVisibleQ Integer Returns a value which specifies whether the object is visible Read only property piNoEntries Integer Returns the number of entries of the object Read only property piSetValue ByVal Integer Returns the value of a specified option index Not iTab As Integer necessarily the current one Read only property piTabFromValue _ Integer Returns the Tab index from a specified value ByVal iValue As Integer 185
300. remote computer to monitor certain activity but does not actively control it The samples TaMonit and HiMonit are made for this purpose A timer inquires every 3 seconds whether the component on the remote computer has been started If so it pops up and displays all images displayed on the program In this configuration normally the standalone application is started on the remote computer To check whether the program on the remote computer is running it is checked whether mHInitTaStart piStartStatus StartStatusRunning If this is TRUE the ActiveX EXE on the remote computer is running Subsequently object references are established and events are handled TaStart_U and HiStart_U This sample is the smalles of all samples and has two functions 1 It start the ActiveX EXE component HiPic or HPD TA by pushing the Start button The effect is almost similar to clicking to the standalone program The sample does not keep an object reference to the ActiceX component This function can be used to verify whether the ActiveX EXE has been correctly installed and registered 2 It has a property HPDTA_HInitTa or HiPic_HInitHi which creates a new instance of the HInitHi or HInitTa object This property can be used in the following case Under Windows 95 and 98 a client program cannot launch an application by DCom on another computer It can create objects when the application is already launched but it cannot launch them In such case the user can place th
301. rence to the HCommand object nd associated with the backsub dialogs Stop pushbutton Read only property pHComCorrCancel HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object O nd associated with the Correction Setup dialogs Cancel pushbutton Read only property pHComCorrGetAc HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object quireModeFile nd associated with the Correction Setup dialogs Get Acquire Mode Backsub File pushbutton Read only property pHComCorrGetAn HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object alogIntegrationFile nd associated with the Correction Setup dialogs Get Analog O Integration Mode Backsub File pushbutton Read only property pHComCorrGetLa HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object mpFile nd associated with the Correction Setup dialogs Get Lamp File pushbutton Read only property pHComCorrGetLi HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object veModeFile nd associated with the Correction Setup dialogs Get Live Mode Backsub File pushbutton 165 Read only property pHComCorrGetSh HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object adingFileQ nd associated with the Correction Setup dialogs Get Shading File pushbutton Read only property pHComCorrOK HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object nd associated with the Correction Set
302. rence to the HDisp object inQ associated with the camera setup dialogs Volume Gain display area Read only property pHDisSetupVolOff HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object set associated with the camera setup dialogs Volume Offset display area Read only property pHDisSubLower HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object associated with the camera subarray dialogs Lower display area Read only property pHDisSubUpper HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object associated with the camera subarray dialogs Upper display area Read only property pHDisSubWidth HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object associated with the camera subarray dialogs Width display area Read only property pHEd4CamATN HEditNu_ Returns an object reference to the HEditNumber4Array mber4Arr object associated with the camera dialogs Acquire ay Trigger Number editbox Read only property pHEd4CamNrExp HEditNu_ Returns an object reference to the HEditNumber4Array osures mber4Arr object associated with the camera dialogs Number of ay Exposures editbox Read only property pHEd4CamNrTrig HEditNu Returns an object reference to the HEditNumber4Array ger mber4Arr object associated with the camera dialogs Number of ay Streak Trigger editbox Read only property pHEd4CamThresh HEditNu Returns an object reference to the HEditNumber4Array old mber4Arr object associated with th
303. ries Event which is raised when the piNoEntries property changes Event ChangeValue Event which is raised when the selected entry changes Event ChangeVisible Event which is raised when the pfVisible property changes Read only property EntryTypeQ Integer Returns the entry type of the object Possible values are defined in the enumeration EntryType Read only property pcParent Object Returns a reference to the parent object of this object If this reference is Nothing this object is the topmost object within the object hierarchy normally the HWindow object of the associated dialog Read only property pfControlAvail Integer Returns a value which specifies whether the object can be controlled by the client programmer This is dependent on the pfVisible and pfEnabled properties and those of its parent Read only property pfEnabled Integer Returns a value which specifies whether the object is enabled Read only property pfVisible Integer Returns a value which specifies whether the object is visible Read only property piNoEntries Integer Returns the number of entries of the object Read only property psName Q String Returns the name of the object Read only property psSetKeyValue By String Returns the key value of a specified entry index Not Val Index As necessarily the current one Integer Read only property psSetTag ByVal String Rerturns the tag value of a specified entry index Not Index As Integer necessarily the c
304. riggerMethod Integer Tells the camera or acquisition sequence object the streak trigger 0 method Don t modify this entry otherwise Steak trigger handshake may no longer work Function pGetStreakRelatedCCD Returns streak trigger related capabilities of the CCD camera Caps ByRef fCCDCanExtTrig As Integer ByRef fCCDCanStartStop As Integer ByRef sExtTrigCCDMethod As String ByRef sExtTrigCPUMethod As String ByRef sStartStopCCDMethod As String ByRef sStartStopCPUMethod As String HC4880 62 New Read write property pfStreakOperate Integer A value that tells the camera object whether vertical streak operation is switched on Don t modify this entry otherwise streak trigger handshake may not longer work Read write property pfStreakOperateDTBE Integer A value that tells the camera object whether horizontal streak operation is switched on Don t modify this entry otherwise streak trigger handshake may not longer work Read write property pfStreakUseDTBE Integer Tells the camera object that a Dual time base extender is currently used for trigger handshake Read write property piStreakTriggerMethod Integer Tells the camera or acquisition sequence object the streak trigger 0 method Don t modify this entry otherwise Steak trigger handshake may no longer work Function pGetStreakRelatedCCD Returns streak trigger related capabiliti
305. riggerStopQ Integer Stops the current triggering Sub CloseSystem ByV Closes the whole system This can include mechnical al iClose As shutter spectrograph slit and MCP gain Integer ThCall2Shutdown Sub ShutDown Q Executes shutdown of the system THCall2TransAbs Sub CloseShutters Closes the shutters Sub OpenShutters Opens the shutters THCall2MC Function SetMC ByVal Integer iMC As Integer HProfileScalingData Read only property pftScale Single Returns the scaling factor Read only property pftValue iEntry As Single Returns the value of a given index Integer Optional sError As Variant Read only property piTypeQ Integer Returns the type linear table Read only property psOriginQ String Returns the scaling origin Read only property psScalingFileQ String Returns the scaling file name Read only property psUnitQ String Returns the unit Function gfCheckSwapScali Integer Swaps the scaling and profile data in case the scaling is ng descending Function pfCreateDiffPoyno Single Create differential polynomial 196 mial ByVal iOrder ByVal As Integer ByRef iNrValidC ftCoeffQ hannels AS Integer ByVal sUnit As String Optional sError As Variant As Integer Function pfCreateIntegPoyn Single Create integral polynomial omial ByVal ByVal iOrder As Integer iNrValidC ByRef ftCoeffQ hannels AS Integer ByVal sUnit As String Optional sError As Variant As Integer Function
306. rns a value which defines whether the associated window should be shown on screen A window is only displayed under the following condition pfUserIF TRUE pfVisible TRUE pfHideForm FALSE Function pfLoadSequence O Integer Loads a sequence ptional sFileOpt As Variant Optional iSeqModeOpt As Variant Function pfSaveSequence O Integer Saves a sequence ptional sFile As Variant Optional sAreDefault As Variant Optional fSaveROI As Variant Sub pAsyncLoadSeque Loads a Sequence asynchronously nce Optional sFileOpt As Variant Optional iSeqModeOpt As Variant Sub pAsyncSaveSeque Saves a Sequence nce Optional sFile As Variant Optional sAreDefault As Variant Optional fSaveROI As Variant Sub pAsyncSeqStartAc Starts Sequence Acquisition asynchronously quisition Sub pCorrectSequence Performs a correction on a sequence background ByVal fBack As shading or curvature correction Integer ByVal fShad As Integer ByVal fCurvCorr As Integer Sub pRemoveSequence Removes a sequence Q HJitter Event Message ByVal Event which is raised to inform the user of ongoing sMessage As operations String HGeneral HACam Read only property pHCh4CamClearF HCheck4 Returns an object reference to the HCheck4Array object rameBuffer Array associated with the camera dialogs Clear frame buffer on start checkbox Read only property pHCh4CamDoRT HCheck4 Returns an object reference to the HCheck4Array object Backsub Array as
307. rogram a set of interface objects have been created Every interface object represents a control element on the HiPic HPD TA User I F For every type of control element a different type of interface object is created There a object types for command buttons check buttons edit fields for numbers etc These interface objects are logically located between the User I F and the executing code These interface objects can be accessed both by the HiPic HPD TA user I F and the client program The interface objects are independent of any user I F If however a 7 HiPic HPD TA user I F is used every interface object has one or several so called reference objects Any changes on the interface objects is reflected to these reference objects If e g the user changes the value of a checkbox type interface object the reference checkbox changes its status simultaneously As an example see the following diagram We use a very simple interface object the HCommand object In our example we use the HCommand object which is associated with the Live pushbutton on the C4742 95 This interface object can be accessed from both the HiPic HPD TA user interface and the client program Every interface object has properties methods and events One of the methods of the HCommand I F object is the pClick method Whenever the pClick method is invoked the object raises an event Click The executing object will detect this event and consequently execute the Live mode
308. rogram with its own data mHInitHi piInit False False True Specify your initializing setting here in case you didn t do this by your specific ini file in the last command The next three lines would set AMD DIG VS module and AnalogO camera mHInitTa pHRadInitFrameGrabber piValue IniGrabberIcPciAmvSs mHInitTa pHRadInitCamera piValue ANALOGO 202 mHInitTa pHEstInitConfiFile psText c ccir cnf Start program mHInitHi pHComInitOK pClick Wait until application created or failed Do If mHInitHi pfInitStatus gt 0 Then Exit Do mfClientEvent False DoEvents mfClientEvent True Loop While True Return success status and Application reference fSuccess mHInitHi pfInitStatus InitStatusInitialized If fSuccess Then Set pcStartHiPic mHInitHi pHAppHipic Else sError msError End If Release object reference to HInitHi Set mHInitHi Nothing Unload FormInit End Function The first thing the pcStartHiPic or pcStartHPDTA does is to create an object of the type HInitHi or HInitTa See Set mHInitHi New HInitHi This is the only object of the HiPic or HPD TA ActiveX component can be created by the client All other objects are created inside the component and only an object reference is returned as a public reference This object returns information whether the is already running whether it is currently in the state of being initialized or whether it is newly created now See If
309. roperty pHCh4SetupOptio HCheck4 Returns an object reference to the HCheck4Array object nDelay Array associated with the device control setup dialogs Use Delay Option checkbox Read only property pHCh4SetupOptio HCheck4 Returns an object reference to the HCheck4Array object nDelay2 Array associated with the device control setup dialogs Use Delay2 Option checkbox Read only property pHCh4SetupOptio HCheck4 Returns an object reference to the HCheck4Array object nSpec Array associated with the device control setup dialogs Use Spectrograph Option checkbox Read only property pHCh4SetupOptio HCheck4 Returns an object reference to the HCheck4Array object nTDQ Array associated with the device control setup dialogs Use Streak Option checkbox Read only property pHChkAutoDelPar HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object ameter00 associated with the device control setup dialogs Auto Delay parameter 00 checkbox Read only property pHChkAutoDelPar HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object ameter01 associated with the device control setup dialogs Auto Delay parameter 01 checkbox Read only property pHChkAutoDelPar HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object ameter02 associated with the device control setup dialogs Auto Delay parameter 02 checkbox Read only property pHChkAutoDelPar HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object ameter03 associated wi
310. roperty pHComSetupOK HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object nd associated with the camera setup dialogs OK pushbutton Read only property pHDi4CamAbove HDisp4Ar Returns an object reference to the HDisp4Array object Threshold ray associated with the camera dialogs Above Threshold display area Read only property pHDi4CamMessag HDisp4Ar Returns an object reference to the HDisp4Array object e ray associated with the camera dialogs Message display area Read only property pHDisSetupCamer HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object alnfo associated with the camera setup dialogs Camera Info display area Read only property pHDisSetupScanA HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object rea associated with the camera setup dialogs Scan Area display area Read only property pHEd4CamNrExp HEditNu_ Returns an object reference to the HEditNumber4Array osures mber4Arr object associated with the camera dialogs Number of ay Exposures editbox Read only property pHEd4CamThresh HEditNu Returns an object reference to the HEditNumber4Array 143 oldQ mber4Arr object associated with the camera dialogs Threshold ay editbox Read only property pHEdnSetupHOffs HEditNu Returns an object reference to the HEditNumber object O mber associated with the setup dialogs Horizontal Offset subarray
311. ror As Integer Sub pRegEvent ByVal Should not be used by clients Registers an event to the sEvent As String error handler ByVal fBasicEvent As Integer HRadios4Array Event ChangeEnabled B Event which is raised when the pfEnabled property yVal Index As changes Integer Event ChangeNoEntries Event which is raised when the piNoEntries property ByVal Index As changes Integer Event ChangeRadio ByV al Index As Integer Event ChangeRadioEnabl Event which is raised when the pfRadioEnabled property ed ByVal ilndex changes As Integer ByVal Index As Integer Event ChangeRadioVisib Event which is raised when the pfRadioVisible property le ByVal iIndex changes As Integer ByVal Index As Integer Event ChangeVisible By Event which is raised when the pfVisible property Val Index As changes Integer Read only property pcltem ByVal HRadios_ Returns an object reference to the specified HRadios Index As Integer object Read only property psName String Returns the name of the object HSingleTab Event ChangeEnabled Event which is raised when the pfEnabled property changes Event ChangeVisible Event which is raised when the pfVisible property changes Read only property pcParent Object Returns a reference to the parent object of this object If this reference is Nothing this object is the topmost object 184 within the object hierarchy normally the HWindow object of the associated dialog
312. round Color pushbutton Read only property pHComOptCancel HComma _ Returns an object reference to the HCommand object nd associated with the options dialogs Cancel pushbutton Read only property pHComOptOK HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object nd associated with the options dialogs OK pushbutton Read only property pHDCam HDCam Read only property pHDisMainGateM HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object ode associated with the camera setup dialogs Gate Mode display area Read only property pHDisMainMCPG HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object ain associated with the camera setup dialogs MCP Gain display area Read only property pHDisMainMessag HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object e associated with the camera setup dialogs Message display area Read only property pHDisMainMode HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object associated with the camera setup dialogs Mode display area Read only property pHDisMainPlugin HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object associated with the camera setup dialogs Plugin display area Read only property pHDisMainShutter HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object O associated with the camera setup dialogs Shutter display area Read only property pHDisMainStreak HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object Camera associated with the camera setup dialog
313. rray object associated with the camera dialogs Single Exposure pushbutton Read only property pHCo4CamStopQ HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand4Array nd4Array object associated with the camera dialogs Stop pushbutton Read only property pHCo4CamStoreB HComma GSub nd4Array Read only property pHComCamDown HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object O nd associated with the camera dialogs Down pushbutton Small down arrow Read only property pHComCamUpQ HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object nd associated with the camera dialogs Up pushbutton Small up arrow Read only property pHComSetupOK HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object nd associated with the camera setup dialogs OK pushbutton Read only property pHDi4CamAbove HDisp4Ar Returns an object reference to the HDisp4Array object ThresholdQ ray associated with the camera dialogs Above Threshold display area Read only property pHDi4CamMessag HDisp4Ar Returns an object reference to the HDisp4Array object e ray associated with the camera dialogs Message display area Read only property pHDisSetupCamer HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object alnfo associated with the camera setup dialogs Camera Info display area Read only property pHEd4CamBGOff HEditNu Returns an object reference to the HEditNumber4Array set mber4Arr object associated with the ca
314. rrection Setup dialogs Recall Vertical Point 1 pushbutton Read only property pHComCurvcorrV HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object erRecall2 nd associated with the Curvature Correction Setup dialogs Recall Vertical Point 2 pushbutton Read only property pHComCurvcorrV HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object erRecall3 nd associated with the Curvature Correction Setup dialogs Recall Vertical Point 3 pushbutton Read only property pHComDefPixCal HComma culateDefectPixels nd O Read only property pHComDefPixClo HComma 166 se nd Read only property pHComDefPixGetI HComma mageDeadPixels _ nd Read only property pHComDefPixGetI HComma mageHotPixels nd Read only property pHComDefPixReC HComma alculateDeadPixels nd Q Read only property pHComDefPixReC HComma alculateHotPixels nd Read only property pHComDefPixSav HComma eToINIFileQ nd Read only property pHComOptCancel HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object nd associated with the Options dialogs Cancel pushbutton Read only property pHComOptGetDef HComma ectPixelFile nd Read only property pHComOptOK HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object nd associated with the Options dialogs OK pushbutton Read only property pHDisBackMessag HDisp Returns an
315. rrent camera settings Integer iY As Integer iDX As Integer iDY As Integer iBytesPerPixel As Integer Sub pUpdateCameraParms Modified Event CameraTemperature By Event which is raised when the camera temperature changes Val sTemp As String Event ChangeAcqMode ByVa Event which is raised when the Acquisiton mode changes 1iAcqMode As Integer Event Message By Val Event which is raised to inform the user of ongoing operations sMessage As String Removed StartStreakTrigger HGrb New Function pfCanAcquireLargeFra Integer Returns a value which indicates that the current frame grabber mes configuration can acquire large frames larger than the frame grabbers memory 67 Modified Function pfAcqEnterVB ByVal fTargetField As Integer ByVal ftTimeout As Single Integer Wait until the camera enters the vertical blank Function pfAcqPassLine By Val 1StartLine As Long ByVal iVact As Integer ByVal ftTimeout As Single Integer Waits until the camera passes a specified line The line number can alos have the meaning of a byte counter Function pfGrbCopyFBToBuffer InParts ByVal IpvBufferArea As Long ByRef areBufferiX As Integer ByRef areBufferiY As Integer ByRef areBufferiDX As Integer ByRef areBufferiDY As Integer ByRef iBufferBytesPerPixel As Integer ByVal iParts As Integer ByVal fCheckValid As Integer Integer Copies the content of the frame buffer into
316. rror As Integer Optional parameters added HEntry Read write property pftValue Optional Single Sets or returns a numerical value associated to the entry 81 DoEvent As Variant Optional IgnoreDisable As Variant Optional NoError As Integer type Time values in ms numerical values or entry indexes are used depending on the EntryType Read write property piEntry Optional DoEvent As Variant Optional IgnoreDisable As Variant Optional NoError As Integer Integer Sets or returns the entry index Entries are numbered from piEntry 0 to piNrEntries 1 Read write property psKey Value Optio nal DoEvent As Variant Optional IgnoreDisable As Variant Optional NoError As Integer String Sets or returns the key value of the object This is a string value of the entry When this value is set the all entries are searched whether the contain the specified string Optional parameters added HRadios Read only property pfRadioEnabled B yVal iRadio As Integer Optional DoEvent As Variant Integer Returns a value which specifies the enabled status of the indicated radiobutton Read only property pfRadioVisible By Val iRadio As Integer Optional DoEvent As Variant Integer Returns a value which specifies the enabled status if the indicated radiobutton Read write property piRadio Optional DoEvent As Variant Optional IgnoreDisa
317. rty psAppDate Integer Returns the applications date Read only property psApplicationDire String Returns the application directory ctory Read only property psAppTitleQ String Returns the title of the application Read only property psAppTitleLong String Returns the long version of the title of the application Read only property psIniFileQ String Sets or returns the name of the ini file used for storage of permanent parameters Read only property psSoftwareVersion String Returns the software version Q Read only property pStartHAppHPDT HAppHP Returns an object reference to the HAppHPDTA object AQ DTA if piStartStatus StartStatusRunning Read only property pStartHInitTaQ HInitTa Returns an object reference to the HInitTA object if piStartStatus StartStatusInit Read only property psWindowsDirecto String Returns the Windows directory of the computer where ryQ the component runs Function pfReadFile ByVal Byte Reads the content of a file stored at the remote computer sFileName As ByRef String bArray ILength As Long Optional sError As Variant Function pfWriteFile ByVal Byte Writes a file at the remote computer sFileName As ByRef String bArray ILength As Long ByVal fDontOve rwrite As Integer Optional sError As Variant Function pilnit ByVal Integer Initializes the HInit object This places the INIT dialog sIniFile As String on screen if started with InitUserIF ByVal fInitUserlF
318. s Integer Gets the stop status of the camera Sub IndicateProgress B yVal iAcqMode As Integer ByVal ftPercent As Single ByVal sOut As String Indicates the progress of an acquisition Sub Message ByVal iAcqMode As Integer ByVal sMessage As String Indicates a message Sub RestoreAcqControl s ByVal iAcqMode As Integer Restore the live mode controls to its initial values Which had been present before SetLiveControlsToPC Sub SetAcqControlsTo PC ByVal iAcqMode As Integer Sets the live mode controls to the values which exists in photon counting mode Sub SetBackgroundPar ms ByVal iSet As Integer ByVal sCameraSection As String ByVal INrExposures As Long ByVal ftExposureTime As Single ByVal fDoCloseMechanic Shutter As Integer Set the camera to values which are used for background subtraction Sub SetCamDlg Visible ByRef iPrevState As Integer Sets the camera dialog to visible Sub SetClearFBOnStart ByVal fClearFBOnStart As Integer ByVal iAcqMode As Integer Sub StartCamera ByVa 1iMode As Integer ByVal fWait As Integer Starts the camera Sub StopCamera ByVa 1 fWait As Integer Stops the camera 193 Sub SwitchOffRTBSO Switched off real time backsub Sub SynchronizeCamer a ByVal ftExposureTime As Single Synchronize the camera As a result a new image should be started now Sub
319. s It can have two different faces It can consist of a combo box or of slidebar in combination with a edit or display box see screenshots below e setup c streak camera Device c1 587 v C3681 aE C4334 goo posure Time Dawe Exposure Kil I bY 222ms Gain amp Offset f gt o Otse af In In the first case the Device can be selected out of a list represented by a combo box in the second case the Exposure time can be selected out of a list where the individual item can be selected with a slide bar or by entering the string into an edit box An important property is NoEntries which defines the number of entries in the list The ChangeNoEntries event will be raised when the No of Entries changes The currently selected string can be read or written by using the psKey Value Any Key value within the list can be read by using the psSetKeyValue Index property The property piEntry can be used to set or get the index of the currently selected string item Possible values for piEntry are in the range of 0 to NoEntries 1 An additional string value which is associated to all entries is the psTag property psSetTag index returns the psTag value of any index This psTag property normally is used for internal purposes and should not be used by the client The strings used in the list can have a special meaning This meaning is defined in the property EntryType There are 3 entry types EntryTypeTi
320. s Streak Camera display area Read only property pHDisMainTempe HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object rature associated with the camera setup dialogs Temperature display area Read only property pHDisMainTimeR HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object ange associated with the camera setup dialogs Time Range display area Read only property pHExternalDevice HExternal Returns an object reference to the External Devices sQ Devices object HExternalDevices 98 Read only property pHImages HImages Returns an object reference to the Images object HImages Read only property pHLicence HLicence Returns an object reference to the Licence object HLicence Read only property pHLUTControl HLUTCo Returns an object reference to the LUT Control object ntrol HLUTControl Read only property pHMenMain3DDa HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object tal associated with the main dialogs 3DData menu entry Read only property pHMenMainAbout HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object 0 associated with the main dialogs About menu entry Read only property pHMenMainAcqui HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object re associated with the main dialogs Acquire menu entry Read only property pHMenMainAcqui HMenu Returns an objec
321. s Variant Function pfSetImageData1B Byte Sets lbyte pixel data 8 bit within a specified area of the yte ByValiX As Optional image If the image contains another type of data an error Integer ByVal sError As _ is returned iDX As Integer Variant ByVal iY As As Integer Integer ByVal iDY As Integer ByRef bImgData Function pfSetImageData2B Integer Sets 2byte pixel data 8 bit within a specified area of the yte ByValiX As Optional image If the image contains another type of data an error Integer ByVal sError As _ is returned iDX As Integer Variant ByVal iY As As Integer Integer ByVal iDY As Integer ByRef ilmgDataQ Function pfSetImageData4B Long Sets 4byte pixel data 8 bit within a specified area of the 106 Function yte ByVal iX As Integer ByVal iDX As Integer ByVal iY As Integer ByVal iDY As Integer ByRef IImgDataQ pfSetPointIntensity ByVal iX As Integer ByVal 1Y As Integer ByVal IIntensity As Long Optional sError As Variant As Integer Integer image If the image contains another type of data an error is returned Sets a pixel intensity value Function piGetMaxBit Integer Returns the number of the topmost bit which is set Function psStatusGetSection ByVal sSectionIdentifier As String String Returns the specified section within the image status string Function psStatusGetString ByVal sSectionIdentifier As String ByV
322. s to be installed separately using the upgrade utility files DCOM95 EXE or DCOM98 EXE as available from Microsoft e When using Win9x as the client platform no additional considerations have to be taken e When using Win9x as server platform it has to be considered that DCOM for Windows 9x is not capable of automatically launching the COM server EXE file Launching of the COM server application has to be done either manually or by including the EXE file into the autostart folder e In addition DCOM95 V 1 0 is not capable of automatically launching the remote procedure call service rpcss exe In this case the rpcss exe has to be included into the autostart folder of Win95 or Win95 must be upgraded to DCOM95 V 1 1 e DCOM has to be enabled using the DOOMCNFG EXE utility General Topics on Windows NT4 and Windows 2000 Platforms e Windows NT4 and Windows 2000 have an intrinsic DCOM support These operating systems do not need additional upgrades e DCOM has to be enabled using the DOOMCNFG EXE utility 39 Networking issues e The client computer and the server computer are both connected by a network e Both computers are part of the same network domain e The preferred network protocol is TCP IP but also other protocols should be possible according to the COM specification Configuring the COM Server The COM server application has to be configured on the computer where it is located This can either be done by manually modifying the registry
323. s CCD Setup frame Read only property pHRadCCDSetCamera HRadios Returns an object reference to the HRadios object associated with the init dialogs Camera radiobutton group Read only property pHRadCCDSetFrameG HRadios Returns an object reference to the HRadios object associated with the rabber init dialogs Frame Grabber group Read only property psApplicationDirectory String Returns the application directory Q Read only property psWindowsDirectory String Returns the Windows directory of the computer where the component runs Function pfReadFile ByVal Byte ByRef Reads the content of a file stored at the remote computer sFileName As String ILength As bArray Long Optional sError As Variant Function pfWriteFile ByVal Byte ByRef Writes a file at the remote computer sFileName As String ILength As bArray Long ByVal fDontOverw rite As Integer Optional sError As Variant Modified Event Message By Val Event which is raised to indicate processign steps during initialization sMessage As String Function pilnit ByVal sIniFile Integer Initializes the HInit object This places the INIT dialog on screen if As String ByVal started with InitUserIF fInitUserIF As Integer ByVal fApplUserIF As Integer ByVal fNoDialogs As Integer Sub pGetLicenceKeys ByR Returns information about all licence keys which could be found ef fApplicationKeyFound ByRef fLicenceAcquire ByRef fLicenceFitting ByRef fLicenceRCOnly ByRef f
324. s Long Returns the number of excluded samples Sub ValueFixPoint By Val ftFixPoint As Single Returns the number of fix points Sub ValueMeanProcess Returns the mean value calculated during processing 195 ing ByVal ftMean As Single Sub ValueSDProcessin Returns the standard deviation calculated during g ByVal ftSD As processing Single Sub ValueUndefinedSa Returns the number of undefined samples mples ByVal 1UndefinedSample s As Long Sub ValueValidSample Returns the number if valid samples s ByVal 1ValidSamples As Long THCall2AcqControl Function iAcqControl Integer Returns a flag which defines the current acquisiton control Possible values are defined in the enumeration AcqControl Sub SetAcqControl By Sets a flag which defines the current acquisiton control Val iAcqControl Possible values are defined in the enumeration As Integer AcqControl ThCall2ExtDevs Function fSystemCanClose Integer Returns a value which defines whether the system can be Automatically By closed automatically Ref sDevicesClosed As String Function iPostTriggerTime Integer Returns the post trigger time Function TriggerSetup ByV Integer Executes trigger setup al 1TriggerCount As Long Function TriggerStatus ByR Integer Returns the trigger status ef fFinished As Integer ByRef 1CountsExecuted As Long Function T
325. s Single As Integer Executes an AB sequence Function pRSeqDoAmvsCat coSequence By Val fWrap As Integer ByRef iErrors As Integer ByRef HEdnSeqCurrentS ample As HEditNumber ByRef IRSeqPtrQ Long ByRef dbRSeqSt artTime AS Double ByRef sISeqTim e As String ByVal fEnableSt opinSeque nce As Integer ByVal INrSampl es As Long ByRef THCall2A cqControl AS THCall2A cqControl Executes CatCo sequence for video module 174 As Integer Function pSetWindow ByV Integer Sets the window generator harware parameters al hOff ByVal hAct ByVal vOff ByVal vAct Function psGetStatus String Returns a string defining the current status Function Test Sub pCleanUpQ Clean up all references Sub pSetHMsgBox H MsgBox As HMsgBox Sub pSetIHCall2Seque Sets the target object for Call2Sequence calls nce ByVal THCall2Sequence AS THCall2Sequence Sub pSetIHCall2UserF Sets the target object for Call2userFunc calls unc ByVal THCall2UserFunc AS THCall2UserFunc HLicence Read only property pfApplicationKeyF Integer Returns a flag defining whether the correct application ound key could be found Read only property pfGetCustomKey i Integer Returns an information whether the Custom Key with the Index As Integer specified index exists Read only property pfLicenceAcquire Returns a flag definin
326. s a checkmark Distributed COM Configuration Properties 71x Applications Default Properties Defauk Security Defauk Protocols VV Enable Distributed COM on this computer I Enable COM Internet Services on this computer r Defaut Distnbuted COM communication properties The Authentication Level specifies security at the packet level Defaut Authertication Level None ad The Impersonation Level specifies whether applications can determine who is calling them and whether the application can do Operations using the client s identity Defaut Impexsonation Levet impersonate I Provide additional security for reference tracking cot If a client needs further configuration mainly depends on the way how the client application tries to establish the connection to the server application a Configuring the COM Client when using default COM access mechanism If the client is using the default COM access mechanism the location of the server application has to be configured with DCOMCNFG EXE In this case the server application has to registered on the client computer additionally 51 From the Applications page select the server component then press the Properties button Distributed COM Configuration Properties 71x Appicetions Default Properties Defauk Securty Defauk Protocol Go Netscape Viewer Graphics Image Server 1 0 Gu Document HPOTAS2 Exe IHCal24cqCortiol HTML Apphcation Im
327. s an object reference to the HDisp object 10 associated with the scaling editor dialogs Pixel display area Read only property pHDisScalEditVal HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object ue associated with the scaling editor dialogs Value display area Read only property pHDisScalEditXA HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object 115 xis associated with the scaling editor dialogs X Axis display area Read only property pHDisScalEditYA HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object xis associated with the scaling editor dialogs Y Axis display area Read only property pHDisScalSetCurr HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object entHUnit associated with the scaling setup dialogs Current Horizontal Unit display area Read only property pHDisScalSetCurr HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object entHValue associated with the scaling setup dialogs Current Horizontal Value display area Read only property pHDisScalSetCurr HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object entVUnit associated with the scaling setup dialogs Current Vertical Unit display area Read only property pHDisScalSetCurr HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object entVValue associated with the scaling setup dialogs Current Vertical value display area Read only proper
328. s or returns the color of the associated window Every dialog can be placed as a child window within another window To do this the plHWndParentWindow property has to be set to the window handle of the of the parent window Notes 1 Do not read or write the plHWndParentWindow for picturebox type windows This feature is only intended for dialog windows 2 The pcParent property does not return a correct HWindow reference if you use the plHWndParentWindow to place the dialog into another window A dialog windows pcParent property always returns Nothing The psPicture property sets or returns the file name of a bitmap image which is displayed on this window The following formats are supported BMP ICO CUR RLE WMF EMF GIF JPG The psTag property sets or returns the Tag property of this object The Tag property is used to communicate with the associated window internal use only Do not write to this property The piGetWindowPosition function can be used to get the current window position and window state The coordinates returned by this function are always measured in pixels and its origin is the origin of the parent window if no parent window is defined the screen is the origin The piSetWindowPosition function can be used to set the current window position and window state Do not change the window size for windows where the property pfWindowSizable is FALSE Do not use this function for picturebox type windows The pActivateMainWindo
329. s the application date Read only property psApplicationDire String Returns the application directory ctoryQ Read only property psApplicationStrin String Returns a string identifying the application gO Read only property psAppTitleQ String Returns the title of the application 92 Read only property psAppTitleLong String Returns the long version of the title of the application Read only property psConfigFileQ String Sets or returns the frame grabbers configuration file Read only property psIniFileQ String Sets or returns the name of the ini file used for storage of permanent parameters Read only property psSoftwareVersion String Returns the software version O Read only property psWindowsDirecto String Returns the Windows directory of the computer where ryQ the component runs Read write property pfOptionLUTTool Integer Sets or returns a value which defines whether the LUT tool should be shown on the main window Read write property pfOptionRestoreW Integer Sets or returns a value which defines whether window indowPos positions should be restored or not when the window is reactivated Read write property pfOptionUserFunct Integer Sets or returns a value which defines whether the User ions function is called or not Read write property pfRestoreWindow Integer Sets or returns a value which defines whether the Pos window position i
330. s to wait until pfInitStatus gt 0 If pfInitStatus InitStatusInitialized the pHAppHiPic or pHAppHPDTA property will contain a reference to the application If pfInitStatus gt 0 the creation of the Application has been failed due to some reason and the program has to end Apart from these properties the HInitHi or HInitTa object contain other information about the application The piApplicationType property returns the application type Possible values are defined in the enumeration ApplicationType The psAppDate property returns the applications date The psAppTitle and the psAppTitleLong properties return a short and a long version of the title The psIniFile returns the ini file name The psSoftwareVersion property returns the software version The pGetLicenceKeys method returns information about all license keys which could be found There are several events which are raised during startup informing the client program about details of the startup These are ApplicationCreated ErrorDueToLicence ErrorDuringInit InitCancel NoUserIFAllowed MsgBoxResult and Message The MsgBox event is similar to those raised by the HMsgBox object It is however not possible to get a reference to the HMsgBox object during a certain period startup The application object HAppHiPic and HAppHPDTA Shutdown Before we talk about how to use the application object we should explain how to end the program properly The piEndProg method is used to shutdown the applic
331. se the functions of the object pisdImage see the describition about the HImageScalingData object The properties piMaxScalingX pGetScalingXInfo pGetScalingYInfo pSetScaling psGetPointScaling psGetPointScalingX Y psGetWidthScaling ar kept for compatibility with older version and can alternatively be used to get or set scaling properties The HExternalDevices and the HExternalDevice object The HExternalDevices object The HExternalDevices object contains six dialogs The Auto Delay dialog pHWinAutoDelDlg The device control options dialog pHWinOptionsDlg The prcessing dialog pHWinProcDlg The device control setup pHWinSetupDlg The trigger timing diagram pHWinTimingDlg The trigger setup dialog HWinTrigSetDlg Apart from various I F objects there are several properties indication the external devices setup external devices options and trigger setup condition Read only property pfDualTimeBaseE Integer Returns a flag which indicates whether a dual time base xist extender is used as a streak camera option Read only property pfStreakUseDTBE Integer Tells the camera object that a Dual time base extender is O currently used for trigger handshake Read only property piA6538Connected Integer Returns a flag which defines whether an A6538 is O connected to the trigger status adapter Read only property piCounterBoardIns Integer Returns a flag which defines whether a Dt2819 boa
332. sets this property to a reasonable value however the client program can change the property As this property can be changed by the client you should not use it to identify the object By using the write access of this property the client program can modify the naming of all labels As one example you may wish to change the labeling Acquire to become Get Image on the camera dialog Of course you have to take care that your label is fitting on the provided space on the command button The HCommand object has 4 methods pClick pRegEvent Only one should be used by the client programmer the pClick method It can be used to execute the associated command As an example we take the pHImages pHComOptOK object By using the pHImages pHComOptOK pClick method we can execute the OK command within the Images options dialog The method pRegEvent is defined as public due to internal reasons and should not be used by clients mp me jtest txt l Cancel pHComCorrOK psCaption OK HCommand4Array object and other arrays A group of 4 HCommand objects are grouped into one object a HCommand4Array object All HCommand objects can be accessed by one single object reference Access to an individual HCommand can be done by the pcItem Index property An event raised by an individual HCommand object is repeated by the HCommand4Array with an index indicating the index of the HCommand which has raised the event Grouping of such objects is done be
333. so the working directory for the Visual Basic 6 0 should be changed to this directory Then the program will also run in debug mode Alternatively you can use the PATH statement to make sure that all DLLs can be located correctly Sample program CItHiDll and CltTaDIl CltHiDII and CltTaDIl are sample programs showing how to use the functionality of the HiPic or HPD TA within another application running on the same computer with the freedom of using or not using the User I F provided by the HiPic HPD TA The sample programs CltHiDII and CltTaDII are using the ActiveX DLL components of the HiPic or the HPD TA They can be run as soon as the HiPic or HPD TA is installed Version 6 3 is necessary The installation registers the ActiveX DLL into the system registry If for some reason this has not been done properly you can do this with the regsvr32 exe utility which should exist in you systems directory but which is also provided with the HiPic HPDTA setup for savety 201 Basic structure of CItHiDII and CltTaDIl The sample programs CltHiDIl and CltTaDIl contain two forms one standard module and two class modules The forms are used during initialization FormInit and program execution FormMain The standard module contains the main routine Sub Main which start the component and sets up the client program The class module Hilnit or TaInit handles the operation of startup the class modules HiMain or TaMain handles the execution of code duri
334. sociated with the Trigger Setup dialogs Trigger In display area Read only property pHDisTrigSetVMo HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object nitorOut associated with the Trigger Setup dialogs V Monitor Out display area Read only property pHDisTrigSetVRe HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object setInQ associated with the Trigger Setup dialogs V Reset In display area Read only property pHDisTrigSetVTri HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object gInQ associated with the Trigger Setup dialogs V Trigger In display area Read only property pHEdnSetupCount HEditNu Returns an object reference to the HEditNumber object erBoardIObase mber associated with the device control setup dialogs DT 2819 IO Base editbox Read only property pHEdnSetupGPIB HEditNu Returns an object reference to the HEditNumber object BaseDELAY mber associated with the device control setup dialogs Delaybox GP IB address editbox Read only property pHEdnSetupGPIB HEditNu Returns an object reference to the HEditNumber object BaseDELAY2 mber associated with the device control setup dialogs Delaybox2 GP IB address editbox Read only property pHEdnSetupGPIB HEditNu Returns an object reference to the HEditNumber object BaseSPEC mber associated with the device control setup dialogs Delaybox Spectrograph address editbox Read only property pHEdnSetupGPIB HEditNu Returns an object referenc
335. sociated with the camera dialogs Do Real Time Backsub checkbox Read only property pHCh4CamFGTrig HCheck4 Returns an object reference to the HCheck4Array object ger Array associated with the camera dialogs Clear frame buffer on start checkbox 124 Read only property pHCo4CamAcquir HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand4Array e nd4Array object associated with the camera dialogs Acquire pushbutton Read only property pHCo4CamDoPCS HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand4Array etup nd4Array object associated with the camera dialogs Do Photon Counting Setup pushbutton Read only property pHCo4CamFreeze HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand4Array nd4Array object associated with the camera dialogs Freeze pushbutton Read only property pHCo4CamGetBG HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand4Array Data nd4Array object associated with the camera dialogs Get Background Data pushbutton Read only property pHCo4CamLive HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand4Array nd4Array object associated with the camera dialogs Live pushbutton Read only property pHCo4CamSingle HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand4Array Exposure nd4Array object associated with the camera dialogs Single Exposure pushbutton Read only property pHCo4CamSto
336. t Possible values are described in the enumeration NumberType Read only property psNameQ String Returns the name of the object Read only property pyMaxValueQ Variant Maximum value limiting the range for pv Value Read only property pyMinValueQ Variant Minimum value limiting the range for pvValue Read write property psCaption String Sets or returns the text which is used to label the associated control Read write property pyValue Optional Variant Returns the value of the object DoEvent As Variant Optional IgnoreDisable As Variant Optional NoError As Integer Sub pRegEvent ByVal Should not be used by clients Registers an event to the sEvent As String error handler ByVal fBasicEvent As Integer HEditNumber4Array Event ChangeEnabled B Event which is raised when the pfEnabled property yVal Index As changes Integer Event ChangeLimits By Val Index As Integer Event ChangeValue ByV Event which is raised when the pfValue property al Index As changes Integer Event ChangeVisible By Event which is raised when the pfVisible property Val Index As changes Integer Read only property pcltem ByVal HEditNu Returns an object reference to the specified Index As Integer _ mber HEditNumber object Read only property psName String Returns the name of the object HEditString Event ChangeEnabled Event which is raised when the pfEnabled property changes Event ChangeText Event which is raised when the psText property c
337. t ameter 18 associated with the device control setup dialogs Auto Delay parameter 18 checkbox Read only property pHChkAutoDelPar HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object ameter 19 associated with the device control setup dialogs Auto Delay parameter 19 checkbox Read only property pHChkAutoDelPar HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object ameter20 associated with the device control setup dialogs Auto Delay parameter 20 checkbox Read only property pHChkAutoDelPar HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object ameter21 associated with the device control setup dialogs Auto Delay parameter 21 checkbox Read only property pHChkAutoDelPar HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object ameter22 associated with the device control setup dialogs Auto Delay parameter 22 checkbox Read only property pHChkAutoDelPar HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object ameter23 associated with the device control setup dialogs Auto Delay parameter 23 checkbox Read only property pHChkAutoDelPar HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object ameter24 associated with the device control setup dialogs Auto Delay parameter 24 checkbox Read only property pHChkAutoDelPar HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object ameter25 associated with the device control setup dialogs Auto Delay parameter 25 checkbox Read only property pHChkA
338. t can be controlled by the client programmer This is dependent on the pfVisible and pfEnabled properties and those of its parent Read only property pfEnabled Integer Returns a value which specifies whether the object is enabled Read only property pfWindowSizable Integer Returns a value which defines whether the associated window is sizeable Read only property piClientAreaXOffs Integer Returns a value which defines the offset of the windows etO client from the window in x direction in pixels Read only property piClientAreaYOffs Integer Returns a value which defines the offset of the windows et client from the window in y direction in pixels Read only property plHWnd Long Returns the associated windows window handle If there is no associated window this handle is zero Read only property psName Q String Returns the name of the object Read only property psOwnerClass String Returns the name of the class to which the window belongs Read write property pfHideForm Integer Sets or retuns a value which defines whether the associated window should be hided the associated window is neither unloaded nor the event CloseWindow is raised This property can be used to temporarily hide a window without unloding it Read write property pfRestoreWindow Integer Sets or returns a value which defines whether the Pos window position its size and window state is restored when the window is displayed again after it has
339. t reference to the HCheck object ProfileQ nd associated with the options dialogs Get First Profile pushbutton Read only property pHComSeqGetAre HComma Returns an object reference to the HCheck object aForFixPoint nd associated with the options dialogs Get Area For Fix Point pushbutton Read only property pHComSeqGetFix HComma Returns an object reference to the HCheck object PntManually nd associated with the options dialogs Get Fix Point Manually pushbutton Read only property pHComSeqGetInte HComma Returns an object reference to the HCheck object rvalForCG nd associated with the options dialogs Get Interval For Center Of Gravity pushbutton Read only property pHComSeqGetRO HComma Returns an object reference to the HCheck object I0 nd associated with the options dialogs Get ROI pushbutton Read only property pHComSeqLastSa HComma Returns an object reference to the HCheck object mple nd associated with the options dialogs Last Sample pushbutton Read only property pHComSeqNextSa HComma Returns an object reference to the HCheck object mple nd associated with the options dialogs Next Sample pushbutton Read only property pHComSeqOption HComma Returns an object reference to the HCheck object sQ nd associated with the options dialogs Options pushbutton Read only property pHComSeqPlayBa HComma Returns an object reference to the HCheck object ckward nd associated with the options dialogs
340. t reference to the HCheck object associated with the er09 device control setup dialogs Auto Delay parameter 09 checkbox Read only property pHChkAutoDelParamet HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object associated with the erl0Q device control setup dialogs Auto Delay parameter 10 checkbox Read only property pHChkAutoDelParamet HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object associated with the erllQ device control setup dialogs Auto Delay parameter 1 checkbox Read only property pHChkAutoDelParamet HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object associated with the erl2 device control setup dialogs Auto Delay parameter 12 checkbox Read only property pHChkAutoDelParamet HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object associated with the er 130 device control setup dialogs Auto Delay parameter 13 checkbox Read only property pHChkAutoDelParamet HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object associated with the erl4Q device control setup dialogs Auto Delay parameter 14 checkbox Read only property pHChkAutoDelParamet HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object associated with the erl5 device control setup dialogs Auto Delay parameter 15 checkbox Read only property pHChkAutoDelParamet HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object associated with the erl6 device control setup dialogs Auto Delay parameter 16 checkbox Read only property pHChkAutoDelParamet HChec
341. t reference to the HEditNumber object associated with ay er the Trigger setup dialogs Reset Delay editbox Read only property pHRadTrigSetTriggerM HRadios Returns an object reference to the HRadios object associated with the ethod device control dialogs Trigger method radiobutton group Read only property pHWinAutoDelDlg HWindow Returns an object reference to the HWindow object associated with the Auto delay setup dialogs main window Read only property pHWinTimingDiagram HWindow Returns an object reference to the HWindow object associated with the Timing dialogs timing diagram window Read only property pHWinTimingDlg HWindow Returns an object reference to the HWindow object associated with the Timing dialogs main window Read only property pHWinTrigSetDlg HWindow Returns an object reference to the HWindow object associated with the Trigger setup dialogs main window Read only property pHProProcProgress HProgress Returns an object reference to the HProgress object associated with the Processing dialogs Progress bar Read only property piCounterBoardInstalle Integer Returns a flag which defines whether a Dt2819 board is installed dQ Read only property piCounterBoardIOBase Integer Returns the DT2819 board IO base adress Q Read only property piStreakTriggerMethod Integer Returns the currently selected streak trigger method Q Function rTA_IdentProperty By Integer Returns a property value of the specified device Val iDeviceType As I
342. t reference to the HMenu object sition associated with the main dialogs Acquisition menu Read only property pHMenMainAnalo HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object gIntegration associated with the main dialogs Analog Integration menu entry Read only property pHMenMainAnaly HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object sis associated with the main dialogs Analysis menu Read only property pHMenMainArith HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object metic associated with the main dialogs Arithmetic menu entry Read only property pHMenMainBackg HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object roundSubtraction associated with the main dialogs Background Subtraction menu entry Read only property pHMenMainBlank HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object 10 associated with the main dialogs Blank1 menu entry Read only property pHMenMainBlank HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object 20 associated with the main dialogs Blank2 menu entry Read only property pHMenMainBlank HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object 30 associated with the main dialogs Blank3 menu entry Read only property pHMenMainBlank HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object 60 associated with the main dialogs Blank6 menu entry Read only property pHMenMainBlank HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object 70 associated with the main dialogs
343. tValue As Single ByVal fDisplayScaled As Integer Returns the Value at a specified location Migrating from Version 6 2 to 6 3 Outline The ActiveX components from version 6 3 are not compatible to those of version 6 2 The IF is changed due to further requirements The filenames are different for both versions and both versions can be used at the same computer A client program designed for version 6 2 will still run with the component of version 6 2 If this version has not been deleted or overwritten of course If you want to use the component of version 6 3 with a client designed for version 6 2 you have to recompile your application using a reference to the component of version 6 3 In addition if your client program uses functions methods or properties which are removed in version 6 3 you have to substitute them by other functions Normally they are removed because they are replaced by functions handling the topic under question in a better way Generally the following changements have been made New interface objects in the HilnitHi and HilnitTa main object dealing with DCam cameras New interface objects in the HAppHiPic and HAppHPDTA main objects pHDCam pHLicence and pHMenMainDefectPixelCorrectionSetup 76 Modified variable type for all variables describing sequence indexes and numbers from integer to long New interface objects in the HImages main object dealing with Auto LUT and FWHM display
344. ted fe Fun pple sition on thor coempaaer Flan application on the folloeving computer Because of the limited security capabilities on Win9x platforms there is nothing to configure on the module s Security settings HE Esgenschahen yor HPOTAD amp E cs HiniT a E p fou map ed aho can soren the appicaion Bea 43 Configuring a COM Server on Windows NT4 and Windows2000 Platforms When DCOMCNFG EXE is launched it pops up with a dialog window as displayed below On the Applications TAB page you can find a list of all COM server modules that are installed on the computer Jininbyted DOM Comliquraton Properties TFS EF 4E G8 Aare Bee PAS SEPT R201 CC SAD ODA SSE TSB LOE 0 631 H TOA SEC OOD a CS SSF AD CE oF r ecidted Capia euloiia in Saiti Scalia ok ech Hsi cmt ech POB ook mak 44 First select the TAB Default Properties Ensure that the item Enable Distributed COM on this computer is checked As Default Authentication Level select None and as Default Impersonation Level select Impersonate Uncheck the items Enable COM Internet Services on this computer and Provide additional security for reference tracking Dittnbyted DOM Conliquraton Properties Apolications Deisi Properties Default Security Cetaut Protocols IY Enable Dittiuted COM on ihis csmpuier T Enable COM inbena Serice on the compuler Defeat Didnbuad COM commun
345. ted with the Trigger Setup dialogs CCD mode display area Read only property pHDisTrigSetCom HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object puterExposureCont associated with the Trigger Setup dialogs Computer rolQ exposure control display area Read only property pHDisTrigSetCom HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object puterGPIB associated with the Trigger Setup dialogs Computer GPIB display area Read only property pHDisTrigSetCom HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object puterMonitorIn associated with the Trigger Setup dialogs Computer Monitor In display area Read only property pHDisTrigSetCom HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object puterResetOut associated with the Trigger Setup dialogs Reset Out display area Read only property pHDisTrigSetConf HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object iguration associated with the Trigger Setup dialogs Configuation display area Read only property pHDisTrigSetDete HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object ctMonitorByGPIB associated with the Trigger Setup dialogs Detect Monitor By GPIB display area Read only property pHDisTrigSetDTB HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object EQ associated with the Trigger Setup dialogs Dual time base extender display area Read only property pHDisTrigSetHMo HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object nitorOut associated with the Tr
346. ted with the main dialogs Window File 11 menu entry Read only property pHMenMainWind HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object owFile12 associated with the main dialogs Window File 12 menu entry Read only property pHMenMainWind HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object owFile13 associated with the main dialogs Window File 13 menu entry Read only property pHMenMainWind HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object owFile14 associated with the main dialogs Window File 14 menu entry Read only property pHMenMainWind HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object owFile15 associated with the main dialogs Window File 15 menu entry 91 Read only property pHMenMainWind HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object owFile16 associated with the main dialogs Window File 16 menu entry Read only property pHMenMainWind HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object owFile17 associated with the main dialogs Window File 17 menu entry Read only property pHMenMainWind HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object owFile18 associated with the main dialogs Window File 18 menu entry Read only property pHMenMainWind HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object owFile19 associated with the main dialogs Window File 19 menu
347. tells the camera object whether vertical streak operation is switched on Don t modify this entry otherwise streak trigger handshake may not longer work Read write property pfStreakOperateD Integer A value that tells the camera object whether horizontal TBEQ streak operation is switched on Don t modify this entry otherwise streak trigger handshake may not longer work Read write property pfStreakUseDTBE Integer Tells the camera object that a Dual time base extender is O currently used for trigger handshake Read write property pfUserIFQ Integer Sets or returns a value which defines whether the associated window should be shown on screen A window is only displayed under the following condition pfUserIF TRUE pfVisible TRUE pfHideForm FALSE Read write property piStreakTriggerMe Integer Tells the camera or acquisition sequence object the thod streak trigger method Don t modify this entry otherwise Steak trigger handshake may no longer work Function pGetStreakRelated Returns streak trigger related capabilities of the CCD CCDCaps ByRef camera fCCDCanExtTrig 129 As Integer ByRef fCCDCanStartStop As Integer ByRef sExtTrigCCDMeth od As String ByRef sExtTrigCPUMeth od As String ByRef sStartStopCCDMet hod As String ByRef sStartStopCPUMet hod As String Function psGetStatus String Returns the current camera status string Sub pStopAcquisition S
348. th the all options main window Read only property pHWinAllOptGen HWindow Returns an object reference to the HWindow object eral associated with the all options general picture box Read only property pHWinAllOptImag HWindow Returns an object reference to the HWindow object es associated with the all options images picture box Read only property pHWinAllOptSequ HWindow Returns an object reference to the HWindow object ence associated with the all options sequence picture box Read only property pHWinMainClient HWindow Returns an object reference to the HWindow object Area associated with the main windows client area picture box Read only property pHWinMainDlg HWindow Returns an object reference to the HWindow object associated with the main dialogs main window Read only property pHWinOptDlg HWindow Returns an object reference to the HWindow object associated with the options main window Read only property pHWinOptOptions HWindow Returns an object reference to the HWindow object O associated with the options dialogs options picturebox Read only property piAcquisitionMod Integer Returns the computers acquisition module Possible uleQ values are defined Returns the computers acquisition module Possible values are defined in the enumeration AcquisitionModule Read only property piApplicationType Integer Returns the application type Possible values are defined 102 Q in the enumeration A
349. th the device control setup dialogs Auto Delay parameter 03 checkbox Read only property pHChkAutoDelPar HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object ameter04 associated with the device control setup dialogs Auto Delay parameter 04 checkbox Read only property pHChkAutoDelPar HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object ameter05 associated with the device control setup dialogs Auto Delay parameter 05 checkbox Read only property pHChkAutoDelPar HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object ameter06 associated with the device control setup dialogs Auto Delay parameter 07 checkbox Read only property pHChkAutoDelPar HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object ameter07 associated with the device control setup dialogs Auto Delay parameter 07 checkbox Read only property pHChkAutoDelPar HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object ameter08 associated with the device control setup dialogs Auto Delay parameter 08 checkbox Read only property pHChkAutoDelPar HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object ameter09 associated with the device control setup dialogs Auto Delay parameter 09 checkbox Read only property pHChkAutoDelPar HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object ameter 10 associated with the device control setup dialogs Auto Delay parameter 10 checkbox Read only property pHChkAutoDelPar HCheck Returns an obj
350. the HDisp object O associated with the init dialogs Message display area Read only property pHEdnCCDSetC4 HEditNu Returns an object reference to the HEditNumber object 74295ComPort mber associated with init dialogs C474295 Com Port editbox Read only property pHEdnCCDSetC4 HEditNu Returns an object reference to the HEditNumber object 74298ComPort mber associated with init dialogs C474298 Com Port editbox Read only property pHEdnCCDSetC4 HEditNu Returns an object reference to the HEditNumber object 88080ComPort mber associated with init dialogs C4880 8X Com Port editbox Read only property pHEdnCCDSetC4 HEditNu Returns an object reference to the HEditNumber object 880ComPort mber associated with init dialogs C4880 Com Port editbox Read only property pHEdnCCDSetGra HEditNu Returns an object reference to the HEditNumber object bberSysNo mber associated with init dialogs Board number editbox Also referred to system number Read only property pHEdnCCDSetOrc HEditNu aHRComPort mber Read only property pHEntCCDSetMo HEntry delNrQ Read only property pHEstCCDSetCon HEditStri Returns an object reference to the HEditString object fiFileQ ng associated with the init dialogs Config File editbox Read only property pHExternalDevice HExternal sQ Devices Read only property pHFraCCDSetCam HFrame Returns an object reference to the HFrame object era associated with the init dialogs CCD Setup
351. the camera dialogs Scan Optical Black entrybox Read only property pHEn4CamSPX HEntry4A Returns an object reference to the HEntry4Array object rray associated with the camera dialogs Superpixel entrybox Read only property pHEn4CamTDY HEntry4A Returns an object reference to the HEntry4Array object rray associated with the camera dialogs Trigger Delay entrybox Read only property pHEntSetupGain HEntry Returns an object reference to the HEntry object associated with the camera setup dialogs Gain entrybox Read only property pHEntSetupOffset HEntry Returns an object reference to the HEntry object associated with the camera setup dialogs Offset entrybox Read only property pHEntSubHorBinn HEntry Returns an object reference to the HEntry object ingQ associated with the camera setup dialogs Binning entrybox Read only property pHEntSubLower HEntry Returns an object reference to the HEntry object associated with the camera subarray dialogs Lower entrybox Read only property pHEntSubUpper HEntry Returns an object reference to the HEntry object associated with the camera subarray dialogs Upper entrybox Read only property pHFr4CamAction HFrame4 Returns an object reference to the HFrame4Array object Array associated with the camera dialogs Action frame Read only property pHFr4CamAmpGa HFrame4 Returns an object reference to the HFrame4Array object inQ Array associated with the camera dialogs
352. the main dialogs Window File 16 menu entry Read only property pHMenMainWind HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object owFile17 associated with the main dialogs Window File 17 menu entry Read only property pHMenMainWind HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object owFile18 associated with the main dialogs Window File 18 menu entry Read only property pHMenMainWind HMenu Returns an object reference to the HMenu object owFile19 associated with the main dialogs Window File 19 menu entry Read only property pHMessageBox HMsgBox Returns an object reference to the Message Box object HMessageBox Read only property pHRadMainROITo HRadios Returns an object reference to the HRadios object ols associated with the main dialogs ROI Tools radiobutton group Read only property pHSequence HSequenc Returns an object reference to the Sequence object e HSequence Read only property pHSystemScaling HSystemS Returns an object reference to the System Scaling object caling HSystemScaling Read only property pHTabAllOptO HTab Returns an object reference to the HTab object associated with the all options dialogs Option tab group Read only property pHWinAllOptAcq HWindow Returns an object reference to the HWindow object associated with the all options acquisition picture box Read only property pHWinAllOptDlg HWindow Returns an object reference to the HWindow object associated wi
353. ther and what asynchronous command is currently running The HMsgBox object manages the output of message boxes Under certain circumstances the program should not output message boxes In such cases the text to be outputted will be contained in an event raised by the HMsgBox object The HError object handles error trapping and should not be used by the client program Synchronous and asynchronous commands As long as a method is executed the client program cannot continue If the method takes very long time there will be a timeout and the client will show ugly and not easy to understand messages Most commands however are executed within short time and no problem occurs Some methods however take a long like long integration or even undetermined time like the LIVE mode which result in such timeout Also outputting message boxes lead to asituation that the component does not return to the client program for an undefined time if the user does not respond For such cases the HAsyncCommand object provides the means of starting commands in an asynchronous way Once the method has been invoked the command starts but it returns control to the client program immediately The real executing code starts after this moment it is executed in a timer event started within the AsyncCommand The event BeforeCommand will be raised before the asynchronous command has been executed the event AfterCommand will be raised after the command has been executed Th
354. to the HDisp4Array object O ray associated with the camera dialogs Frames Shutter display area Read only property pHDi4CamMessag HDisp4Ar Returns an object reference to the HDisp4Array object e ray associated with the camera dialogs Message display area Read only property pHDi4CamStreakT HDisp4Ar Returns an object reference to the HDisp4Array object rigger ray associated with the camera dialogs Streak Trigger display area Read only property pHDisSetupChip HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object associated with the camera setup dialogs Chip display area Read only property pHDisSetupROM HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object associated with the camera setup dialogs ROM display area Read only property pHDisSetupType HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object associated with the camera setup dialogs Type display area Read only property pHDisSetupVersio HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object nQ associated with the camera setup dialogs Version display area Read only property pHDisSetupVolGa HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object ind associated with the camera setup dialogs Volume Gain display area Read only property pHDisSetupVolOff HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object set associated with the camera setup dialogs Volume Offset display area Read only property pHEd4CamNrExp HEditNu_ Returns an o
355. togra mDivideF actor As Integer ByVal INrHistog ramPixels As Long Sub SetZeroLower By Val fZeroLower Sub UpdateLUTFromI mage ByVal ilmg As Integer ByVal fDisplay As Integer Sets the LUT parameters valid in the current image THCall2Sequence Function fPSeqGetMask By Val sFile As String ByRef sMask As String ByRef INr As Long ByRef iPrf As Integer Integer Gets the mask string for the specified filename Function fSeqDisplaySampl ePlus10 Integer Displays the previous sample Function iCorrDirection Integer Returns the correction direction Function iProfileNo Integer Returns the profile number Function iSeqProcessing Integer Returns the sequence processing mode Function SeqGetCurrentSam pleO Long Returns the current sample Sub CheckAutoFixpoin t ByVal fAutoFixpoint As Integer Sets the checkbox value for Auto Fixpoint Sub CheckExcludeSam ple ByVal fExcludeSample As Integer Sets the checkbox value for Exclude Sample Sub PSeqCheckAndLo ad1stProfile By Val sFullName As String Executes check and load first profile Sub SeqDisplayFirstSa mpleQ Displays the first sample Sub SeqDisplaySample ByVal INr As Long Displays the specified sample Sub SeqSingleAcqEnde d C As Long Sub SetProfileAnalysis Q Shows the profile analysis window Sub ValueExcludedSa mples ByVal lExcludedSamples A
356. tops a currently running acquisition HC4880 Read only property pHCh4CamClearF HCheck4 Returns an object reference to the HCheck4Array object rameBuffer Array associated with the camera dialogs Clear frame buffer on start checkbox Read only property pHCh4CamDoRT HCheck4 Returns an object reference to the HCheck4Array object Backsub Array associated with the camera dialogs Do Real Time Backsub checkbox Read only property pHCh4CamStreak HCheck4 Returns an object reference to the HCheck4Array object Trigger Array associated with the camera dialogs Streak Trigger Active checkbox Read only property pHChkSetupCoole HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object rQ associated with the camera setup dialogs Cooler checkbox Read only property pHChkSetupPanel HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object Switch associated with the camera setup dialogs Panel Switch checkbox Read only property pHChkSetupShadi HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object ngControl associated with the camera setup dialogs Shading Control checkbox Read only property pHCo4CamAcquir HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand4Array e nd4Array object associated with the camera dialogs Acquire pushbutton Read only property pHCo4CamDoPCS HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand4Array etup nd4Array object associated with the camera dialogs Do Photon Counting Se
357. tral Sensitivity Correction checkbox Read only property pHChkCorrSubtrac HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object tWithOpenShutter associated with the correction setup dialogs Subtract With Open Shutter checkbox Read only property pHChkOpt32BitIn HCheck AIQ Read only property pHChkOptAutoBa HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object cksub associated with the options dialogs Auto Backsub checkbox Read only property pHChkOptAutoCu HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object rvature associated with the options dialogs Auto Curvature checkbox Read only property pHChkOptAutoSh HCheck _ Returns an object reference to the HCheck object ading associated with the options dialogs Auto Shading checkbox Read only property pHChkOptClipZer HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object o associated with the options dialogs Clip To Zero During backsub checkbox Read only property pHChkOptDefectC HCheck orrection Read only property pHChkOptSlowDi HCheck splay Read only property pHChkOptWriteD HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object PCFileQ associated with the options dialogs Write DPC file checkbox Read only property pHComBackAbort HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object O nd associated with the backsub dialogs Abort pushbutton Read only property pHComBackStop HComma Returns an object refe
358. treakcamera device entrybox Read only property pHEntSetupPlugin HEntry Returns an object reference to the HEntry object 156 DELAY associated with the device control setup dialogs Delaybox Plugin entrybox Read only property pHEntSetupPlugin HEntry Returns an object reference to the HEntry object DELAY2 associated with the device control setup dialogs Delaybox2 Plugin entrybox Read only property pHEntSetupPlugin HEntry Returns an object reference to the HEntry object SPECO associated with the device control setup dialogs Spectrograph Plugin entrybox Read only property pHEntSetupPlugin HEntry Returns an object reference to the HEntry object TDO associated with the device control setup dialogs Streakcamera Plugin entrybox Read only property pHFraSetupExtern HFrame Returns an object reference to the HFrame object alDevices associated with the device control setup dialogs External Devices frame Read only property pHFraSetupIFSetu HFrame Returns an object reference to the HFrame object pd associated with the device control setup dialogs IF Setup frame Read only property pHProProcProgres HProgress Returns an object reference to the HProgress object sQ associated with the Processing dialogs Progress bar Read only property pHRadSetupCount HRadios Returns an object reference to the HR
359. tring Returns the specified option name Val ilndex As Integer Read only property psPluginName String Returns the plugin name Read write property pfRestoreWindow Integer Sets or returns a value which defines whether the Pos window position its size and window state is restored when the window is displayed again after it has been closed Read write property pfUserIFQ Integer Sets or returns a value which defines whether the associated window should be shown on screen A window is only displayed under the following condition pfUserIF TRUE pfVisible TRUE pfHideForm FALSE Function pfGetParameter B Integer Returns the value of a specified parameter yVal iParameter As Integer ByRef dbValue As Double Function pfGetParameterBy Integer Returns the value of a parameter specified by string String ByVal sParameterName As String ByRef sValue As String Function pfParameter2Contr Integer Returns the control index of the specified parameter If ol ByVal the parameter does not exits the returns value is false iParameter As Integer ByRef iControl As Integer Function pfParameterName 2 Integer Returns the control index of parameter specified by Control By Val name If the parameter does not exits the returns value is sParameterName false As String ByRef iControl As Integer Function pfSetParameter By Integer Sets the value of a specified parameter Val iParameter As Integer ByVal dbNewValue As Double Function pfS
360. ts size and window state is restored when the window is displayed again after it has been closed Read write property pfUserIFQ Integer Sets or returns a value which defines whether the associated window should be shown on screen A window is only displayed under the following condition pfUserIF TRUE pfVisible TRUE pfHideForm FALSE Read write property plOptionBackgrou Long Sets or returns a value which defines the background ndColor Q color Function pfReadFile ByVal Byte Reads the content of a file stored at the remote computer sFileName As ByRef String bArray ILength As Long Optional sError As Variant Function pfWriteFile ByVal Byte Writes a file at the remote computer sFileName As ByRef String bArray ILength As Long ByVal fDontOve rwrite As Integer Optional sError As Variant Function piEndProg Integer Ends the program This should be the last method in the application program Function psErrorString ByV String Returns a description of the Error related to error No al Index As Index Integer Function psGetStatus String Returns the current application status string HInitTa Event ApplicationCreate Event which is raised when the Application is d ByRef successfully created This event returns an object HAppHPDTA As reference to the HAppHPDTA object HAppHPDTA Event ErrorDueToLicenc Event which is raised when the application could not be e created due to missing licence Event ErrorDuringInit Event which
361. tup pushbutton Read only property pHCo4CamFreeze HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand4Array nd4Array object associated with the camera dialogs Freeze pushbutton Read only property pHCo4CamGetBG HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand4Array Data nd4Array object associated with the camera dialogs Get Background Data pushbutton Read only property pHCo4CamLive HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand4Array nd4Array object associated with the camera dialogs Live pushbutton Read only property pHCo4CamSingle HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand4Array Exposure nd4Array object associated with the camera dialogs Single Exposure pushbutton Read only property pHCo4CamStopQ HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand4Array nd4Array object associated with the camera dialogs Stop pushbutton Read only property pHComCamDown HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object O nd associated with the camera dialogs Down pushbutton Small down arrow Read only property pHComCamUp Q HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object nd associated with the camera dialogs Up pushbutton 130 Small up arrow Read only property pHComSetupCanc HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object el nd associated with the
362. turns True if the specified plugin name is a dual time base extender Function rTA_IdentOptionN ame ByVal iDeviceType As Integer ByVal iOptionNo As Integer ByRef sOption As String ByVal iCount As Integer Integer Returns the name of the specified option Function rTA_IdentOptionN o ByVal iDeviceType As Integer ByRef iOptionNo As Integer Integer Returns the number of available options Function rTA_IdentParEntry Name ByVal iDeviceType As Integer ByVal iParameter As Integer ByVal iEntry As Integer ByRef sEntry As String ByVal Integer Returns the name of the specified parameter 159 iCount As Integer Function rTA_IdentParEntry No ByVal iDeviceType As Integer ByVal iParameter As Integer ByRef iEntryNo As Integer Integer Returns the number of available entries Function rTA_IdentPluginN ame ByVal iDeviceType As Integer ByVal iPluginNo As Integer ByRef sPlugin As String ByVal iCount As Integer Integer Returns the name of the specified plugin Function rTA_IdentPluginN o ByVal iDeviceType As Integer ByRef iPluginNo As Integer Integer Returns the number of plugins Function rTA_IdentProperty ByVal iDeviceType As Integer ByVal iPropertyID As Integer varReturn As Variant Integer Returns a property value of the specified device Function rTA_SetupQ Integer Executes TA setup
363. tus by using the pDoGetStatus method There are several properties which are declared as public due to internal reasons but which should not be used by the client programmer They start with an r even though they are public and are rflsDualTimeBaseExtender rTA_IdentOptionName rTA_IdentOptionNo rTA_IdentParEntryName rTA_IdentParEntryNo rTA_IdentPluginName rTA_IdentPluginNo rTA_Setup rTA_SetupDevice rTA_SetupOption rTA_SetupPlugin rGetDeviceList rGetDualTimeBaselInfo rTA_SetupCloseSession The pcItem Index property returns a reference to an individual HExternalDevice object Index can be in the range piMinIndex and piMaxIndex Possible values for Index are defined in the enumeration DeviceType Several events are raised to inform the client about changements with the external devices These are DevicesBuilt TASetupExecuted and Message The pEmergencyOff method can be used to switch off the streak cameras MCP close the shutter and set the spectrographs slitwidth to zero if available The pShowDialogs shows all external devices dialogs There is a set of functions where the client programmer can directly access GP IB devices In the case a device driver is provided by the HPDTA it is better and more easy to use the HExternalDevice object for communication to the device In the case of a special or user provided device the client programmer can access these devices directly The programmer should first check whether the HPD TA has alr
364. ty pHDisScalSetTFDi HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object rection associated with the scaling setup dialogs Time Focus Direction display area Read only property pHDisScalSetXDir HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object ection associated with the scaling setup dialogs X Direction display area Read only property pHDisSpecScalSpe HDisp Returns an object reference to the HDisp object ctrograph associated with the spectrograph scaling dialogs Spectrograph display area Read only property pHEdnCreaPolyCo HEditNu Returns an object reference to the HEditNumber object efficient1 mber associated with create polynomial dialogs Coefficient 1 editbox Read only property pHEdnCreaPolyCo HEditNu Returns an object reference to the HEditNumber object efficient2 mber associated with create polynomial dialogs Coefficient 2 editbox Read only property pHEdnCreaPolyCo HEditNu Returns an object reference to the HEditNumber object efficient3 mber associated with create polynomial dialogs Coefficient 3 editbox Read only property pHEdnCreaPolyCo HEditNu Returns an object reference to the HEditNumber object efficient4 mber associated with create polynomial dialogs Coefficient 4 editbox Read only property pHEdnCreaPolyCo HEditNu Returns an object reference to the HEditNumber object efficient5 mber associated with create polynomial dialogs Coefficient 5 editbox Read only proper
365. ty pHEdnCreaPolyOr HEditNu Returns an object reference to the HEditNumber object der mber associated with create polynomial dialogs Order editbox Read only property pHEdnCreaPolyVa HEditNu Returns an object reference to the HEditNumber object lidChannels mber associated with create polynomial dialogs Valid Channel editbox Read only property pHEdnScalSetFree HEditNu Returns an object reference to the HEditNumber object HPixel mber associated with scaling setup dialogs Free Scaling Horizontal Pixel editbox Read only property pHEdnScalSetFree HEditNu Returns an object reference to the HEditNumber object HValue mber associated with scaling setup dialogs Free Scaling Horizontal Value editbox Read only property pHEdnScalSetFree HEditNu Returns an object reference to the HEditNumber object VPixel mber associated with scaling setup dialogs Free Scaling Vertical Pixel editbox Read only property pHEdnScalSetFree HEditNu Returns an object reference to the HEditNumber object VValue mber associated with scaling setup dialogs Free Scaling Vertical Value editbox Read only property pHEdnScalSetSqu HEditNu Returns an object reference to the HEditNumber object arePixel mber associated with scaling setup dialogs Square Scaling Pixel editbox 116 Read only property pHEdnScalSetSqu HEditNu Returns
366. ty changes Event ChangeRadio Event which is raised when the piRadio property changes Event ChangeRadioEnabl Event which is raised when the pfRadioEnabled property ed ByVal iRadio changes As Integer Event ChangeRadioVisib Event which is raised when the pfRadioVisible property le ByVal iRadio changes As Integer Event ChangeVisible Event which is raised when the pfVisible property changes Read only property pcParent Object Returns a reference to the parent object of this object If this reference is Nothing this object is the topmost object within the object hierarchy normally the HWindow object of the associated dialog Read only property pfControlAvail Integer Returns a value which specifies whether the object can be controlled by the client programmer This is dependent on the pfVisible and pfEnabled properties and those of its parent Read only property pfEnabled Integer Returns a value which specifies whether the object is enabled Read only property pfRadioEnabled B Integer Returns a value which specifies the enabled status of the yVal iRadio As indicated radiobutton Integer Optional DoEvent As Variant Read only property pfRadioVisible By Integer Returns a value which specifies the enabled status if the Val iRadio As indicated radiobutton Integer Optional DoEvent As Variant Read only property pfVisible Integer Returns a value which specifies whether the object is visible Read only property piNo
367. ufferiDY As Integer ByRef iBufferBytesPerPixel As Integer Copies the content of the frame buffer into a computers memory buffer Sub pGetVideoCameralInfo ByRef iCameraDX As Integer ByRef iCameraDY As Integer ByRef ftVideoFrameTime As Single Get info about the cameras frame Sub pGetWindow ByRef Gets the hardware window parameters for a given ROI 69 hOff ByRef hAct ByRef vOff ByRef vAct Sub pGrbGetImgAttrib ByR ef areSourceiX As Integer ByRef areSourceiY As Integer ByRef areSourceiDX As Integer ByRef areSourceiDY As Integer ByRef iBytesPerPixel As Integer Gets the attributes of the image in frame grabber Sub pGrbGetScanArea ByV al iCameraDX As Integer ByVal iCameraDY As Integer ByRef pntDummyX As Integer ByRef pntDummyY As Integer ByRef pntCamWidthX As Integer ByRef pntCamWidthY As Integer ByRef areGRBScaniX As Integer ByRef areGRBScaniY As Integer ByRef areGRBScaniDX As Integer ByRef areGRBScaniDY As Integer ByRef areValidIMGix As Integer ByRef areValidIMGiY As Integer ByRef areValidIMGiDX As Integer ByRef areValidIMGiDY As Integer ByRef pntOrigFBX As Integer ByRef pntOrigFBY As Integer Get the scan area Sub pGrbGetWindowForSu bArea ByVal ix ByVal iY ByVal iDX ByVal iDY ByRef hOff ByRef hAct ByRef vOff ByRef vAct ByRef sError Get the window generator hardware parameters for a given
368. unctions it is useful to know that iParameter is referring to an integer constant associated with the parameter like TimeRange 3 iControl is the index how the Parameters are arranged on the status control box the topmost parameter has iControl 0 etc and the postfix ByString always refers to the parameter or value name as a string like Time Range for the parameter name or 1 ns for the parameter value Whenever the device controls setup is done all object references of the streak parameters are rebuilt Therefore the client has to release the object references to these objects The moment when this has to be done is indicated by the ReleaseParameters event HLUTControl The HLUTControl object has two dialogs the LUT Control dialog pHWinLUTContrDlg and the LUT Parameters dialog pHWinLUTParDlg Apart from the interface objects there is a function psGetStatus which returns the current LUT status HSystemScaling The HSystemScaling object has five dialogs the scaling setup dialog pHWinScalSetDlg the scaling editor dialog pHWinScalEditDlg the create polynomial dialog pHWinCreaPolyDlg the time scaling dialog pHWinTimScalDlg HPD TA only and the spectrograph scaling dialog pHWinSpecScalDlg HPD TA only The pssdSystem object can be used to get or set system scaling properties see the description of the HSystemScalingData object HProfileScalingData HImageScalingData HSytemScalingData and HPRFParametersData There are th
369. unting psSetheyValue Analog Integration peSetheyValue j Acquire psSetheyalueD Live psse alueflj 1 psst alue ps Sat alone ped psSetvalue jed HSingleTab Associated with every individual Tab on a Tab control is a HSingleTab object This is made mainly to provide a chain of parent relationships up to the dialog window The user normally doesn t need to access such HSingleTab object All properties methods and events used in this object are already described HProgress The HProgress object is used to display the progress of an operation lets say an exposure It has two main property the psMessage and the ftPercent psMessage is the text which is displayed on the progress bar ftPercent is the progress of the operation in percent When the percent display changes the ChangePercent event will raised HWindow There are two applications for a HWindow object a The first and more important is to represent a dialog window b The second is to represent a picture are located on a dialog Most of functions only refer to the case where the HWindow refers to a dialog There is no other way to distinguish the two cases apart from the name The name for a dialog always ends with the characters dlg As an example lets take the introduction screen see the screenshot below There are two HWindow objects the pHWinInitDlg and the pHWinInitLogo The pHWinInitDlg is the dialog window the pHWinInitLogo is a picture box where the l
370. up dialogs OK pushbutton Read only property pHComCurvcorrC HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object ancel nd associated with the Curvature Correction Setup dialogs Cancel pushbutton Read only property pHComCurvcorrD HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object rawCurve nd associated with the Curvature Correction Setup dialogs Draw Curve pushbutton Read only property pHComCurvcorrH HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object orPoint1 nd associated with the Curvature Correction Setup dialogs Define Horizontal Point 1 pushbutton Read only property pHComCurvcorrH HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object orPoint2 nd associated with the Curvature Correction Setup dialogs Define Horizontal Point 2 pushbutton Read only property pHComCurveorrH HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object orPoint3 nd associated with the Curvature Correction Setup dialogs Define Horizontal Point 3 pushbutton Read only property pHComCurvcorrH HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object orRecalllQ nd associated with the Curvature Correction Setup dialogs Recall Horizontal Point 1 pushbutton Read only property pHComCurvcorrH HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object orRecall2 nd associated with the Curvature Correction Setup dialogs Recall Horizontal Point 2 pushbutton Read only property pHComCurveorrH
371. urns a flag which defines whether a Dt2819 board is talledQ installed Read only property piCounterBoardIO Integer Returns the DT2819 board IO base adress Base Read only property piGPIBInstalledQ Integer Returns a flag which defines whether a GP IB board is installed in the system Read only property piGPIBIOBase Integer Returns the GP IB board IO base address Read only property piMaxIndex Integer Returns the maximum index for pcItem Read only property piMinIndex Integer Returns the minimum index for pcItem Read only property piPostTriggerTime Integer Returns the Post Trigger Time Q Read only property piStreakTriggerMe Integer Returns the currently selected streak trigger method thodQ Read only property piTDStatusCableC Integer Returns a flag which defines whether a status cable is onnected connected to the streak camera Read only property plTriggerDelay _ Long Returns the trigger delay Read write property pfAutoMCPQ Integer Returns a flag which defines whether Auto MCP is 157 active Read write property pfAutoStreakShutt erQ Integer Returns a flag which defines whether Auto Streak Shutter is active Read write property pfDoStatusRegular lyO Integer Sets or returns a flag which defines whether the status should inquired regularly Typically once per second Read write property pfRestoreWindow Pos Integer Sets or returns a value which defines whether the
372. urrent one Read only property psTag String Rerturns the tag value of the object This is an additional string entry associated to every entry Read write property pfSearchNext Integer Sets or returns a value which defines whether the nearest neighbour should be selected if no exact match is found Only valid in combination EntryTypeTime orEntryTypeNumber Read write property pftValue Optional Single Sets or returns a numerical value associated to the entry DoEvent As type Time values in ms numerical values or entry Variant Optional indexes are used depending on the EntryType IgnoreDisable As Variant Optional NoError As Integer Read write property piEntry Optional Integer Sets or returns the entry index Entries are numbered DoEvent As from piEntry 0 to piNrEntries 1 180 Variant Optional IgnoreDisable As Variant Optional NoError As Integer Read write property psCaption String Sets or returns the text which is used to label the associated control Read write property psKeyValue Optio String Sets or returns the key value of the object This is a nal DoEvent As string value of the entry When this value is set the all Variant Optional entries are searched whether the contain the specified IgnoreDisable As string Variant Optional NoError As Integer Sub pRegEvent ByVal Should not be used by clients Registers an event to
373. utoDelPar HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object ameter26 associated with the device control setup dialogs Auto Delay parameter 26 checkbox Read only property pHChkAutoDelPar HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object ameter27 associated with the device control setup dialogs Auto Delay parameter 27 checkbox Read only property pHChkAutoDelPar HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object ameter28 associated with the device control setup dialogs Auto Delay parameter 28 checkbox Read only property pHChkAutoDelPar HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object ameter29 associated with the device control setup dialogs Auto Delay parameter 29 checkbox Read only property pHChkOptionsAut HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object oDelay2Delay associated with the device control setup dialogs Auto Delay2 Delay checkbox Read only property pHChkOptionsAut HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object oDelayDelay associated with the device control setup dialogs Auto Delay Delay checkbox Read only property pHChkOptionsAut HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object oMCP associated with the device control setup dialogs Auto MCP checkbox Read only property pHChkOptionsAut HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object oStreakDelay associated with the device control setup dialogs Auto Streak Delay chec
374. very restricted way by so called callback functions The sequence object can also be the master of the HAcq object These informations are only given for a general understanding of the program they are not necessary to operate the HiPic HPDTA component The HAcq object is the owner of the following dialogs pHWinBackDlg backsub dialog used to indicate a backsub correction under progress pHWinCorrDlg correction dialog pHWinCurveorrDlg curvature correction dialog pHWinOptDlg options dialog There are several read only properties to inform the client programmer about the status of the object These are pfAcqPending an acquisition is currently pending pfGrbIs4MType the grabber is a 4 MB type pfProcPending a processing operation is pending pfProcStopped the processing operation has been stopped pftDefaultExposureTime the default exposure time piAmMod the acquisition module Some properties have read write attribute These are pfDisableAutoAction pfDisableAutoInquiry pfRestoreWindowPos pfUserlF pfDisableAutoAction disables the AutoAction like auto shutter or Auto MCP before an acquisition HPD TA only If pfDisableAutoInquiry is active the program does not prompt the user before auto actions These two properties are used by the sequence mode so be careful if you want to use them together with sequence mode There are several functions in combination with acquisition processes pAsyncLive pAsyncAcquire pAsyncAnalogInt
375. vices Exchange of parameter values is always done by one floating point number double type Every parameter is identified by a constant the iParameter value The parameters are arranged on the status control box from top to down with an index iControl starting from 0 There are different types of Parameters Entry Integer and Real An entry type parameter consists of a list of strings like the HEntry object an integer type can have only integer values and a real type parameter can have any real type value The range of values is limited by a lower and upper limit like with the HEditNumber entry and eventually there is a step width defining the interval between two possible values For any numeric type of parameters no entry types the value can be visualized using an exponent The value of the parameter is then value displayed in the edit box 10 PP This exponent can be set or inquired with the piExponent property In the case of an entry type parameter the parameter value is used to index the string within the list The entries are numbered starting from 1 There are different modes of a parameter depending whether the parameter value can be inquired or controlled or both The following is a description of the individual properties methods and events The piDevParType property returns the ParameterType of the parameter Possible values are described in the enumeration DevParType The piMode property returns a value which defines the Paramet
376. w method can be used to activate the topmost window in the parent relationship If a dialog window is set as a child window of another window with the plHwndParent property this parent or its parent window is activated The pClose method closes the associated window 21 The pSetFocus method sets the focus to the associated window It works only if the associated window is visible on screen and is a dialog window Several events are raised from a HWindow object The Activate Window event is raised when the associated window is activated The BeforeWindow Visible event which is raised before the associated Window is shown on the screen This event can be used to access the window before it is visible but after it has been created the NowWindowVisible event is raised after the associated Window is shown on the screen This event can be used to get an information about the moment when the window is really displayed The Close Window event is raised when the associated window will be closed It can be used to save data associated with this window This KeyDownWindow is raised when a key event as sent to the window The MouseDown MouseMove and MouseUp events are raised when the respective mouse events are sent to the window The ResizeWindow event is raised whenever the window is resized HiPic 32 High Performance Image Control System pHWinlnitDig pHWinlnitLogo C No camera C C4880 at com C IC PCIHAM YS C C4880 8x at C4742 95 at
377. w properties pHCh4CamHighVoltage and pHEn4CamH Voltage dealing with high voltage control The HExternalDevices main object has many new properties dealing with the new trigger setup the auto delay function and the second delay generator DELAY2 The DT2819 has been renamed to Counterboard because now two counter boards can be used All releated controls have be renamed The properties pfDlgHasUserIF and subroutines pfStartUserI FEvent and pfEndUserIFEvent have been removed because it has been found that they do fulfill their purpose correctly the had been defined public due to internal reason adn should not be used by the client programmer The HExternalDevice main object has two new feature for convenience piGPIBCableConnectionSuccess it tell the client programmer whether the connection to the device was successful and pfSetParameterToMaximum Sets the specified parameter to the maximum value The HAcq main object has a new function pUpdateCameraParms This functions inquires the camera and sets the parameters image size and depth bytes per pixel to the correct values The new function pGetAcqDim can than get the correct values The HMsgBox object has been modified If pfNoDialogs has been set to TRUE or if the fNoDialogs parameter of the pilnit Function druign startup has been set to TRUE it outputs no message box on the screen but raises the MsgBox Event This event has the par ameters Event MsgBox ByVal iID As Integer ByVal sPro
378. wait inifinitely or by an action of the client program For this purpose the samples uses the pfClientEvent property internally 55 Details In Detail the following changements have been made from version 6 1 to version 6 2 HinitHi New Read only property pfInitStatus Integer Returns a value indicating the current status of initialization Possible values are defined in the enumeration InitStatus Read only property psApplicationDirectory String Returns the application directory Q Read only property psWindowsDirectory String Returns the Windows directory of the computer where the component runs Function pfReadFile ByVal Byte ByRef Reads the content of a file stored at the remote computer sFileName As String ILength As bArray Long Optional sError As Variant Function pfWriteFile ByVal Byte ByRef Writes a file at the remote computer sFileName As String ILength As bArray Long ByVal fDontOverw rite As Integer Optional sError As Variant Modified Event Message By Val Event which is raised to indicate processign steps during initialization sMessage As String Function pilnit ByVal sIniFile Integer Initializes the HInit object This places the INIT dialog on screen if As String ByVal started with InitUserIF fInitUserlIF As Integer ByVal fApplUserIF As Integer ByVal fNoDialogs As Integer Sub pGetLicenceKeys ByR Returns information about all licen
379. with the trigger setup dialogs Conect Reset In checkbox Read only property pHChkTrigSetUse HCheck Returns an object reference to the HCheck object DTBEQ associated with the Trigger setup dialogs Use dual time base extender checkbox Read only property pHComAutoDelCa HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object ncel nd associated with the auto delay setup dialogs Cancel command button Read only property pHComAutoDelO HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object KO nd associated with the auto delay setup dialogs OK command button Read only property pHComAutoDelRe HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object setStoredValues nd associated with the auto delay setup dialogs Reset Stored Values command button Read only property pHComOptionsOK HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object O nd associated with the device control setup dialogs Cancel command button Read only property pHComOptionsSet HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object upAutoDelay nd associated with the device control setup dialogs Setup Auto Delay command button Read only property pHComOptionsSet HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object upAutoDelay2 nd associated with the device control setup dialogs Setup Auto Delay2 command button Read only property pHComProcAbort HComma_ Returns an object reference to the HCommand object
380. x This event can be use for the client program String ByVal to react on such messages sTitle As String ByVal Style As Integer ByVal Buttons As Integer ByRef default As Integer Event NoUserIFAllowed Event which is raised to indicate that no user I F is allowed Read only property pfApplUserIFQ Integer Retruns a flag which defines whether the Appliaction will run without User I F Default Read only property pfInitStatus Integer Returns a value indicating the current status of initialization Possible values are defined in the enumeration InitStatus Read only property pfInitUserIFQ Integer Returns a flag which defines whether the Initialisation will run without User I F Default Read only property pHAppHipic HAppHiP Returns an object reference to the HAppHiPic object if ic successfully created Read only property pHComInitCancel HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object nd associated with the init dialogs Cancel pushbutton Read only property pHComInitGetCon HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object figFileQ nd associated with the init dialogs Get Config File pushbutton Read only property pHComInitOK HComma Returns an object reference to the HCommand object nd associated with the init dialogs OK pushbutton Read only property pHDisInitBus HDisp Read only property pHDisInitCameral HDisp DO Read only property pHDisInitCamera HDisp Version Read on
381. y piDatTypeForAcq Integer Returns the data type in ACQUIRE mode uire Read only property piDatTypeForAIQ_ Integer Returns the data type in Analog Integration mode Read only property piDatTypeForLive Integer Returns the data type in LIVE mode Q Read only property piDatT ypeForPCQ Integer Returns the data type in Photon Counting mode Read only property psCameraName String Returns the camera name Read write property pfRestoreWindow Integer Sets or returns a value which defines whether the Pos window position its size and window state is restored when the window is displayed again after it has been closed Read write property pfUserIFQ Integer Sets or returns a value which defines whether the associated window should be shown on screen A window is only displayed under the following condition pfUserIF TRUE pfVisible TRUE pfHideForm FALSE Function psGetStatus String Returns the current camera status string Sub pStopAcquisition Stops a currently running acquisition HFlatPanel Read only property pHCh4CamClearF HCheck4 Returns an object reference to the HCheck4Array object rameBuffer Array associated with the camera dialogs Clear frame buffer on start checkbox Read only property pHCh4CamDoRT HCheck4 Returns an object reference to the HCheck4Array object Backsub Array associated with the camera dialogs Do Real Time Backsub checkbox Read only property pHCo4CamAcquir HComma Returns an object refere
382. y psImgStatusShort String Returns the associated status Read write property pftData ByVal Single Returns a single data value iData As Integer Optional sError As Variant Function pfGetArrayOfData Single Returns an array of data ByRef ftDataQ ByVal iNrData AS Integer Optional sError As Variant As Integer Function pfLoadPRF ByRef Integer Loads a profile from file sCompleteFile As String ByVal fInquireFileName As Integer ByRef sMessage As String ByVal fReadData As Integer Function pfSearchValue By Integer Searches a value within a profile Val fScaled As Integer ByVal iStartIndex As Integer ByVal iEndIndex As Integer ByVal iStep As Integer ByVal ftSearchVal As Single ByRef ftScaledValue As Single Function pftProfileLocation Single Returns the location within a profile floating point FT ByVal fScaled As Integer ByVal ft As Single Function pftProfileLocationI Single Returns the location within a profile integer NT ByVal fScaled As Integer ByVal i As Integer Sub pCalcProfileDef B Calculate profile default values yVal fDisplayScaled As Integer Sub pCheckSwapProfil Check whether the profile and the scaling data has to be el swapped Sub pFitGetPDWDefau Get the profile display window 199 It ByVal fAbs As Integer Sub pfSetHPRFParame tersData ByRef ppd As HPRFParametersD ata Set all data associated with this profile to identical to the specified profile
383. y pyMinValue Variant Minimum value limiting the range for pvValue Read write property piExponent Integer Sets or returns the exponent used to display a value If this parameter is zero no exponent is diplayed Read write property psKeyValue String Sets or returns the key value of the object never always raising the ChangeValue event Read write property pvValueQ Variant Returns the value of the object Sub pRegEvent ByVal Should not be used by clients Registers an event to the sEvent As String error handler ByVal fBasicEvent As Integer HExternalDevice Event ReleaseParameters Event which is raised when the streak parameters are O released and built up newly THe clien program must relesase all object references to individual parameters in this moment Read only property pfControlAvaileabl Integer Returns a flag which defines whether Control is available e for the device Read only property pfStatusAvaileable Integer Returns a flag which defines whether status information 0 is available of the device Read only property pfStatusOutExist Integer Returns a flag which defines whether the status out connector exits for the device streak cameras only Read only property pfTriggerConnecto Integer Returns a flag which defines whether trigger connectors rExist exits for the device streak cameras only Read only property pHDevPars HDevPars Returns an object reference to the HDevPars object of the device Read only prop
384. y changes Index As Integer Event ChangeLimits By Val Event which is raised when either pyMinValue or pyMax Value Index As Integer changes Event ChangeValue ByVal Event which is raised when the pfValue property changes Index As Integer ByVal dbOldValue As Double ByVal fFromDevice As Integer Event ChangeVisible ByVal Event which is raised when the pfVisible property changes Index As Integer HAcq New Read write property pfOptionAutoBacksub Integer Sets or returns a value which defines whether Auto backsub function should be executed Read write property pfOptionAutoCurvature Integer Sets or returns a value which defines whether Auto curvature function 0 should be executed Read write property pfOptionAutoShading Integer Sets or returns a value which defines whether Auto shading function should be executed Read write property pfOptionClipZero Integer Sets or returns a value which defines whether clip to Zero function should be executed during background subtraction Read write property pfOptionSlowDisplay Integer Sets or returns a value which defines whether slow display function should be executed during LIVE mode Read write property pfOptionWriteDPCFile Integer Sets or returns a value which defines whether DPC files should be written during photon counting Read write property piOptionAdditionalTim Integer Sets or returns the value for additional timeout eout Sub pGetAcqDim iX As Gets the acquisition dimensions for the cu
385. y object Array associated with the camera dialogs Real Time Backsub frame Read only property pHFr4CamScanM HFrame4 Returns an object reference to the HFrame4Array object ode Array associated with the camera dialogs Scan Mode frame Read only property pHFr4CamStreakT HFrame4 Returns an object reference to the HFrame4Array object rigger Array associated with the camera dialogs Streak Trigger frame Read only property pHFraSetupCamer HFrame alnfo Read only property pHFraSetupTempe HFrame rature Read only property pHPr4CamPercent HProgress Returns an object reference to the HProgress4Array O 4Array object associated with the camera dialogs Percent progress bar Read only property pHRa4CamPcMod HRadios4 Returns an object reference to the HRadios4Array object e Array associated with the camera dialogs Photon Counting Mode radiobutton group Read only property pHRa4CamSMD HRadios4 Returns an object reference to the HRadios4Array object Array associated with the camera dialogs Scan Mode radiobutton group Read only property pHRadSetupLight HRadios Mode Read only property pHRadSetupShutte HRadios rAction Read only property pHRadSetupTimin HRadios Returns an object reference to the HRadios object gMode associated with the camera setup dialogs Timing Mode radiobutton group Read only property pHRadSetupTrigge HRadios Returns an object reference to the HRadios object rMode
386. y property piDatTypeForLive Integer Returns the data type in LIVE mode O Read only property piDatTypeForPC Q Integer Returns the data type in Photon Counting mode Read only property psCameraName String Returns the camera name Read write property pfRestoreWindow Integer Sets or returns a value which defines whether the Pos window position its size and window state is restored when the window is displayed again after it has been closed Read write property pfStreakOperate Integer A value that tells the camera object whether vertical streak operation is switched on Don t modify this entry otherwise streak trigger handshake may not longer work Read write property pfStreakOperateD Integer A value that tells the camera object whether horizontal TBEQ streak operation is switched on Don t modify this entry otherwise streak trigger handshake may not longer work Read write property pfStreakUseDTBE Integer Tells the camera object that a Dual time base extender is O currently used for trigger handshake Read write property pfUserIFQ Integer Sets or returns a value which defines whether the associated window should be shown on screen A window is only displayed under the following condition pfUserIF TRUE pfVisible TRUE pfHideForm FALSE Read write property piStreakTriggerMe Integer Tells the camera or acquisition sequence object the thod streak trigger method Don t modify this entry otherwise Steak trigger handshake m
387. yncCommands and their names normally objects name and function name 37 Function sCommand pAsyncLive HAcq mLive PAsyncAcquire HAcq mAcquire PasyncAnalogIntegrat HAcq_mAnalogIntegration ion PAsyncPhotonCounting HAcq_mPhotonCounting pAsyncLoadImage HImages Format Index pAsyncLoadImage pAsyncSavelImage HImages Format Index pAsyncSaveImage pAsyncSavesequence HSequence_pSavesequenc pAsyncLoadSequence HSequence_pLoadSequence pAsyncStartProg HInitTa_mStartProg or HInitHi_mStartProg mAsyncLoadImageOrSeq HApplication_mLoadImageOrSeq PasyncSeqStartAcquis HSequence_pAsyncSeqStartAcquisition ition The HAsyncCommand returns control to the client program however it normally needs all or almost all of the processor time You should keep in mind that only one part can run at a time either the client program or the component During an AsyncCommand normally three different things happens within the component 1 Execution of the normal code of this command 2 Raising events 3 DoEvents to handle other events If the client program executes another event like clicking on a pushbutton e g Auto LUT or freeze this can be done only when the component executes DoEvents As long as the client event remains in this event execution of the components code does not proceed This mean that you should not stay for a long time in such events Also you should not execute a program path which

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

Sollatek SVS Range Voltage Stabilisers User Manual  ADC450・700DA / DB：物干金物（サンステップアーム）  フィギュアベース テンプレート 取扱説明書      取扱説明書ダウンロード（MDW-32N・MDK  Samsung 18.000 BTU Ventana AW18P1BC Manual de Usuario  User Manual  As Tecnologias da Informação Emergentes  LPM 5000  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file